Skip to main content

Full text of "Millsaps College Catalog, 1991-1992"

See other formats


Catalog 
and  Announcements 


1991-92 


rvllLLSAPS  COLLEGE  ARCH 


Table  of  Contents 


Academic  Calendar 2 

Purpose 4 

PART  I        Information  for  Prospective  Student 5 

History  of  the  College 6 

General  Information 6 

Millsaps-Wilson  Library 6 

Computing  Center 7 

Buildings  and  Grounds 7 

Admission  Requirements 7 

Applying  for  Admission 10 

Counseling  Services 11 

Orientation  and  Advisement 11 

Career  Planning  and  Placement  Services 11 

Student  Housing 11 

Medical  Services 12 

Student  Records 12 

PART  II       Financial  Information 15 

Tuition  and  Fees 16 

Special  Fees 17 

Financial  Regulations 18 

Scholarships  and  Financial  Aid 19 

PART  III      Student  Life 25 

Campus  Ministry 26 

Public  Events  Committee 26 

Athletics 26 

Publications 27 

Music  and  Drama 27 

Student  Organizations 28 

Fraternities  and  Sororities 31 

Medals  and  Prizes 31 

PART  IV     Curriculum 35 

Requirements  for  Degrees 36 

Pre-Medical  and  Pre-Dental 40 

Pre-Ministenal 40 

Pre-Law 41 

Pre-Social  Work 41 

Teacher  Certification  Programs 41 

Cooperative  Programs 42 

Special  Programs 44 

Adult  Degree  Program 46 

Graduate  Program 47 

PART  V      Administration  of  the  Curriculum 49 

Grades,  Honors,  Class  Standing 50 

Administrative  Regulations 52 

PART  VI      Departments  of  Instruction 57 

Academic  Divisions 58 

Fine  Arts 59 

Humanities 66 

Interdisciplinary  Studies 72 

Language  and  Literature 74 

Science  and  Mathematics 79 

Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 91 

Else  School  of  Management 100 

PART  VII     Register 1 07 

Board  of  Trustees 1 08 

Officers  of  the  Administration 110 

Faculty 110 

Staff 115 

Medals  and  Prizes  Awarded 118 

Degrees  Conferred,  1989 121 

Index 125 


Calendar  for  1991-92 


August  23 
August  24 
August  24-27 
August  26-27 
August  28 
August  29 
September  1 3 
October  4-6 
October  1 0 
October  1 2 
October  1 6 

October  16-19 
October  25 
November  1  -2 
November  1 1  -26 
November  27 

December  1 

December  1 0 

December  11-12 

December  13,14,16,17,18,19 

December  20 

December  21  -January  1 

January  2 


January  1 2 
January  13-14 
January  1 5 
January  29 
January  31 
February  14-15 
February  20 
February  28 
March  6 

March  1 5 

March  20 
Apnl  13-16 
Apnl17 
April  19 
April  20-29 
April  23 
April  28 
April  29 

April  30,  May  1,2,4,5 
May  7 
May  8 
May  9 


First  Semester 

Fall  Conference  for  faculty 
Residence  halls  open  9  a.m. 
Orientation  for  new  students 
Registration  for  class  changes 
All  classes  meet  on  regular  schedule 
'Opening  Convocation 
Last  day  for  schedule  changes  without  grade 
Parents  Weekend 
Tap  Day 

Mid-semester  holidays  begin,  8  a.m. 
Mid-semester  holidays  end,  8  a.m. 
Mid-semester  grades  due 
Fraternity  and  Sorority  Rush 

Last  day  for  dropping  courses  with  grades  of  WP  or  WF 
Homecoming  Weekend 
Early  registration  for  spring  semester 
Thanksgiving  holidays,  begin  12  noon 
Residence  halls  close,  3  p.m. 
Thanksgiving  holidays  end 
Residence  halls  open,  1 2  noon 
Last  regular  meeting  of  classes 
Reading  days 
Final  examination  days 
Residence  halls  close  at  1 2  noon 
College  offices  closed 
Semester  grades  due  in  the  Office  of  Records 

Second  Semester 

Residence  halls  open  9  a.m. 

Registration  for  class  changes 

All  classes  meet  on  regular  schedule 

Student  Symposium 

Last  day  for  schedule  changes  without  grade 

Founders'  Weekend 

Tap  Day 

Mid-semester  grades  due 

Spring  holidays  begin,  3  p.m. 

Residence  halls  close,  3  p.m. 

Spring  holidays  end 

Residence  halls  open,  1 2  noon 

Last  day  for  dropping  courses  with  grades  of  WP  or  WF 

Comprehensive  examinations 

Good  Friday  -  College  offices  closed  half  day 

Easter 

Early  registration  for  fall  semester  1 992 

Awards  Day 

Last  regular  meeting  of  classes 

Reading  day 

Final  grades  for  graduating  seniors  due 

Final  examination  days 

Semester  grades  due  in  the  Office  of  Records 
'  Baccalaureate 
*  Commencement 

Residence  halls  close  at  5  p.m. 

'Formal  academic  occasion 


The  Purpose  of  Millsaps  College 

Millsaps  College  has  as  its  primary  aim  the  development  of  men  and  women  for  respon- 
sible leadership  and  well-rounded  lives  of  useful  service  to  their  fellow  men,  their  country, 
and  their  God.  It  seeks  to  function  as  a  community  of  learners  where  faculty  and  students 
together  seek  the  truth  that  frees  the  minds  of  men. 

As  an  institution  of  the  Methodist  Church,  Millsaps  College  is  dedicated  to  the  idea  that 
religion  is  a  vital  part  of  education;  that  education  is  an  integral  part  of  the  Christian  religion; 
and  that  church-related  colleges,  providing  a  sound  academic  program  in  a  Christian  envi- 
ronment, afford  a  kind  of  discipline  and  influence  which  no  other  type  of  institution  can  offer. 
The  college  provides  a  congenial  atmosphere  where  persons  of  all  faiths  may  study  and 
work  together  for  the  development  of  their  physical,  intellectual,  and  spiritual  capacities. 

As  a  liberal  arts  college,  Millsaps  seeks  to  give  the  student  adequate  breadth  and  depth 
of  understanding  of  civilization  and  culture  in  order  to  broaden  his  perspective,  to  enrich  his 
personality,  and  to  enable  him  to  think  and  act  intelligently  amid  the  complexities  of  the  mod- 
ern worl(j.  The  curriculum  is  designed  to  avoid  premature  specialization  and  to  integrate  the 
humanities,  the  social  studies,  and  the  natural  sciences  for  their  mutual  enrichment. 

The  college  recognizes  that  training  which  will  enable  a  person  to  support  himself  ade- 
quately is  an  essential  part  of  a  well-rounded  education.  On  the  other  hand,  it  believes  that 
one  of  the  chief  problems  of  modern  society  is  that  in  too  many  cases  training  as  expert  tech- 
nicians has  not  been  accompanied  by  education  for  good  citizenship.  It  offers,  therefore, 
professional  and  pre-professional  training  balanced  by  cultural  and  humane  studies.  In  an 
environment  that  emphasizes  the  cultural  and  esthetic  values  to  be  found  in  the  study  of  lan- 
guage, literature,  philosophy,  and  science,  the  student  at  Millsaps  can  also  obtain  the  neces- 
sary courses  to  prepare  him  for  service  in  such  fields  as  teaching,  journalism,  social  work, 
and  business  or  for  professional  study  in  these  areas  as  well  as  in  theology,  medicine,  dentis- 
try, engineering,  law,  and  other  fields. 

As  an  institution  of  higher  learning,  Millsaps  College  fosters  an  attitude  of  continuing  in- 
tellectual awareness,  of  tolerance,  and  of  unbiased  inquiry,  without  which  true  education 
cannot  exist.  It  does  not  seek  to  indoctrinate,  but  to  inform  and  inspire.  It  does  not  shape  the 
student  in  a  common  mold  of  thought  and  ideas,  but  rather  attempts  to  search  out  his  often 
deeply  hidden  aptitudes,  capacities,  and  aspirations  and  to  provide  opportunities  for  his 
maximum  potential  development.  It  seeks  to  broaden  his  horizons  and  to  lift  his  eyes  and 
heart  toward  the  higher  and  nobler  attributes  of  life.  The  desired  result  is  an  intelligent,  volun- 
tary dedication  to  moral  principles  and  a  growing  social  consciousness  that  will  guide  him 
into  a  rich,  well-rounded  Christian  life,  with  ready  acceptance  of  responsibility  to  neighbor, 
state,  and  church. 

-  adopted  by  the  Faculty  and 

Board  of  Trustees  of  Millsaps  College,  1 955-56, 

and  reaffirmed  by  the  Board  of  Trustees,  May,  1 985 


Information 
for  Prospective  Students 


1991-92 


History  of  the  College 


Millsaps  College  was  founded  in  1 890  by  the  Methodist  Church  as  a  "Christian  college 
for  young  men."  The  philanthropy  of  Major  Reuben  Webster  Millsaps  and  other  Methodist 
leaders  in  Mississippi  enabled  the  college  to  open  two  years  later  on  the  outskirts  of  Jackson, 
the  state  capital,  a  town  of  some  9,000  population.  The  beginnings  were  modest:  two  build- 
ings, 149  students  (two-thirds  of  whom  were  enrolled  in  a  preparatory  school),  five  instruc- 
tors, and  an  endowment  of  $70,432.  Fifty  years  later,  the  student  body  numbered  599  and 
the  faculty  had  increased  to  33.  Women  were  admitted  at  an  early  date  and  the  graduation 
of  Sing  Ung  Zung  of  Soochow,  China,  in  1 908,  began  a  tradition  of  the  college's  influence 
beyond  the  borders  of  the  state. 

Millsaps'  first  president,  William  Belton  Murrah,  served  until  1910.  Other  presidents 
have  been:  David  Carlisle  Hull  (1 910-1 91 2),  Dr.  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins  (1 91 2-1 923),  Dr. 
David  Martin  Key  (1923-1938),  Dr.  Marion  Lofton  Smith  (1938-1952),  Dr.  Homer  Ellis  Fin- 
ger, Jr.,  (1952-64),  Dr.  Benjamin  Barnes  Graves  (1965-1970),  and  Dr.  Edward  McDaniel 
Collins,  Jr.  (1970-1978).  Dr.  George  Marion  Harmon  was  named  president  in  the  fall  of 
1978. 


General  Information 


The  close  personal  relationship  among  students,  faculty  and  the  administration  is  one  of 
the  most  vital  parts  of  the  Millsaps  experience.  A  liberal  arts  college  designed  to  train  stu- 
dents for  responsible  citizenship  and  well-balanced  lives,  Millsaps  offers  professional  and 
pre-professional  training  coupled  with  cultural  and  disciplinary  studies.  Students  are  se- 
lected on  the  basis  of  their  ability  to  think,  desire  to  learn,  good  moral  character  and  intellec- 
tual maturity.  The  primary  consideration  for  admission  is  the  ability  to  do  academic  work 
satisfactory  to  the  college  and  beneficial  to  the  student. 

Millsaps'  1 ,400-member  student  body  represents  about  35  states  and  several  foreign 
countries.  Students  come  from  25  religious  denominations.  All  are  urged  to  take  advantage 
of  the  educational  and  cultural  offerings  of  Mississippi's  capital  city  of  Jackson. 

Research  facilities  available  are:  the  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History,  the 
State  Library,  the  library  of  the  State  Department  of  Health,  and  the  Jackson  Public  Library. 
Together,  they  provide  research  facilities  found  nowhere  else  in  the  state.  Cultural  advan- 
tages include:  the  Mississippi  Symphony  Orchestra,  Ballet  Mississippi,  New  Stage  Theatre, 
Mississippi  Opera  Association,  and  musical,  dramatic,  and  sporting  events  held  at  the  City 
Auditorium  and  the  Mississippi  Coliseum. 

Millsaps  is  fully  accredited  by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools  and 
approved  by  the  American  Association  of  University  Women  and  the  University  Senate  of 
the  United  Methodist  Church.  The  Else  School  of  Management  is  accredited  at  both  the  un- 
dergraduate and  graduate  level  by  The  American  Assembly  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Busi- 
ness. 

The  Millsaps-Wilson  Library 

The  Millsaps-Wilson  Library  has  more  than  240,000  volumes  and  900  periodical  sub- 
scriptions. It  provides  390  seats  in  individual  study  carrels,  tables  and  rooms  as  well  as 
browsing  and  lounge  areas.  There  is  a  collection  of  audio-visual  materials  and  listening  facili- 
ties. Special  collections  are:  the  Lehman  Engel  Collection  of  books  and  recordings;  the  Mis- 
sissippi Methodist  Archives;  the  Kellogg  Collection  of  juvenile  books  and  curriculum 
materials;  the  Paul  Ramsey  Collection  in  Applied  Ethics;  the  Eudora  Welty  collection;  U.S. 
Government  Documents;  the  Millsaps  Archives;  and  a  rare  book  collection.  Online  com- 
puter searches  and  CD-ROM  indexes  are  among  the  electronic  services  offered.  The  library 
is  a  member  of  the  Central  Mississippi  Library  Council  and  the  Southeastern  Library  Net- 
work. 


The  Computing  Center 


In  today's  increasingly  complex  and  information-driven  society,  students  need  to  under- 
stand the  role  of  computing.  Millsaps  fias  developed  outstanding  computer  resources  to 
meet  thiis  need.  From  several  terminal  complexes  on  campus  students  have  access  to  the 
Digital  Equipment  RSTS/E  and  VAX/VMS  timesharing  systems  which  are  located  in  the 
Computing  Center  in  the  Academic  Complex.  Included  is  the  new  facility  with  color  graphics 
terminals  in  the  Olin  Science  Building.  In  addition,  a  word  processing  facility  for  student  use 
is  available.  To  meet  the  growing  interest  in  use  of  personal  computers,  the  College  has  es- 
tablished three  personal  computer  laboratories:  one  in  the  Murrah  Hall  Annex,  one  in  Murrah 
Hall,  and  one  in  Sullivan-Harrell  Hall. 


Buildings  and  Grounds 


The  1 00-acre  campus  is  valued  at  about  $30  million.  Chief  administrative  offices  are  in 
Whitworth  Hall.  Murrah  Hall,  built  in  1914,  was  renovated  in  1981  to  house  the  Else  School 
of  Management.  Sullivan-Harrell  Hall,  built  in  1928  and  renovated  in  1990,  houses  the  de- 
partments of  Computer  Studies,  Geology,  Mathematics,  Physics,  Education,  Psychology 
and  Sociology.  The  Olin  Hall  of  Science,  dedicated  in  1 988,  houses  the  departments  of  Biol- 
ogy and  Chemistry. 

The  Christian  Center,  completed  in  1 950,  was  built  with  gifts  from  Mississippi  Method- 
ists, alumni,  and  friends.  It  has  a  1,000-seat  auditorium,  a  small  chapel,  classrooms,  and 
offices.  In  1 967,  the  stage  was  renovated  into  a  modern  theatre  stage. 

The  Academic  Complex,  completed  in  1 971 ,  includes  a  recital  hall  in  which  is  located  a 
41 -rank  Mohler  organ.  The  complex  houses  Music,  Art,  Political  Science,  Computer  Ser- 
vices, Business  Office,  Office  of  Records,  Business  Affairs  and  the  Office  of  Adult  Learning. 
It  also  contains  sky-lit  art  studios,  a  student  computer  terminal  room,  a  music  laboratory  and 
classrooms. 

The  Physical  Activities  Center,  dedicated  in  1974,  has  courts  for  basketball,  tennis, 
badminton,  and  volleyball.  Weight-training  and  physical  therapy  rooms  are  also  included  in 
this  multi-purpose  facility.  An  outdoor  swimming  pool  is  adjacent  to  this  facility.  Other  athletic 
facilities  include  tennis  courts  and  fields  for  football,  baseball,  soccer,  and  track. 

The  Boyd  Campbell  Student  Center  houses  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs,  the  bookstore, 
post  office,  student  activity  quarters  and  a  recreation  area.  The  grill  and  dining  hall  are  lo- 
cated in  the  student  center  also. 

There  are  four  residence  halls  for  women  and  two  for  men.  A  new  dormitory  for  junior 
and  senior  men  and  women  opened  in  the  fall  of  1 985.  All  are  centrally  cooled  and  heated. 

The  James  Observatory  is  an  historical  landmark  located  on  the  northwest  corner  of  the 
campus. 

Admission  Requirements 

Millsaps  College  accepts  without  regard  to  race,  color,  sex,  creed,  or  national  origin  all 
who  are  qualified  to  benefit  from  its  academic  program.  Applicants  must  furnish  evidence  of: 

1 .  Good  moral  character 

2.  Sound  physical  and  mental  health 

3.  Adequate  scholastic  preparation 

4.  Intellectual  maturity 

Freshman  Admission 

Application  for  admission  as  a  full-time  student  with  freshman  standing  may  be  made 
by  one  of  the  following; 


1.  By  high  school  graduation,  provided  that: 

(a)  The  student's  record  shows  satisfactory  completion  of  graduation  requirements  with 
at  least  1 2  units  of  English,  mathematics,  social  studies,  natural  sciences  or  foreign  lan- 
guage. Four  units  of  English  should  be  included. 

(b)  Results  of  the  American  College  Test  (A.C.T)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.) 
are  submitted  and  reflect  satisfactory  scores. 

2.  By  Equivalency  Certificate 

(a)  Students  who  have  not  prepared  for  college  may  submit  results  of  the  General  Educa- 
tional Development  Tests  (G.E.D.)  along  with  a  transcript  of  work  completed  in  lieu  of  re- 
quirements set  forth  in  paragraph  one  (a). 

(b)  At  the  discretion  of  the  Admissions  Committee,  results  of  the  American  College  Test 
(A.C.T.)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.)  may  be  required. 

3.  Early  Admission 

(a)  Students  who  are  nearing  high  school  graduation,  but  choose  to  enter  college  before 
graduation,  may  apply  by  submitting  an  official  transcript  and  results  of  the  American 
College  Test  (A.C.T)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.). 

(b)  At  least  1 2  units  in  English,  mathematics,  social  studies,  natural  sciences,  or  foreign 
languages  must  be  included.  Normally,  four  units  of  English  are  required. 

Transfer  Admission 

A  transfer  student  is  one  entering  Millsaps  as  a  full-time  student  from  another  institution 
of  higher  learning.  A  completed  application  for  admission  and  an  official  transcript  from 
each  college  or  university  in  which  the  applicant  has  been  enrolled  is  required.  These  poli- 
cies apply  to  the  transfer  applicant: 

1.  Full  credit  is  normally  allowed  for  work  taken  at  other  accredited  institutions.  Some 
courses  which  are  not  regarded  as  consistent  with  a  liberal  arts  curriculum  may  not  be 
credited  toward  a  degree.  Work  done  at  non-accredited  institutions  may  be  validated  if 
the  student  makes  a  satisfactory  record  at  Millsaps. 

2.  After  earning  62  semester  hours  at  a  junior  or  senior  college,  a  student  may  not  take  addi- 
tional work  at  a  junior  college  and  have  it  apply  toward  a  degree  from  Millsaps  College. 

3.  A  student  must  complete  the  work  necessary  to  fulfill  requirements  for  a  major  at  Millsaps 
or  for  pre-professional  work  or  teaching  licenses. 

4.  Grades  and  quality  points  earned  at  another  institution  will  be  recorded  as  they  are  on 
the  transcript.  The  student  must  earn  at  Millsaps  quality  points  at  least  double  the  num- 
ber of  hours  of  academic  credit  remaining  on  graduation  requirements  after  transfer 
credits  are  entered. 

5.  In  the  case  of  a  student  transferring  to  Millsaps  with  partial  fulfillment  of  a  core  require- 
ment, the  chair  of  the  department  concerned  may  approve  a  course  to  substitute  for  the 
remainder  of  the  requirement.  Students  should  consult  with  the  Office  of  Records  for  col- 
lege policy  on  courses  that  will  substitute. 

6.  The  student  is  subject  to  the  regulation  on  advanced  placement  and  credit  by  examina- 
tion. 

7.  Credit  is  not  given  for  correspondence  courses. 

Part-Time  Admission 

A  part-time  student  is  one  enrolled  in  a  degree  program  but  taking  fewer  than  1 2  hours. 
Requirements  for  admission  and  policies  pertaining  to  part-time  students  are  the  same  as 
those  for  full-time  students. 

Adult  Degree  Program  Admission 

Students  are  admitted  to  the  Adult  Degree  Program  through  the  Office  of  Adult  Learn- 
ing. They  may  be  part-time  students  or  full-time  students,  depending  upon  their  occupa- 
tional and  family  responsibilities.  Application  forms,  as  well  as  information  about  the 


program,  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Adult  Learning.  Students  seeking  admission  to 
the  Adult  Degree  Program  must  submit: 

1.  The  completed  application  form. 

2.  A  non-refundable  application  fee. 

3.  Official  transcripts  of  all  previous  academic  work. 

4.  Two  letters  of  recommendation. 

5.  An  essay  introducing  the  applicant  to  the  ADP  Advisory  Committee  and  stating  the  appli- 
cant's educational  goals. 

Students  admitted  to  the  Adult  Degree  Program  are  degree  candidates. 

Special  Student  Admission 

A  special  student  is  one  enrolled  in  a  non-degree  program.  Applicants  should  submit 
the  Special  Student  Application  Form  along  with  the  application  fee  to  the  Office  of  Adult 
Learning.  Transcripts  of  all  academic  work  attempted  must  be  provided  the  Office  of  Rec- 
ords prior  to  the  end  of  the  first  month  of  enrollment.  The  following  policies  apply  to  special 
students: 

1 .  Special  students  are  expected  to  be  21  years  of  age  and  must  present  evidence  of  good 
character  and  maturity.  Age  requirements  may  be  waived. 

2.  Special  students  may  enroll  for  any  courses  without  regard  to  graduation  requirements, 
but  must  meet  prerequisites  for  courses  chosen. 

3.  Special  students  wishing  to  apply  for  a  degree  program  must  re-apply,  provide  full  cre- 
dentials and  meet  admission  requirements  for  degree  students. 

4.  Special  students  may  not  participate  in  extracurricular  activities. 

International  Student  Admission 

Millsaps  College  welcomes  international  students.  Admission  credentials  should  be 
submitted  well  in  advance  of  the  semester  in  which  one  expects  to  enroll.  They  are: 

1 .  Completed  admission  forms 

2.  Official  transcript  of  all  work  attempted 

3.  Scores  from  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language 

4.  Letters  of  recommendation  from  two  persons 

5.  The  application  fee 

6.  A  statement  of  resources  for  financial  support  while  in  the  U.S. 

Financial  assistance  is  not  available  to  international  students  so  they  must  come  pre- 
pared to  pay  the  full  cost  of  attending  Millsaps  and  to  support  themselves  during  periods 
when  the  college  is  closed. 

Leaves  of  Absence  and  Readmission 

Students  who  leave  the  college  for  one  semester  or  longer  may  apply  for  readmission  by 
completing  the  appropriate  application  procedures  and  presenting  transcripts  for  all  aca- 
demic work  attempted  while  away  from  the  College.  Students  on  approved  leaves  of  ab- 
sence are  not  required  to  apply  for  readmission.  They  must  apply  to  the  Office  of  the  Dean  for 
permission  to  take  a  leave  of  absence.  Those  who  are  absent  for  more  than  four  years  may 
be  required  to  meet  graduation  requirements  in  effect  at  the  time  of  readmission  or  do  addi- 
tional work  in  their  major  in  order  to  qualify  for  a  degree. 

Advanced  Placement  and  Credit  by  Examination 

Students  entering  Millsaps  College  may  earn  a  waiver  of  certain  requirements  or  col- 
lege credit  as  a  result  of  their  performance  on  specific  examinations.  The  amount  of  waiver 
or  credit  is  limited  to  eight  hours  in  any  discipline  and  to  1 8  hours  overall,  with  the  exception 
of  the  Adult  Degree  Program  where  the  limits  are  1 2  and  30  hours  respectively. 


Scores  on  the  appropriate  Advanced  Placement  examination,  C.L.E.R  subject  matter 
examination,  or  C.E.E.B.  achievement  test  should  be  sent  to  the  Office  of  Records  for  evalu- 
ation. If  a  waiver  of  requirements  or  credit  is  granted,  the  score  on  the  examination  used  will 
be  recorded  on  the  student's  record  in  lieu  of  a  letter  grade.  An  administrative  fee  will  be  as- 
sessed for  each  course  so  recorded.  (See  the  section  on  Special  Fees.) 

Listed  below  are  the  Millsaps  courses  for  which  credit  is  given  for  Advanced  Placement 
courses  taken  in  high  school  and  the  score  required  in  order  to  earn  that  credit,  In  some 
cases,  maximum  credit  is  only  given  following  satisfactory  completion  of  a  Millsaps  course  in 
the  same  field. 

Course  A. P.  Score 

Art101,104,  105  5,4,3 

Biology  132  5,4 

Chemistry  121-122  5,4 

English  101-102  5,4 

French  201-202  5,4** 

German  201'-202  5,4** 

History  101-102  5,4* 

History  201 -202  5,4* 

Latin  222  5,4* 

Mathematics  1 55  (Calculus  AB)  5,  4,  3 

Mathematics  1 61  (Calculus  BC)  5,  4,  3 

Physics  111-112  5,4,3 

Physics  131-132  5,4 

Psychology  201  5,  4 

Spanish  201-202  5,4** 

*  Credit  may  be  given  for  a  three  with  approval  of  the  department  chairman. 
*  *  Credit  will  be  given  for  a  three  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  251 . 

For  information  concerning  scores  necessary  to  attain  course  credit  for  other  examina- 
tions, such  as  C.L.E.R,  interested  students  should  consult  with  the  appropriate  department 
chairman  or  the  Dean  of  the  College. 


Applying  for  Admission 


Prospective  students  should  apply  for  admission  well  in  advance  of  the  date  on  which 
they  wish  to  enter,  particularly  if  housing  accommodations  on  the  campus  are  desired.  The 
Admissions  Committee  acts  on  applications  for  the  fall  semester  on  December  1 ,  January 
1 5,  March  1 ,  April  1  and  on  a  weekly  basis  thereafter  pending  vacancies  in  the  class.  Appli- 
cations for  the  spring  term  are  considered  on  a  weekly  basis. 

In  applying  for  admission  a  prospective  student  should  follow  this  procedure: 

1 .  Submit  a  completed  application  for  admission  form  with  the  application  fee  to  the  director 
of  admissions.  The  fee  is  not  refunded  to  a  student  unless  the  application  is  not  approved. 

2.  Request  the  high  school  principal  or  college  registrar  to  send  an  official  transcript  directly 
to  the  director  of  admissions. 

(a)  Transfers  must  include  a  transcript  from  every  college  or  university  attended. 

(b)  A  prospective  student  enrolled  in  school  at  the  time  of  application  for  admission 
should  have  a  transcript  sent  showing  credits  up  to  that  time.  A  supplementary  transcript 
will  be  required  after  admission. 

3.  Freshman  and  junior  college  applicants  must  submit  results  of  either  the  American  Col- 
lege Test  (A.C.T)  or  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T) 

Applicants  to  the  Adult  Degree  Program  should  apply  directly  to  the  director  of  the  Adult 
Degree  Program.  Applicants  for  the  Master  of  Business  Administration  degree  should  apply 
directly  to  the  director  of  the  MBA  Program. 


10 


Orientation  and  Advisement 

Many  members  of  the  college  community  are  involved  on  an  ongoing  basis  with  orient- 
ing new  students  to  college  life  and  advising  students  to  help  them  accomplish  maximum 
success  in  their  academic  work. 

ORIENTATION:  Freshmen  and  transfer  students  are  expected  to  be  on  campus  on  dates 
specified  in  the  college  calendar.  It  is  a  cooperative  effort  involving  students,  faculty,  and 
staff  designed  to  prepare  students  for  college  life  at  Millsaps. 

FACULTY  ADVISORS:  New  students  are  assigned  to  faculty  members  who  serve  as  aca- 
demic advisors.  When  a  student  chooses  the  major  field,  a  professor  in  that  field  becomes 
the  advisor.  The  faculty  advisors  provide  students  with  advice  on  courses  to  take  to  reach 
their  degree  objectives  and  on  other  academic  concerns. 


Counseling  Services 


Counseling  services  are  available  to  all  students  in  the  Counseling  &  Career  Planning 
and  Placement  Center.  Students  can  receive  counseling  for  a  wide  range  of  concerns.  A 
counselor  can  assist  in  improving  academic  performance  by  helping  a  student  develop 
study  skills  techniques  such  as  time  management,  note-taking,  problem-solving,  and  test- 
taking.  Help  IS  also  available  to  students  wishing  to  engage  in  self-exploration  and  goal-set- 
ting, to  discuss  relationships  or  other  personal  concerns,  to  develop  better  coping  skills,  to 
obtain  information  on  other  community  resources,  and  to  discuss  other  problems  or  con- 
cerns. Referrals  to  professionals  or  treatment  programs  off  campus  will  be  made  when  it  is 
believed  to  be  appropriate. 

Career  Planning  and  Placement 

Career  planning  begins  in  the  freshman  year  with  an  emphasis  on  exploring  both  ca- 
reer fields  and  academic  majors.  Through  interest  testing,  planning  and  consultation,  stu- 
dents can  explore  academic  disciplines  relevant  to  their  interests  and  over  time,  establish 
realistic  career  directions,  develop  career  strategies  and  set  goals. 

Frequent  contact  with  the  career  counselor  is  encouraged  to  ensure  continued  develop- 
ment and  movement  toward  a  satisfying  career  choice.  Students  are  invited  to  utilize  re- 
sources in  the  career  library,  to  participate  in  off-campus  internships  and  to  take  advantage 
of  opportunities  for  part-time  and  summer  employment  as  bases  of  experience.  These  re- 
sources are  available  through  the  Counseling  and  Career  Planning  and  Placement  Center. 

Developing  skills  in  resume  writing,  interviewing  and  job  search  strategies  are  empha- 
ses for  junior  and  senior  students.  Workshops  on  these  topics  are  presented  on  a  regular 
schedule  and  students  are  urged  to  come  in  for  private  conferences.  Current  listings  of  em- 
ployment opportunities  are  available  and  on-campus  interviews  are  scheduled  with  repre- 
sentatives from  graduate  and  professional  schools,  businesses,  industries  and  government 
agencies. 


Student  Housing 


The  dean  and  associate  dean  of  student  affairs  coordinate  housing  in  cooperation  with 
residence  directors  and  resident  assistants.  Men  who  are  active  members  of  a  fraternity  may 
live  in  its  house  after  their  freshman  year. 

All  freshman  men  and  women,  unless  they  are  married  or  live  with  members  of  their 
immediate  families  in  Jackson  or  vicinity,  are  required  to  reside  on  campus  in  college  resi- 
dence halls  and  to  dine  on  campus,  also.  Exceptions  to  this  policy  are  unusual  and  must  be 
authorized  through  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs. 

Residence  hall  rooms  are  designed  to  house  two  students  each.  Students  should  send 
the  completed  housing  form  and  the  college  deposit  as  soon  as  possible.  Assignments  are 


11 


made  in  the  order  in  winicli  tlie  deposit  and  a  completed  application  are  received.  Students 
wishing  to  room  together  should  make  every  effort  to  pay  the  college  deposit  at  the  same 
time  and  to  specify  their  desire  to  room  together.  Room  preferences  are  honored  unless  the 
rooms  are  already  taken  by  students  who  are  eligible  for  them.  Single  rooms  are  normally  not 
available.  Room  rent  cannot  be  refunded  after  the  semester  begins. 

Assignments  are  made  in  the  order  in  which  this  fee  is  received  by  the  Business  Office 
according  to  the  following  priorities: 

1 .  Current  residents  who  are  returning  and  have  paid  the  room  deposit  by  the  estab- 
lished deadline  announced  each  spring. 

2.  Freshman  students  who  have  paid  the  room  deposit. 

3.  New  transfer  students  who  have  paid  the  room  deposit. 

4.  Current  students  who  wish  to  return  to  college  housing  and  who  paid  the  room  de- 
posit on  time. 

5.  Current  returning  student  residents  who  have  not  paid  the  room  deposit  on  time. 

Current  gtudents  who  have  become  academically  ineligible  and  who  have  not  been  re- 
admitted on  petition  by  June  1  will  be  refunded  the  room  deposit.  These  students,  if  readmit- 
ted at  a  later  date,  will  need  to  pay  the  room  deposit  and  will  be  put  on  a  waiting  list  for  room 
assignments. 

A  quiet  wing  option  is  offered  for  students  who  wish  to  live  in  an  environment  where 
more  intensive  study  is  possible  twenty-four  hours  a  day 

Residence  halls  open  at  9  a.m.  on  the  day  preceding  each  term  and  close  at  1 2  noon 
on  the  day  following  the  last  scheduled  examination  of  each  term.  For  Thanksgiving  and 
spring  holidays,  the  residence  halls  will  close  at  3  p.m.  on  the  last  day  of  scheduled  classes 
and  reopen  at  3  p.m.  on  the  day  preceding  the  resumption  of  classes.  Students  are  not 
housed  in  the  residence  halls  during  Thanksgiving,  Christmas,  or  spring  holidays. 


Medical  Services 


Millsaps  provides  medical  services  during  the  regular  academic  year  to  its  students 
who  are  suffering  from  minor  illnesses.  The  services  are  limited  to  students  living  in  Millsaps 
residence  halls  and  fraternity  houses.  Medical  services  through  the  college  physician  are 
available  through  the  nurse  on  duty  (hours  9:00  a.m.  to  1 :00  p.m.  Monday  through  Friday 
while  school  is  in  session)  or,  in  her  absence,  one  of  the  residence  hall  directors  or  the  Office 
of  Student  Affairs. 

The  college  pays  for  the  initial  visit  to  the  college  physician  for  each  illness.  These  ser- 
vices are  not  available  beyond  the  closing  hours  of  the  Internal  Medicine  Group  with  which 
the  College  physician  is  associated.  The  college  does  not  pay  for  visits  to  specialists. 


Student  Records 


In  accordance  with  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974,  Millsaps 
College  students  have  the  right  to  review,  inspect,  and  challenge  the  accuracy  of  information 
kept  in  a  cumulative  file  by  the  institution.  It  also  ensures  that  records  cannot  be  released 
without  the  written  consent  of  the  student  except  in  the  following  situations: 

(a)  to  school  officials  and  faculty  who  have  a  legitimate  educational  interest,  such  as  a 
faculty  advisor; 

(b)  where  the  information  is  classified  as  "directory  information."  The  following  catego- 
ries of  information  have  been  designated  by  Millsaps  College  as  directory  informa- 
tion: name,  address,  telephone  listing,  date  and  place  of  birth,  major  field  of  study 
participation  in  officially  recognized  activities  and  sports,  weight  and  height  of 
members  of  athletic  teams,  dates  of  attendance,  degrees  and  awards  received,  the 
most  recent  previous  educational  institution  attended  by  the  student,  and  informa- 
tion needed  for  honors  and  awards.  If  you  do  not  wish  such  information  released 


12 


without  your  consent  you  should  notify  the  Office  of  Records  in  writing  prior  to  the 
end  of  the  first  day  of  classes. 

For  a  full  statement  of  policy  concerning  the  confidentiality  of  student  records, 
consult  the  staff  of  the  Office  of  Records  or  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 

Millsaps  College  will  not  release  transcripts  of  records  until  all  accounts  are 
paid  in  full.  Should  a  party  otherwise  obligated  to  pay  a  just  debt  to  the  College  fail 
to  pay  any  such  debt  or  cost  to  the  College,  then  the  debt  may  be  turned  over  to  an 
agent  for  collection  and  any  such  cost  of  collection  must  also  be  paid  in  full  before 
the  transcript  is  released. 


13 


Financial 
Information 


1991-92 


Tuition  and  Fees 


Millsaps  College  is  an  independent  institution.  Each  student  is  charged  a  tuition  which 
covers  approximately  56  percent  of  the  cost  of  an  education.  The  balance  is  met  by  income 
from  endowment  and  by  gifts  from  the  United  Methodist  Church,  alumni,  trustees,  parents, 
and  other  friends. 

Semester  Expenses  for  Full-Time  Undergraduate  Students 

(12-1 6  Semester  Hours) 
Basic  expenses  for  one  semester  are: 


Tuition 

Student  Association  Fee 

Activity  Fee 

Room  rent  (1) 

Meals  (2) 

Total 


Dormitory 
Student 

$4,755.00 

50.00 

50.00 

967.50-1,242.50 

850.00 

,672.50-6,947.50 


Non-Dormitory 

Student 

$4,755.00 

50.00 

50.00 


$4,855.00 


(1 )  Dormitory  rooms  are  ordinarily  rented  on  a  yearly  basis  according  to  the  schedule  be- 
low. This  schedule  of  charges  is  for  students  who  enter  in  the  fall.  Those  students  who 
enter  second  semester  will  pay  half  the  annual  rate  for  their  type  of  occupancy.  If  the 
student  changes  type  of  occupancy  during  the  year,  the  charge  will  be  adjusted  ac- 
cordingly. See  Schedule  of  Payment  and  dormitory  options  below. 

Schedule  of  Payment  for  Rooms 


IstSem. 

2nd  Sem. 

Total 

Double  Occupancy:  Bacot, 

Ezelle,  Franklin,  Galloway,  Sanders 

$1,160 

$    775 

$1,935 

Goodman  House 

1,320 

880 

2,200 

Sanderson  Hall,  North  Wing 

1,380 

920 

2,300 

Sanderson  Hall,  South  Wing 

1,490 

995 

2,485 

All  dormitories  are  air  conditioned. 

Goodman  House -Open  to  upperclass  students.  Air  conditioned,  garden  style  apart- 
ments with  individual  thermostat  controlled  utilities.  Two  bedrooms,  study  area,  pri- 
vate bath,  standard  dormitory  furniture.  Price  includes  water.  Electric  utilities 
extra  — estimated  cost  for  normal  double  occupancy  use:  430-$40  per  month  per 
student.  Utility  deposit  of  $1 60  per  student  each  semester. 

Sanderson  Hall -Open  to  upperclass  students.  Above  average  size  4  person,  two 
bedroom/living  room  suite  style  accommodations  with  bath  in  each  unit.  South  wing 
has  individual  bedrooms  plus  living  area  and  bath  in  each  unit. 
(2)  This  is  the  charge  for  the  21  meal  per  week  plan.  A  1 4  meal  plan  is  available  for  $820. 

Semester  Expenses  for  Part-Time  Undergraduate  Students 

(1 1  Hours  or  less) 
1-7  hours - $    320  per  semester  hour 

8  hours 2,740 

9  hours 3,245 

10  hours 3,750 

11  hours 4,255 

Activity  Fee 3.00  per  semester  hour 


16 


Reservation  Deposits 

NEW  STUDENTS- All  full-time  students  must  pay  a  reservation  deposit  of  $100.  If  a 
student  decides  not  to  come  to  Millsaps,  this  deposit  is  refundable  if  the  Admissions  Office 
receives  a  written  request  for  refund  prior  to  May  1 . 

RETURNING  STUDENTS-AII  returning  students  requesting  campus  housing  must 
pay  a  reservation  deposit  of  $1 00  by  May  1 5  to  be  assured  of  a  room.  If  a  student  decides  to 
withdraw  from  college  housing,  this  deposit  is  refundable  if  a  written  request  for  refund  is 
received  prior  to  May  1 5.  Upperclass  students  living  in  Goodman  House  will  be  required  to 
pay  a  utilities  deposit  of  $1 60.00  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  One-half  of  the  electric- 
ity cost  per  apartment,  each  month,  will  be  charged  against  each  occupant's  deposit.  At  the 
end  of  the  semester,  or  academic  year,  any  excess  will  be  refunded  or  shortage  collected. 

Reservation  deposits  will  be  credited  to  the  student's  account  upon  enrollment. 

Laboratory  and  Fine  Arts  Fees 

Fine  Arts  Fees 

Art  courses 

Each  course  except  art  history  and  senior  project $  45 

Music  private  lessons  and  use  of  practice  rooms 

Per  credit  hour  (V2  hour  lesson  per  week) 90 

Science  Laboratory  Fees 

Astronomy  -  1 01  -1 02 45 

Biology  -  all  laboratory  courses* 50 

Chemistry  -  all  laboratory  courses* 50 

-  all  laboratory  courses  breakage  fee*  *  25 

Geology  -  all  courses* 50 

Natural  Science  201  -202 45 

Physics  -  all  laboratory  courses*   50 

Psychology  31 2,  31 6 40 

*  Special  Problems,  Directed  Study,  Undergraduate  Research 

Per  Credit  hour 15 

*  *  Unused  portion  refundable  at  the  end  of  the  semester. 

Computer  Usage  Fees 

Computer  Studies  -  all  courses 75 

All  other  courses  with  computer  application 30-75 

Materials  Fee 

Courses  providing  special  instructional  materials 10-20 

Special  Fees 

The  general  purpose  of  special  fees  is  to  allocate  to  the  user  at  least  a  portion  of  the 
direct  cost  for  providing  special  services,  equipment  and  facilities. 

COURSE  OVERLOAD  FEE. -A  fee  of  $75  per  semester  hour  is  charged  for  course 
loads  above  1 6  semester  hours. 

PARKING  FEE.  —  Full-time  students  who  wish  to  park  a  car  on  campus  will  be  charged 
a  fee  of  $1 5  per  semester.  Part-time  students  will  be  charged  $5  per  semester.  This  fee  will 
help  cover  the  cost  of  maintaining  the  college  parking  lots  and  streets.  The  streets  on  cam- 
pus are  the  property  of  the  college  and  must  be  maintained  by  the  college.  Students  failing 
to  register  vehicles  may  be  denied  the  privilege  of  parking  on  campus. 

ACTIVITY  FEE.  -A  fee  of  $50  is  charged  for  general  student  activities.  The  fee  covers 
admission  to  all  college  sponsored  activities,  the  use  of  all  college  recreational  facilities,  and 
participation  in  college  activities  not  covered  by  tuition.  Part-time  students  are  charged  at 
the  rate  of  $2  per  semester  hour. 


17 


CREDIT  BY  EXAMINATION  FEE. -A  $25  fee  is  assessed  for  fhe  recording  of  each 
course  for  which  credit  is  allowed  if  the  credit  is  not  transfer  credit  or  if  the  examination  is  not 
a  Millsaps  examination. 

LATE  FEE  —  A  $25  late  fee  will  be  charged  for  both  late  payment  and  late  scheduling  of 
classes.  The  late  fee  will  start  September  5,  1990,  for  the  Fall  Semester  and  January  23, 
1 991 ,  for  the  Spring  Semester. 

CHANGE  OF  SCHEDULE  FEE.  -A  $5  fee  will  be  charged  for  each  change  of  sched- 
ule authorization  processed.  Any  change  initiated  by  the  college  will  have  no  fee. 

GRADUATION  FEE. -The  $50  fee  covers  a  portion  of  the  cost  of  the  diploma,  the" 
rental  of  a  cap  and  gown,  and  general  commencement  expenses.  For  students  in  majors 
which  require  a  national  exam  as  part  of  their  comprehensive  examination,  any  fee  charged 
for  this  exam  will  be  their  responsibility. 

MUSIC  FEE.  -  Music  majors  who  are  full-time  students  will  be  required  to  pay  only  the 
one-credit-hour  fee  for  private  instruction  per  instrument  per  semester.  All  other  students, 
including  special  students,  must  pay  the  prescribed  fee  in  addition  to  tuition  for  any  private 
instruction  jn  music. 

AUDITING  OF  COURSES.  -Courses  are  audited  with  approval  of  the  dean  of  the  col- 
lege. There  will  be  no  charge  except  laboratory  fee  to  a  full-time  student  for  auditing  any 
course.  All  other  students  must  pay  regular  tuition  and  fees  for  auditing  courses,  except  that 
persons  60  and  over  may  audit  undergraduate  courses  for  one-half  tuition  and  fees  on  a 
space  available  basis. 

SENIOR  CITIZENS.  — Qualified  senior  citizens  enrolled  in  an  undergraduate  degree 
program  may  pay  full  tuition  for  the  first  course  taken  each  semester  and  then  take  additional 
courses  at  half-tuition  based  on  the  current  hourly  rates.  All  related  fees  will  be  paid  at  regu- 
lar rates. 


Financial  Regulations 


PAYMENTS— All  charges  for  a  semester  are  due  and  payable  two  weeks  prior  to  the 
first  day  of  classes.  A  student  is  registered  and  eligible  to  attend  classes  only  after  payment 
or  other  arrangements  have  been  made  with  the  Business  Office. 

Any  accounts  due  for  any  preceding  semester  must  be  paid  before  a  student  will  be 
enrolled  for  the  succeeding  semester.  The  director  of  records  is  not  permitted  to  transfer 
credits  until  all  outstanding  indebtedness  is  paid.  No  student  will  graduate  unless  all  indebt- 
edness, including  library  fines  and  graduation  fee,  has  been  settled. 

The  Millsaps  Plan  is  available  for  parents  who  prefer  a  flexible  no-cost  system  for  paying 
educational  expenses  in  regularly  scheduled  payments  over  a  period  of  months,  instead  of 
one  lump  sum  payment  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  For  more  information,  write  to: 
The  Millsaps  Plan 
c/o  Business  Office 
Jackson,  MS  3921 0-0001 

CASHING  PERSONAL  CHECKS- Personal  checks  for  a  maximum  of  $50  may  be 
cashed  in  the  Business  Office  and  a  maximum  of  $1 0  in  the  Bookstore  upon  presentation  of 
a  Millsaps  identification  card. 

RETURNED  CHECKS- A  charge  of  $1 5  will  be  made  for  each  returned  check. 

REFUNDS- Room  rent  cannot  be  refunded  after  the  semester  has  begun.  Unused 
amounts  paid  in  advance  for  board  are  refundable.  A  student  who  withdraws  with  good  rea- 
son from  a  course  or  courses  will  have  seven  days  including  the  date  of  the  first  meeting  of 
classes  to  receive  a  refund  of  80  percent  of  tuition  and  fees;  within  two  weeks,  60  percent; 
within  three  weeks,  40  percent,  and  within  four  weeks,  20  percent.  If  a  student  remains  in 
college  as  long  as  four  weeks,  no  refund  will  be  made  except  for  board. 

The  date  of  withdrawal  from  which  al I  claims  to  reductions  and  refunds  will  be  referred  is 
the  date  on  which  the  director  of  records  is  officially  notified  by  the  student  of  the  intention  to 
withdraw.  (See  regulations  relative  to  withdrawals.) 


18 


The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any  student  at  any  time.  In 
such  a  case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition  will  be  returned.  Students  withdrawing  or  re- 
moved under  disciplinary  action  forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund. 

MEAL  PLAN -Students  living  in  college  or  fraternity  housing  are  required  to  partici- 
pate in  the  college  meal  plan. 

STUDENTS  ROOMING  IN  FRATERNITY  HOUSES- Rules  regarding  payment  of 
board  and  fees  applicable  to  other  campus  residents  will  be  observed  by  these  students. 

REVISION  OF  CHARGES-  Millsaps  College  reserves  the  privilege  of  changing  any  or 
all  charges  at  any  time  without  prior  notice. 

Scholarships  and  Financial  Aid 

Millsaps  College  grants  scholarships  and  financial  aid  to  students  on  two  bases:  aca- 
demic excellence  and  financial  need.  Information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Dean  of  Stu- 
dent Aid  Financial  Planning.  Financial  aid  is  not  available  to  international  students. 

In  instances  of  financial  need,  the  amount  of  aid  granted  is  based  on  information  sub- 
mitted by  the  College  Scholarship  Service  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  The 
College  Scholarship  Service  assists  in  determining  the  student's  need  for  financial  assis- 
tance. Students  seeking  assistance  must  submit  a  copy  of  the  Financial  Aid  Form  to  the  Col- 
lege Scholarship  Service,  designating  Millsaps  College  as  the  recipient,  by  March  1 .  The 
Financial  Aid  Form  may  be  obtained  from  a  secondary  school.  Millsaps  College,  or  the  Col- 
lege Scholarship  Service,  PO.  Box  2700,  Princeton,  NJ  08541 ,  PO.  Box  881 ,  Evanston,  IL 
60204;  or  PO.  Box  380,  Berkeley,  CA  94701 . 

Institutional  Scholarships 

Dependents  of  United  Methodist  Ministers  serving  in  the  conferences  of  the  state  of  Mis- 
sissippi receive  scholarship  aid  from  the  college. 

The  Foreign  Student  Scholarship  Program  supports  the  Foreign  Student  Program  which 
attempts  to  assist  foreign  students  enrolled. 

General  Scholarship  Funds  are  budgeted  each  year  to  help  students  requiring  financial 
aid. 

The  David  Martin  Key  Scholarships  are  granted  to  promising  students  who  are  desig- 
nated as  the  Key  Scholars  and  are  renewable  if  academic  requirements  are  met.  They  are  a 
memorial  to  Dr.  David  Martin  Key,  who  served  the  college  as  teacher  and  president. 
Leadership  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  outstanding  students  with  special  talent  in  aca- 
demic and  fine  arts  areas.  Selection  is  based  on  the  merit  of  the  nominee  in  the  field  of  rec- 
ommendation as  well  as  test  scores,  grades,  and  leadership.  These  awards  are  renewable 
annually. 

The  Tribbett  Scholarship  is  awarded  at  commencement  to  the  member  of  the  sophomore 
or  junior  class  whose  quality  index  is  highest  for  the  year,  subject  to  the  following  qualifica- 
tions: 

1 .  Must  be  a  regular  student  with  not  less  than  32  semester  hours'  work  for  the  year, 
and  must  have  made  at  least  C  in  each  of  the  subjects  studied. 

2.  Must  be  qualified  for  work  assigned  by  the  president  of  the  college. 

United  Methodist  Ministerial  Students  annually  receive  a  $1 ,000  scholarship,  contingent 
upon  at  least  one  year's  reciprocal  service  in  the  ministry  of  the  United  Methodist  Church. 
United  Methodist  Scholarships  provide  $500  each  for  several  Methodist  students  who 
have  ranked  in  the  upper  1 5  percent  of  their  class. 


19 


Endowed  and  Sponsored  Scholarships 

The  generosity  of  many  individuals,  families,  corporations,  and  foundations  is  directly 
responsible  for  thie  scholarships  shown  below.  If  you  desire  information  concerning  the  re- 
quirements of  a  particular  scholarship  fund,  contact  the  Dean  of  Student  Aid  Financial  Plan- 
ning. 

Adult  Degree  Program  Scholarship  Fund 
H.  V.  Allen,  Jr.,  Endowed  Scholarship 
Robert  E.  Anding  Endowed  Scholarship 
Annie  and  Abe  Rhodes  Artz  Endowed  Scholarship 
Endowed  Art  Scholarship  Fund 
Burlie  Bagley  Scholarship  Fund 
Bell-Vincent  Scholarship  Fund 
Berg  mark  Scholarship  Fund 
J.  E.  Birmingham  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Black  Student  Scholarship  Fund 
Jesse  and  Ruth  Brent  Scholarship 
Pet  and  Randall  Brewer  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
W.  H.  Brewer  Scholarship 
Lucile  Mars  Bridges  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  A.  M.  Broadfoot  Memorial 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  W.  T.  Brown,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Dr.  T.  M.  Brownlee  and  Dan  F  Crumpton,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund 
A.  Boyd  Campbell  Scholarship  Fund 
Dr.  Elbert  Alston  Cheek  and  Son  Scholarships 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  C.  C.  Clark  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
Kelly  Gene  Cook  Scholarship  Fund 
George  C.  Cortright,  Sr.,  Scholarship 
Magnolia  Coullet  Scholarship  Fund 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  J.  R.  Countiss,  Sr.,  Scholarship 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  C.  W.  Crisler  Scholarship 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lamar  Daniel  Scholarship  Fund 
Helen  Daniel  Memorial  Scholarship 
Davenport-Spiva  Scholarship  Fund 
Drama  Scholarship 

Charles  W.  and  Eloise  T.  Else  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
Robert  L.  Ezelle,  Jr.,  Scholarship  Fund 
Ben  Fatheree  Bible  Class  Scholarship 
Jennye  M.  Few  Scholarship  Fund 
Josie  Millsaps  Fitzhugh  Scholarship 
Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin  Scholarship  Fund 
Irene  and  S.  H.  Gaines  Scholarship  Fund 
Marvin  Galloway  Scholarship 
Marion  P.  "Duke"  Giddens  Scholarship  Fund 
John  T.  Gober  Scholarship  Fund 
N.  J.  Golding  Scholarship  Fund 
Pattie  Magruder  Sullivan  Golding  Scholarship  Fund 
Sanford  Martin  Graham  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Clara  Barton  Green  Scholarship 
Wharton  Green  '98  Scholarship 


20 


Mr.  &  Mrs.  S.  T.  Greer  Scholarship  Fund 

Clyde  and  Mary  Hall  Scholarship 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  Scholarship  Fund 

Maurice  H.  Hall,  Sr.,  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

James  E.  Hardin  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Troy  Harkey  Endowed  Music  Scholarship  Fund 

Martha  Parks  Harrison  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

William  Randolph  Hearst  Endowed  Minority  Scholarship  Fund 

Karim  E.  Hederi  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Nellie  Hederi  Endowed  Music  Scholarship  Fund 

John  Paul  Henry  Scholarship  Fund 

Herman  and  Martha  Hines  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Ralph  and  Hazel  Hon  Scholarship  Fund 

Joseph  W.  Hough  Scholarship  Fund 

Kenneth  Thomas  Humphries  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Kappa  Alpha-Eric  Gunn  Memorial  Scholarship 

Rev.  and  Mrs.  John  Henderson  Jolly  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Dan  and  Rose  Keel  Scholarship  Fund 

Rames  Assad  Khayat  Memorial  Scholarship 

Kimball  Student  Aid  Scholarship  Fund 

Alvin  Jon  King  Music  Scholarship 

Norma  C.  Moore  Lawrence  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

S.  Herschel  Leech  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  E.  Lecornu  Scholarship  Fund 

Rev.  and  Mrs.  W.  C.  Lester  Scholarship  Fund 

Forest  G.  and  Maude  McNease  Loftin  Scholarship  Fund 

Susan  Long  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Jim  Lucas  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Lida  Ellsberry  Malone  Scholarship 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  W.  Mars  Scholarship 

Robert  and  Marie  May  Scholarship  Fund 

Daisy  McLaurin  Stevens  Ford  Fellowship  Fund 

Will  and  Delia  McGehee  Memorial  Scholarship 

Joan  B.  McGinnis  Scholarship  Fund 

James  Nicholas  McLean  Scholarship  Fund 

Meeks  Ford  Fellowship  Fund 

David  W.  Meeks  Ford  Fellowship  Fund 

Arthur  C.  Miller  Pre-Engineering  Scholarship  Fund 

Mitchell  Scholarship 

E.  L.  Moyers  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Eva  Fair  Neblett  Memorial  Scholarship 

Rev.  Robert  Payne  Neblett,  Sr.  Memorial  Scholarship 

J.  L.  Neill  Memorial  Scholarship 

Harvey  T.  Newell,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship 

Marcella  Ogden  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Rev.  Arthur  M.  O'Neil  Scholarship  Fund 

Marty  Paine  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Marianne  and  Marion  Parker  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 


21 


William  George  Peek  Scholarship  Fund 

Randolph  Peets,  Sr.  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Bishop  Edward  J.  Pendergrass  Scholarship  Fund 

J.  B.  Price  Scholarship 

Lillian  Emily  Benson  Priddy  Scholarship 

Kelly  Mouzon  Pylant  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

T.  W.  Rankin  Ford  Fellowship  Fund 

Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  in  Religion 

Jane  Bridges  Renka  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

S.  F  and  Alma  Riley  Memorial  Scholarship 

R.  S.  Ricketts  Scholarship  Fund 

C.  R.  Ridgway  Scholarship  Fund 

Frank  and  Betty  Robinson  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Velma  Jernjgan  Rodgers  Award 

Thomas  G.  Ross  Pre-Medical  Scholarship  Fund 

H.  Lowry  Rush,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund 

Richard  O.  Rush  Scholarship  Fund 

Paul  Russell  Scholarship 

Silvio  A.  Sabatini  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Charles  Christopher  Scott,  III,  Scholarship  Fund 

George  W.  Scott,  Jr.,  Scholarship  Fund 

Mary  Holloman  Scott  Scholarship  Fund 

Rev.  and  Mrs.  Lonnie  M.  Sharp  Scholarship  Fund 

Albert  Burnell  Shelton  Scholarship 

William  Sharp  Shipman  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund 

Robert  E.  Silverstein  Scholarship  Fund 

Janet  Lynne  Sims  Scholarship  Fund 

Marion  L.  Smith  Scholarship  Fund 

Willie  E.  Smith  Scholarship 

Dr.  Thomas  R.  Spell  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Rev.  and  Mrs.  C.  J.  Stapp  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Dr.  Benjamin  M.  Stevens  Scholarship  Fund  of  the  Hattiesburg  District 

of  the  United  Methodist  Church 
E.  B.  Stewart  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
R.  Mason  Strieker  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Mike  P.  Sturdivant  Scholarship  Fund 
Sullivan  Memorial  Ministerial  Scholarship 
J.  M.  Sullivan  Geology  Scholarship  Fund 
Sumners  Scholars  Grants 
J.  H.  Tabb  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
William  S.  Triplett  Award 
Florence  M.  Trull  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
United  Methodist  Church  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
V-12  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Dennis  E.  Vickers  Memorial  Scholarship 
Vicksburg  Memorial  Hospital  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund 
James  Monroe  Wallace,  III,  Scholarship 
Alexander  F.  Watkins  Scholarship  Fund 


22 


I 


W.  H.  Watkins  Scholarship 

John  Houston  Wear,  Jr.,  Scholarships 

James  Thompson  Weems  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Mary  Virginia  Weems  Scholarship 

Dr.  Vernon  Lane  Wharton  Scholarship 

Julian  L.  Wheless  Scholarship  Fund 

Milton  Christian  White  Scholarship 

Lettie  Pate  Whitehead  Foundation  Scholarships 

Loan  Funds 

Stafford  Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program.  Under  this  program  the  student  will 
complete  the  Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Application  for  the  Agency  for  his  or  her  home  state 
and  a  Financial  Aid  Form.  He/she  sends  the  Financial  Aid  Form  to  the  College  Scholarship 
Service  listing  Millsaps  as  the  recipient.  The  student  should  send  the  Guaranteed  Student 
Loan  Application  to  Millsaps  so  that  the  college  can  complete  its  portion  of  this  form.  Once 
the  student  and  college  officials  have  completed  their  portions,  the  student  should  then  take 
the  completed  form  to  an  approved  lender  (a  Credit  Union,  Bank,  Savings  and  Loan,  and 
any  other  lending  institution).  If  the  student  cannot  find  a  lender,  he/she  should  contact  the 
financial  aid  office  at  Millsaps.  The  interest  on  these  loans  at  this  time  is  8%  until  the  begin- 
ning of  the  5th  year  of  repayment  and  then  the  interest  becomes  1 0%.  If  a  student  qualifies, 
the  federal  government  will  pay  the  interest  while  the  student  is  in  school.  Annual  loan  limits 
are  $2,625.00  for  undergraduate  freshmen  and  sophomores,  $4,000.00  for  upper  level  un- 
dergraduates and  $7,500.00  for  graduate  students.  The  cumulative  limits  are  $1 7,250.00 
for  an  undergraduate  and  $54,750.00  for  undergraduate  and  graduate  work  combined. 
(Repayment  begins  six  months  after  graduation  or  withdrawal  from  school.) 

Plus/SLS.  Under  this  program  parents  of  students  enrolled  or  accepted  for  enrollment 
as  at  least  half-time  students  are  eligible  to  borrow  for  the  student's  educational  expenses. 
Independent  undergraduate  students  or  graduate/professional  students  who  are  enrolled  or 
admitted  for  enrollment  as  at  least  half-time  students  are  eligible  to  borrow  for  their  educa- 
tional expenses  under  this  program.  Applications  for  this  program  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Student  Aid  Financial  Planning  Office.  A  variable  interest  rate  has  been  established  for  both 
of  these  programs.  Interest  will  be  the  one-year  Treasury  Bill  rate,  plus  3.75%,  with  a  maxi- 
mum of  1 2%.  For  a  parent  borrower  $4,000.00  is  the  maximum  per  academic  year  for  each 
dependent  undergraduate  student  not  to  exceed  a  total  of  $20,000.00.  The  repayment  per- 
iod on  the  loan  begins  the  day  the  loan  is  disbursed  and  interest  begins  to  accrue  that  day. 
The  first  payment  is  due  within  60  days  of  the  date  of  loan  disbursement. 

Perkins  Loans  (NDSL).  A  student  may  borrow  in  the  first  two  academic  years  a  total 
sum  not  to  exceed  $4,500  and  during  the  undergraduate  course  of  study  a  sum  not  exceed- 
ing $9,000.  Payment  of  the  loan  begins  nine  months  after  the  borrower  has  completed  or 
withdrawn  from  higher  education  work  and  will  be  completed  within  10  years  and  nine 
months.  The  interest  rate  is  5  percent  during  repayment.  Detailed  information  concerning 
this  loan  and  application  forms  can  be  secured  from  the  Dean  of  Student  Aid  Financial  Plan- 
ning at  Millsaps. 

Other  loan  funds  include: 

Joseph  C.  Bancroft  Loan  Fund 

Coulter  Loan  Fund 

Claudine  Curtis  Memorial  Loan  Fund 

William  Larken  Duren  Loan  Fund 

Paul  and  Dee  Faulkner  Loan  Fund 

Kenneth  Gilbert  Endowed  Loan  Scholarship 

Phil  Hardin  Loan  Fund 

Jackson  Kiwanis  Loan  Fund 

Joe  B.  Love  Memorial  Loan  Fund 

Graham  R.  Mc  Far  lane  Loan  Scholarship 


23 


J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund 

United  IVIethodist  Student  Loan  Fund 

George  R.  and  Rose  Williams  Endowed  Loan  Fund 

Additional  Financial  Aid  Opportunities 

Part-time  Employment:  Students  who  want  part-time  work  on  campus  must  apply 
through  the  Awards  Committee.  Students  seeking  employment  oft  campus  may  contact  the 
Placement  Office. 

The  College  Work-Study  Program  has  been  established  from  funds  contributed  by 
the  federal  government  and  the  college  to  provide  financial  assistance  through  employment. 

State  Student  Incentive  Grants  are  provided  by  Millsaps,  the  state  of  Mississippi  and 
the  federal  government.  These  funds  are  to  help  qualified  students  with  substantial  financial 
need. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  are  provided  by  the  federal  govern 
ment  to  provide  supplemental  grants  to  other  aid  to  assist  in  making  available  the  benefits  of 
higher  education  to  qualified  students  of  exceptional  financial  need  who,  for  lack  of  financial 
means  of  their  own  or  their  families,  would  be  unable  to  obtain  an  education  without  such 
aid. 

The  Pell  Grant  was  established  by  the  Educational  Amendments  of  1972  and  is 
funded  by  the  federal  government.  When  the  grant  is  fully  funded,  the  maximum  award  is 
$2,300. 


24 


Student  Life 


tT-^.:^. 


^^f]  H 


1991-92 


Campus  Ministry 


Religious  life  at  Millsaps  centers  around  the  churches,  synagogue  and  other  faith  com- 
munities of  the  city  of  Jackson  and  the  religious  life  program  coordinated  through  the  Cam- 
pus Ministry  Team.  Churches  provide  communities  of  faith  for  students,  faculty  and  staff.  The 
campus  religious  life  program  attempts  to  provide  experiences  which  explore  the  meaning 
of  a  life  of  faith  for  a  college  community. 

To  accomplish  this,  a  varied  program  is  offered:  sponsorship  of  special  programs  on  the 
Friday  Forum  Series  on  such  issues  as  the  occult,  the  family,  and  the  Skinhead  phenome- 
non; a  series  that  addresses  from  an  intentionally  Christian  perspective  such  issues  as  abor- 
tion, censorship  and  pornography,  homosexuality  and  war;  fellowship  experiences;  Bible 
studies;  projects  in  the  community  working  with  disadvantaged  populations;  chapel  and 
special  services  such  as  the  Advent  and  Maundy  Thursday  Services;  emphases  on  such 
issues  as  AIDS  and  Adult  Children  of  Alcoholics;  and  many  others.  In  addition,  the  campus 
chapter  of  Habitat  for  Humanity  is  very  active  and  the  Centennial  Voluntary  Service  Project 
has  as  its  goal  1 00,000  hours  of  service  to  the  community  by  students,  faculty,  staff,  alumni, 
parents  and*members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  All  of  these  experiences  are  meant  to  com- 
municate an  active  understanding  of  the  life  of  faith  as  it  addresses  crucial  social  needs. 

In  addition  to  the  Campus  Ministry  Team,  the  Fellowship  of  Christian  Athletes  sponsors 
a  group  on  campus.  All  campus  ministry  is  strongly  ecumenical.  Furthermore,  in  addition  to 
the  College  Chaplain,  the  college  has  been  fortunate  to  have  additional  parttime  and  fulltime 
persons  at  various  times  working  on  campus  through  the  United  Methodist  Mission  Intern 
Program  and  the  Catholic  VOICE  program. 

The  Office  of  the  Chaplain  serves  as  a  liaison  with  churches  and  with  The  Mississippi 
Conference  of  the  United  Methodist  Church.  Furthermore,  a  working  relationship  has  been 
established  with  many  community  projects  and  agencies  as  vehicles  for  student  involve- 
ment. 

Public  Events  Committee 

The  Public  Events  Committee  receives  funds  from  the  student  government  to  sponsor 
programs  of  general  interest  to  the  campus  and  community.  Its  major  activity  is  the  Friday 
Forum  Series  — a  continuing  slate  of  speakers  presented  each  Friday  during  the  academic 
year.  The  objective  of  the  series  is  to  provide  information  and  stiumlate  interest  in  current  is- 
sues, to  explore  historical  events,  and  to  present  differing  perspectives  on  controversial  sub- 
jects. Faculty  members,  local  authorities  and  national  experts  are  invited  to  present  their 
thoughts  on  a  variety  of  literary,  cultural,  scientific,  political,  religious  and  historical  topics. 

In  addition  to  the  Forum  Series,  the  Public  Events  Committee  sponsors  special  events 
throughout  the  academic  year.  It  provides  funds  to  student  organizations  and  academic  de- 
partments interested  in  organizing  programs  open  to  the  entire  campus.  These  include 
films,  guest  speakers,  and  music  recitals. 

All  of  these  activities  have  to  do  with  the  true  aim  of  liberal  education:  the  liberation  of 
the  mind  to  grasp  the  world  of  nature  and  of  human  experience  and  action  in  all  its  richness 
and  complexity,  and  to  respond  with  awareness,  sensitivity,  concern,  and  mature  judgment. 


Athletics 


The  athletic  policy  of  Millsaps  College  is  based  on  the  premise  that  athletics  exist  for  the 
benefit  of  the  students  and  not  primarily  to  enhance  the  prestige  and  publicity  of  the  college. 

Competitive  sports  conducted  in  an  atmosphere  of  good  sportsmanship  and  fair  play 
can  make  a  significant  contribution  to  the  complete  physical,  emotional,  moral,  and  mental 
development  of  the  well-rounded  individual.  They  are  thus  an  integral  part  of  a  program  of 
liberal  education.  An  attempt  is  made  to  provide  a  sports-for-all  program  and  to  encourage 
as  many  students  as  possible  to  participate. 


26 


Intercollegiate 

The  program  for  men  includes  football,  basketball,  baseball,  cross  country,  tennis,  golf, 
and  soccer.  The  women's  program  includes  basketball,  tennis,  soccer,  cross  country,  and  golf. 

The  programs  are  conducted  on  guidelines  established  by  the  National  Collegiate  Ath- 
letic Association  for  Division  ill  institutions  and  the  College  Athletic  Conference. 

Those  who  participate  in  intercollegiate  athletics  are  required  to  observe  and  maintain 
the  same  academic  standards  as  other  students. 

Intramural 

The  program  for  men  provides  competition  among  campus  organizations  in  basketball, 
volleyball,  softball,  team  handball,  flag  football,  indoor  soccer,  and  outdoor  soccer.  The  pro- 
gram for  women  includes  volleyball,  basketball,  softball,  and  flag  football. 


Publications 


The  Purple  and  White  is  the  official  student  newspaper  of  the  college,  and  its  staff  is 
composed  of  individuals  interested  in  journalism.  The  P&W  endeavors  to  provide  coverage 
of  all  Millsaps  events,  as  well  as  to  serve  as  a  forum  for  discussion  and  exploration  of  ideas. 

The  Bobashela  is  the  annual  student  publication  of  Millsaps  College,  attempting  to  give 
a  comprehensive  view  of  campus  life.  Bobashela  is  an  Indian  name  for  good  friend. 

Through  Stylus,  the  college  literary  magazine,  students  interested  in  creative  writing 
are  given  an  opportunity  to  see  their  work  in  print.  The  publication  comes  out  twice  each 
year  and  contains  the  best  poetry,  short  stories  and  essays  submitted  by  Millsaps  students. 


Music  and  Drama 


The  Millsaps  Singers 

Open  by  audition  to  all  students,  the  Singers  represent  Millsaps  in  public  performances, 
campus  programs  and  annual  tours  throughout  the  state  and  other  areas  of  the  United 
States.  In  recent  years  the  choir  has  traveled  to  Colorado;  to  Washington,  D.C.;  to  Atlanta  to 
record  for  the  National  Protestant  Hour;  and  to  Mexico.  The  choir  has  sung  with  the  Mem- 
phis Symphony  Orchestra  three  times,  the  Jackson  Symphony  many  times,  the  Chicago 
Chamber  Orchestra  and  the  New  Orleans  Philharmonic. 

The  Troubadours 

Auditions  are  held  each  fall  for  membership  in  the  Troubadours,  a  chamber  choir  of  1 6 
students  selected  from  the  Singers  who  specialize  in  madrigals  and  vocal  jazz.  The  Trouba- 
dours represent  the  college  at  numerous  campus,  high  school,  and  cultural  functions 
throughout  the  region. 

The  Wind  Ensemble 

The  Wind  Ensemble  is  an  important  performing  group  within  the  Music  Department. 
Made  up  of  brass,  woodwinds,  and  percussion,  this  ensemble  is  open  to  all  students  with 
instrumental  and  musical  experience.  They  enjoy  giving  performances  alone  or  in  concert 
with  the  Millsaps  Singers. 

The  Millsaps  Players 

The  Millsaps  Players,  now  in  their  seventh  decade,  produce  four  full-length  plays  each 
year.  In  addition,  they  present  several  one-act  plays  directed  by  senior  theatre  majors.  Cast- 
ing for  all  plays  is  done  by  audition,  open  to  all  students.  Participation  in  Players  productions, 
either  onstage  or  backstage,  earns  credit  toward  membership  in  Alpha  Psi  Omega,  national 
honorary  dramatics  fraternity.  Among  the  major  productions  staged  in  recent  years  are  The 
Tempest,  Ring  Round  the  Moon,  Biloxi  Blues,  Ghosts,  Equus,  A  Midsummer  Night's  Dream, 
Camino  Real,  West  Side  Story,  Sweet  Bird  of  Youth,  Hedda  Gabler,  She  Stoops  to  Conquer, 
Summer  and  Smoke,  Dark  of  the  Moon,  All  My  Sons,  Much  Ado  About  Nothing,  Shenan- 
doah, and  Tea  and  Sympathy 


27 


Student  Organizations 


Student  Body  Association 

All  regularly  enrolled  students  of  Millsaps  are  members  of  the  Student  Body  Associa- 
tion. Those  taking  at  least  1 2  hours  or  part-time  students  who  pay  the  Student  Body  Associ- 
ation fee  have  full  power  of  voting.  The  Millsaps  Student  Body  Association  is  governed  by 
the  Student  Senate,  the  Student  Judicial  Council,  and  the  Student  Body  Association  Offi- 
cers. The  Student  Senate  is  composed  of  36  voting  members  elected  from  the  Millsaps  Stu- 
dent Body  Association.  Members  of  the  Student  Senate  are  chosen  by  the  third  Tuesday  in 
September  and  serve  their  constituency  the  length  of  the  academic  year. 

Student  Body  Association  Officers  of  the  Student  Senate  are  elected  at  large  from  the 
Millsaps  Student  Body  Association.  The  officers  are  president,  first  vice-president,  second 
vice-president,  secretary  and  treasurer.  The  officers  serve  a  term  beginning  and  ending  in 
January. 

Student  Senate  meetings  are  held  on  a  regular  basis  with  special  meetings  called  by 
the  secretary  at  the  request  of  1)  the  president  of  the  Senate,  2)  the  Senate,  3)  seven  mem- 
bers of  the  Senate,  4)  the  president  of  the  college. 

The  duties  and  functions  of  the  Student  Senate  are  to  exercise  legislative  power  over 
those  areas  of  collegiate  activity  that  are  the  responsibility  of  students  and  to  speak  for  the 
Student  Association  on  all  matters  of  student  concern.  In  addition  the  Student  Senate  is  re- 
sponsible for  1 )  apportioning  funds  collected  by  the  college  as  Student  Association  fees  ac- 
cording to  college  policies;  2)  granting  or  revoking  charters  to  student  organizations;  3) 
formulating  rules  of  social  and  residence  hall  conduct;  4)  supervising  student  elections;  5) 
carrying  out  traditional  class  responsibilities;  and  6)  the  intramural  program. 

The  Judicial  Council  is  composed  of  eight  voting  members  in  addition  to  the  two  stu- 
dent alternate  members.  Members  are  appointed  as  follows:  two  faculty  members  ap- 
pointed by  the  vice  president  and  dean  of  the  college  with  the  approval  of  the  president;  one 
administrative  staff  member  appointed  by  the  president;  five  student  members  and  two  stu- 
dent alternate  members  appointed  by  a  committee  composed  of  three  student  Judicial 
Council  members  and  three  Student  Body  Association  officers  and  confirmed  by  the  Stu- 
dent Senate.  A  student  affairs  staff  member  serves  as  the  non-voting  secretary. 

The  Judicial  Council  generally  has  jurisdiction  over  student  disciplinary  cases.  Limita- 
tions of  its  authority  are  delineated  in  the  constitution  of  the  Millsaps  College  Student  Body 
Association  which  is  printed  in  the  student  handbook. 

Honor  Societies 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  is  an  honorary  pre-medical  fraternity.  Leadership,  scholarship,  ex- 
pertness,  character,  and  personality  are  the  qualities  by  which  students  are  judged  for  mem- 
bership. The  organization  seeks  to  bridge  the  gap  between  pre-medical  and  medical 
studies. 

Alpha  Eta  Sigma  is  a  scholastic  and  professional  accounting  fraternity  with  the  follow- 
ing objectives:  promotion  of  the  study  and  practice  of  accounting;  provision  of  opportunities 
for  self-development  and  association  among  members  and  practicing  accountants;  and  en- 
couragement of  a  sense  of  ethical,  social,  and  public  responsibility. 

Alpha  Kappa  Delta,  an  international  sociology  honorary  promotes  the  use  of  the  soci- 
ological imagination  in  understanding  and  serving  human  beings.  The  chapter,  Gamma  of 
Mississippi,  founded  in  1 984,  is  a  joint  chapter  with  Tougaloo  College. 

Alpha  Psi  Omega,  a  national  honorary  dramatic  fraternity,  recognizes  members  of  the 
Millsaps  Players  for  their  effective  participation  in  acting,  directing,  make-up,  stage  manage- 
ment, costuming,  lighting,  or  publicity. 

Beta  Beta  Beta,  established  at  Millsaps  in  1 968,  is  a  national  honor  fraternity  for  stu- 
dents in  the  biological  sciences.  Its  purposes  are  to  stimulate  sound  scholarship,  to  promote 
the  dissemination  of  scientific  truth,  and  to  encourage  investigation  of  the  life  sciences. 

Eta  Sigma  Phi  is  a  national  honor  fraternity  recognizing  ability  in  classical  studies.  Al- 
pha Phi,  the  Millsaps  chapter,  was  founded  in  1935. 


28 


Financial  Management  Association  Honor  Society,  established  in  1984  on  the 
Millsaps  cannpus,  serves  to  encourage  and  reward  scholarship  and  accomplishment  in  busi- 
ness and  non-business  finance,  banking  and  investments  among  undergraduate  and  gradu- 
ate students,  and  to  encourage  interaction  between  business  executives,  faculty,  and 
students  of  business  and  finance. 

Kappa  Delta  Epsilon,  a  professional  education  honorary,  promotes  the  cause  of  edu- 
cation by  fostering  high  scholastic  standing  and  professional  ideals  among  those  preparing 
for  the  teaching  profession. 

Omicron  Delta  Epsilon  is  the  international  economics  honorary  society.  It  is  dedicated 
to  the  encouragement  of  excellence  in  economics,  with  a  main  objective  of  recognizing 
scholastic  attainment  in  economics.  Delta  chapter  of  Mississippi  was  formed  at  Millsaps  Col- 
lege in  1981. 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a  leadership  society  with  chapters  in  principal  colleges  and 
universities.  Pi  Circle  at  Millsaps  brings  together  members  of  the  student  body,  faculty  and 
administration  interested  in  campus  activities,  together  with  a  limited  number  of  alumni,  to 
plan  for  the  betterment  of  the  college.  Election  to  membership  in  Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a 
distinct  honor. 

Order  of  Omega  is  a  national  leadership  society  which  recognizes  student  achieve- 
ment in  promoting  inter-Greek  activities.  The  Millsaps  chapter,  Eta  Kappa,  was  founded  in 
1986. 

Phi  Alpha  Theta  is  an  international  honor  society  in  history  founded  in  1 921 .  Member- 
ship IS  composed  of  students  and  professors,  elected  on  the  basis  of  excellence  in  the  study 
and  writing  of  history.  It  encourages  the  study,  teaching,  and  writing  of  history  among  all  its 
members. 

Phi  Beta  Kappa,  the  nation's  oldest  academic  honor  society,  was  installed  at  Millsaps 
in  spring  1989.  It  recognizes  and  encourages  excellence  in  the  liberal  arts.  The  Millsaps 
chapter.  Alpha  of  Mississippi,  elects  members  from  the  senior  class  on  the  basis  of  broad 
cultural  interests,  scholarly  achievement,  and  good  character. 

Phi  Eta  Sigma  is  a  national  honorary  society  which  recognizes  outstanding  academic 
achievement  in  freshmen.  The  Millsaps  chapter  was  established  in  1981.  Membership  is 
open  to  all  full-time  freshmen  who  achieve  a  grade-point  average  of  3.5  in  either  the  first  se- 
mester or  both  semesters  of  the  freshman  year. 

Pi  Delta,  a  political  science  honorary,  was  founded  at  Millsaps  in  1989. 

Pi  Delta  Phi  is  a  national  French  honor  society  which  recognizes  attainment  and  schol- 
arship in  the  study  of  the  French  language  and  literature. 

Pi  Kappa  Delta  is  a  national  honorary  forensic  organization  which  recognizes  student 
attainment  in  inter-collegiate  debate  and  individual  speech  events.  The  Alpha  of  Mississippi 
Chapter  was  founded  at  Millsaps  in  1929,  but  became  inactive  in  the  early  70s.  In  1989  a 
reaff illation  charter  was  granted  by  the  national  organization. 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  was  founded  in  order  to  give  recognition  to  those  students  who 
have  shown  excellence  in  the  study  of  German  and  in  order  to  provide  a  forum  for  the  study 
of  all  aspects  of  German  civilization. 

Sigma  Delta  Pi,  the  international  Spanish  honorary,  was  established  at  Millsaps  Col- 
lege in  1 968.  This  honor  society  recognizes  attainment  and  scholarship  in  the  study  of  the 
Spanish  language  and  literature. 

Sigma  Lambda  is  a  leadership  and  service  honorary  society  whose  members  are  pri- 
marily sophomores  selected  on  the  basis  of  character,  scholarship,  and  involvement  in  col- 
lege and  community  activities.  It  brings  together  student  leaders  from  many  phases  of 
campus  life  along  with  a  limited  number  of  faculty  members  to  provide  opportunities  for  ser- 
vice to  the  Millsaps  community  and  to  act  as  a  channel  for  the  exchange  of  information  about 
campus  events  and  concerns. 

Sigma  Pi  Sigma,  a  national  honor  society  in  physics,  was  established  at  Millsaps  in 
1988.  Its  purpose  is  to  honor  excellence  in  physics. 

Sigma  Tau  Delta  is  the  national  English  honor  society.  The  purposes  of  the  society  are 
to  confer  distinction  for  high  achievement  in  English  language  and  literature  in  undergradu- 
ate, graduate,  and  professional  studies;  to  promote  interest  in  literature  and  the  English  lan- 


29 


guage  on  local  campuses  and  their  surrounding  communities;  and  to  foster  tlie  discipline  of 
English  in  all  its  aspects,  including  creative  and  critical  writing.  The  Zeta  Sigma  chapter  was 
chartered  at  Millsaps  in  1983. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  membership  is  offered  to  second  semester  sophomores,  juniors,  and 
seniors  who  are  majoring  in  one  of  the  natural  sciences  and  who  fulfill  certain  specified  qual- 
ifications. The  purpose  is  to  further  general  interest  in  the  sciences. 

Activity  Groups 

Adult  Student  Association  is  open  to  all  Millsaps  adult  undergraduate  students  24 
years  of  age  and  older.  This  organization  assists  adult  learners  in  their  re-entry  to  college  life, 
provides  a  forum  for  sharing  experience  and  knowledge  and  enhances  career  opportunities 
through  networking  with  other  students,  faculty  and  administrative  staff.  The  Association 
meets  once  each  semester.  The  ASA  Newsletter  is  sent  to  all  adult  learners  enrolled  in  aca- 
demic courses. 

Art  Club  is  open  to  students  who  have  an  interest  in  furthering  their  enjoyment  of  art. 

Bacchus  is  a  national  organization  a  chapter  of  which  was  established  at  Millsaps  in 
1 982  with  the  purpose  of  promoting  responsibility  and  choice  in  the  use  of  alcoholic  bever- 
ages. 

Black  Student  Association  is  designed  to  stimulate  and  improve  the  social  and  aca- 
demic atmosphere  for  black  students  at  Millsaps  College. 

Cheerleaders  is  open  to  upperclass  students  by  audition  early  each  spring.  Cheer- 
leader responsibilities  include  separate  squads  for  football  and  basketball. 

Circle  K,  established  at  Millsaps  in  1984,  serves  to  provide  leadership  training  in  ser- 
vice, to  serve  on  the  campus  and  in  the  local  community  and  to  promote  good  fellowship 
and  high  scholarship.  Students  of  good  character  and  satisfactory  scholastic  standing  may 
be  elected  to  membership. 

Cross  Cultural  Connection,  open  to  all  students,  endeavors  to  promote  a  sense  of  be- 
longing for  international  and  minority  students  by  providing  a  forum  for  the  exchange  of  cul- 
tural ideas,  knowledge  and  values. 

Deutscher  Verein  was  founded  to  provide  an  organization  for  the  informal  study  of  vari- 
ous aspects  of  German  and  Austrian  cultural  life. 

English  Club  is  open  to  anyone  interested  in  literature  and  writing.  Activities  include 
guest  speakers,  social  gatherings,  and  discussion  groups. 

Financial  Management  Association  Finance  Club  is  open  to  anyone  with  an  interest 
in  finance.  Activities  include  the  Merrill  Lynch  Challenge  Stock  Market  game  and  visits  to  or 
speakers  from  financial  institutions. 

Forensics  Society,  organized  in  1 986,  is  intended  for  students  who  maintain  an  inter- 
est in  debate  and  other  forms  of  speech  competition. 

French  Club  is  open  to  anyone  interested  in  French  language  and  culture.  Club  activ- 
ities include  tutoring,  discussions  and  a  film  series. 

Habitat  for  Humanity  is  open  to  all  students  who  are  interested  in  pursuing  the  activ- 
ities of  Habitat,  the  building  of  houses  for  the  less  fortunate  and  raising  funds  for  these 
houses  and  overseas  projects. 

Literary  Club  provides  organized  leisure  through  the  reading  and  discussion  of  primar- 
ily 20th  century  literary  works.  Membership  is  open  to  all  students. 

Results  is  a  local  chapter  of  the  national  Results  organization  which  is  a  grass  roots 
movement  to  end  hunger  by  citizen  support  of  legislation  to  end  domestic  and  world  hunger. 
The  Millsaps  chapter  was  founded  in  1 988. 

Society  of  Physics  Students  is  open  to  all  students  interested  in  physics  and  related 
areas.  Activities  include  visits  to  observatories,  discussions,  field  trips,  social  events  and  pro- 
fessional contacts  and  speakers. 


30 


Fraternities  and  Sororities 

There  are  six  fraternities  and  five  sororities  at  Millsaps.  The  fraternities  and  sororities  are 
all  members  of  well-established  national  Greek-letter  organizations. 

The  sororities  are  Alpha  Kappa  Alpha,  Chi  Omega,  Delta  Delta  Delta,  Kappa  Delta  and 
Phi  Mu. 

The  fraternities  are  Alpha  Phi  Alpha,  Kappa  Alpha,  Kappa  Sigma,  Lambda  Chi  Alpha, 
Pi  Kappa  Alpha,  and  Sigma  Alpha  Epsilon. 

Policies  governing  sorority  and  fraternity  life  are  formulated  through  the  Panhellenic 
Council  and  the  Interfraternity  Council. 

At  the  end  of  rush  week  these  organizations  offer  "bids"  to  the  students  whom  they  have 
selected.  Eligibility  for  membership  in  sororities  and  fraternities  is  governed  by  the  following 
regulations: 

A.  General  Conditions 

1 .  Only  bona  fide  regular  students  (carrying  at  least  1 2  academic  hours)  may  be 
pledged.  Activity  classes  do  not  count  toward  this  requirement. 

2.  A  student  may  not  be  pledged  to  a  fraternity  or  sorority  until  official  registration  for 
classes  has  been  cleared  by  the  Office  of  Records. 

3.  Each  social  organization  shall  secure  a  letter  of  scholastic  eligibility  of  its  prospective 
initiates  from  the  Director  of  Records  prior  to  the  initiation  ceremonies. 

4.  Only  persons  who  are  bona  fide  students  at  Millsaps  at  initiation  time  can  be  initiated. 

B.  Scholastic  Requirements 

1 .  To  be  eligible  for  initiation,  a  student  must  have  earned  in  the  most  recent  semester  of 
residence  a  minimum  of  1 2  semester  hours  of  academic  credit,  must  not  have  fallen 
below  D  in  more  than  one  subject,  and  must  have  earned  a  2.0  grade  point  average 
for  the  semester. 

2.  A  student  who  drops  a  course  after  the  end  of  the  half  semester  shall  receive  an  F  for 
sorority  or  fraternity  purposes  as  well  as  for  academic  averages. 

3.  The  two  terms  of  summer  school  combined  shall  count  as  one  semester  for  sorority  or 
fraternity  purposes. 


Medals  and  Prizes 


Awarded  at  Commencement 

Founders'  Medal  is  awarded  to  the  senior  who  has  the  highest  quality  index  for  the  en- 
tire college  course  and  has  received  a  grade  of  Excellent  on  the  comprehensive  examina- 
tion. Only  students  who  have  completed  at  Millsaps  College  all  the  work  required  for  the 
degree  are  eligible  for  this  award. 

Awarded  at  Convocation 

Tribette  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  the  member  of  the  sophomore  or  junior  class 
whose  quality  index  is  highest  for  the  year,  subject  to  the  following  qualifications: 

1 .  Must  be  a  regular  student  with  not  less  than  32  semester  hours'  work  for  the  year, 
and  must  have  made  at  least  C  in  each  of  the  subjects  studied. 

2.  Must  be  qualified  for  work  assigned  by  the  president  of  the  college. 

Awarded  on  Awards  Day 

Senior  Accounting  Award  is  made  annually  to  the  accounting  senior  who  scores  high- 
est on  the  AICPA  Level  II  exam. 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta,  a  national  soci- 
ety for  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students,  awards  annually  a  certificate  of  merit  to  the 
most  outstanding  member  of  the  society  in  the  graduating  class. 


31 


Alpha  Psi  Omega  Award.  Five  acting  awards,  awards  in  scenery  and  backstage  work 
a  Freshman  of  the  Year  award  and  the  Mitchell  Award  are  presented  each  year  to  those  stu 
dents  who  are  outstanding  in  drannatics. 

Henry  and  Katherine  Bellaman  Award  recognizes  the  achievements  of  a  student  whc 
has  done  truly  outstanding  work  in  one  of  the  creative  arts  — in  writing,  in  composing,  or 
one  of  the  graphic  arts. 

Beta  Beta  Beta  Award.  The  Beta  Beta  Beta  Chapter  recognizes  annually  an  outstand 
ing  member  of  the  chapter  who  has  demonstrated  scholastic  excellence  and  outstanding 
service  in  the  field  of  biology. 

Reid  and  Cynthia  Bingham  Award.  This  award  is  presented  annually  to  the  junior  anc 
senior  scholars  of  distinction  in  Political  Science. 

Biology  Award.  The  Department  of  Biology  recognizes  annually  an  outstanding  mem- 
ber of  the  graduating  class  whose  major  is  biology. 

Biology  Research  Award.  The  Department  of  Biology  recognizes  annually  a  biology 
major  who  has  won  recognition  in  biology  on  the  basis  of  interest,  scholarship,  and  demon- 
stration 5f  research  potential. 

Black  Students  Association  Awards.  The  BSA  recognizes  annually  the  outstanding 
female  and  male  black  students  on  the  basis  of  academic  achievements  and  contributions  to 
the  organization. 

Lawrence  F.  Boland  Memorial  Scholarship.  An  annual  cash  award  made  to  a  senior 
geology  major  by  a  committee  from  the  Mississippi  Geological  Society  from  nominees  sub- 
mitted by  the  Department  of  Geology.  Deserving  nominations  must  have  maintained  a  high 
academic  average;  have  geological  curiosity;  be  responsible,  dependable  and  of  good  ethi- 
cal character;  be  able  to  communicate  effectively;  and,  have  a  desire  to  work  in  the  geologic 
profession. 

Analytical  Chemistry  Award.  This  award  is  sponsored  each  year  by  the  Millsaps  Col- 
lege Department  of  Chemistry  and  the  American  Chemical  Society,  Division  of  Analytical 
Chemistry,  and  is  awarded  to  the  most  outstanding  undergraduate  in  analytical  chemistry. 

Chemistry  Award.  The  Chemistry  Department  annually  presents  an  award  to  the  out- 
standing graduating  senior  in  chemistry. 

Chi  Omega  Award.  Chi  Omega  sorority,  seeking  to  further  the  interest  of  women  in  the 
social  sciences,  presents  a  cash  award  to  the  girl  having  the  highest  average  for  the  year  in 
the  field  of  history,  political  science,  psychology,  sociology,  economics,  or  other  courses  in 
the  social  sciences. 

Clark  Essay  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  that  student  who  presents  the  best  and  most 
original  paper  in  an  English  elective  course. 

Computer  Studies  Award.  The  Department  of  Computer  Studies  presents  an  award 
annually  to  the  student  who  has  an  outstanding  achievement  in  computer  studies. 

Magnolia  Coullet  Senior  Award  is  given  annually  to  that  senior  who  has  best  demon- 
strated excellence  in  and  love  for  classical  studies. 

Deutscher  Verein  Award  is  made  to  a  member  of  this  organization  for  his  or  her  out- 
standing contribution  during  the  current  school  year. 

Education  Awards.  The  Department  of  Education  presents  the  Outstanding  Scholar- 
ship Award  annually  to  the  senior  receiving  teacher  certification  with  the  highest  scholastic 
average.  The  Excellence  in  Teaching  Award  is  presented  annually  to  the  senior  receiving 
teacher  certification  who  has  shown,  through  student  teaching  and  other  field  experiences, 
the  most  potential  for  outstanding  contributions  in  the  teaching  profession. 

Charles  W.  and  Eloise  T.  Else  Awards  are  made  to  rising  seniors  in  the  School  of 
Management  who  have  distinguished  themselves  academically  in  their  overall  college  work 
and  in  required  junior-level  coursework. 

Eta  Sigma  Phi  Awards  are  made  to  the  students  with  the  highest  scholastic  averages 
in  Latin  and  Greek. 

Major  in  Geology  Award.  Two  cash  awards  are  made  annually  to  two  geology  majors 
who  have  demonstrated  ability  and  scholastic  achievement. 


32 


German  Awards.  Each  year,  through  the  generosity  of  the  West  German  Federal  Re- 
public and  the  Republic  of  Austria,  the  Department  of  German  presents  appropriate  book 
prizes  to  students  showing  excellence  in  the  German  language  and  literature. 

Paul  D.  Hardin  Award  is  given  annually  to  the  outstanding  senior  major  in  English. 

President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award.  The  Political  Science  Department  established  the 
President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award  to  be  given  to  the  outstanding  senior  graduating  in  politi- 
cal science  who  has  demonstrated  qualities  of  excellence  in  academic  career,  personal  in- 
tegrity and  commitment  to  the  highest  ideals  of  the  public  good  in  a  democratic  society 

Lambda  Chi  Alpha  Award  is  given  annually  to  that  faculty  member  who  has  contrib- 
uted most  to  understanding  life  and  ideals  set  forth  by  the  college. 

Jim  Lucas  Scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  the  student  who  best  exemplifies  talent 
in  technical  theatre  and  desires  to  pursue  a  career  in  that  field. 

James  R  Magnus  Award  in  Accounting  is  a  scholarship  to  an  accounting  major  who 
has  demonstrated  academic  excellence  and  has  completed  the  sophomore  year. 

Freshman  Mathematics  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Department  of  Mathematics 
of  Millsaps  College  to  the  most  outstanding  freshman  in  mathematics. 

Samuel  R.  Knox  Mathematics  Award  is  made  annually  to  up  to  three  deserving  ma- 
jors. Each  recipient  is  given  a  year's  membership  in  the  Mathematical  Association  of  Amer- 
ica. 

C.  Wright  Mills  Award.  This  award  is  given  each  year  to  the  outstanding  senior  major- 
ing in  sociology. 

Mississippi  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants'  Award  is  a  monetary  award 
made  each  year  to  an  accounting  major  who  has  compiled  an  outstanding  record  through 
the  junior  year. 

Ross  H.  Moore  History  Award.  This  award  is  given  annually  to  the  outstanding  senior 
history  major  in  recognition  of  Dr.  Moore's  distinguished  service  to  Millsaps  College  for  more 
than  60  years. 

Senior  Music  Award  is  presented  to  the  senior  music  major  who,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
faculty,  has  been  the  most  outstanding  student  in  the  Department  of  Music  during  their  four 
years  at  Millsaps. 

Pendergrass  Medal  is  awarded  to  the  outstanding  senior  student  who  plans  to  enter 
the  pastoral  ministry  of  the  United  Methodist  Church  and  to  enter  seminary  to  prepare  for  this 
responsibility 

General  Physics  Award.  The  Physics  Department  presents  annually  to  the  two  stu- 
dents with  the  highest  scholastic  averages  in  general  physics  a  handbook  of  chemistry  and 
physics. 

J.  B.  Price  General  Chemistry  Award.  The  Chemistry  Department  presents  annually 
to  the  student  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in  general  chemistry  a  handbook  of  chem- 
istry and  physics. 

Velma  Jernigan  Rodgers  Scholarship  Award  is  presented  to  the  rising  senior  woman 
student  who  has  the  highest  grade  point  average  in  the  humanities.  The  award  was  estab- 
lished in  1 982  by  Mrs.  Rodgers,  a  long-time  friend  and  benefactor  of  the  College,  and  is  in- 
tended to  encourage  study  in  one  of  the  areas  in  the  humanities  (history  literature, 
philosophy  or  religion). 

Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  French  is  given  to  a  student  in  intermediate  French 
on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence  in  the  language  and  for  general  interest  and  contribu- 
tions in  the  dissemination  of  French  culture  and  civilization.  The  award  is  intended  to  encour- 
age students  on  the  intermediate  level  to  continue  their  studies  in  the  field  of  French 
literature,  and  it  carries  with  its  honor  a  certificate  of  excellence  and  a  handsome  volume, 
devoted  to  some  aspect  of  French  culture,  donated  by  the  Cultural  Services  of  the  French 
Embassy  in  New  York. 

Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish  has  the  same  purpose  and  qualifications 
for  the  student  in  intermediate  Spanish  as  the  A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in  French  has  for  stu- 
dents of  that  language.  The  award,  in  addition  to  the  honor  conferred,  consists  of  a  certificate 
of  excellence  and  a  handsome  volume  devoted  to  some  aspect  of  Spanish  culture. 


Schiller  Gesellschaft  Prize.  The  Schiller  Gesellschaft  offers  an  award  annually  to  the 
graduating  senior  who  is  distinguished  in  the  study  of  German. 

Janet  Lynne  Sims  Award  is  a  medal  and  stipend  presented  to  a  full-time  student  ma- 
joring in  pre-medicine  who  has  completed  four  semesters  of  work.  Selection  is  made  on  the 
basis  of  academic  excellence.  The  award  was  established  in  1 977  in  memory  of  Miss  Sims 
by  her  parents,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  T  Stanley  Sims,  and  her  friends.  Miss  Sims  would  have  been  a 
member  of  the  1 977-78  freshman  class  at  Millsaps. 

William  S.  Triplett  Award  in  Economics  is  a  scholarship  to  an  economics  major  who 
has  demonstrated  academic  excellence  and  has  completed  the  sophomore  year. 

Union  Pacific  Scholarship.  This  cash  award  is  made  annually  to  a  graduating  senior 
in  Geology  with  the  highest  GPA  in  Geology  and  the  highest  overall  GPA. 

West  Tatum  Award  is  made  annually  to  the  outstanding  pre-medical  student  selected 
by  the  faculty. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  awards  annually  a  certificate  to  the  member  of  the  graduating  class 
who  has  done  outstanding  work  in  the  natural  sciences. 

Wall'Street  Journal  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Wall  Street  Journal  of  New  York  to 
the  business  administration  senior  who  scores  highest  on  the  UAP  exam. 


34 


Curriculum 


1991-92 


Requirements  for  Degrees 

1.  Requirements  for  All  Degrees 

A  total  of  1 24  hours  is  required  for  tfie  Bacfielor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science,  and 
Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degrees;  120  hours  for  the  Bachelor  of  Liberal 
Studies  degree;  and  1 28  hours  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree. 

Of  this  total,  1 20  (1 24  for  the  B.M.  degree)  must  be  letter  graded  academic  hours 
excluding  physical  education  activity  courses  but  including  core  requirements  and  ma- 
jor requirements.  The  only  exception  is  that  a  maximum  of  six  hours  in  the  internship 
program  may  be  graded  on  a  credit/no-credit  basis. 

Credit  by  examination,  where  there  is  a  score  that  can  be  entered  on  the  student's 
record,  is  treated  as  letter-graded  credit  subject  to  the  limitations  stated  in  the  section 
on  Advanced  Placement  and  Credit  by  Examination. 

2.  Core  Requirements  for  All  Degrees: 

Fine  Arte 3  Hours 

Any  course  in  art  or  music  for  which  the  student  qualifies,  or 
Theatre  103-104. 

History 6  Hours 

History  101 -102  or  103-104 

Literature 6  Hours 

English  201-202  or  203-204 

Religion  and/or  Philosophy 6  Hours 

Any  course  in  religion  or  philosophy  for  which  the 

student  qualifies  (except  that  three  hours  must  be  in  religion). 

Laboratory  Science 8  Hours 

A  one-year  course  to  be  chosen  from: 
Astronomy  101-102 
Biology  131  and  132  or  133 
Chemistry  121-123,  122-124 
Geology  101-102 
Natural  Science  201 -202 
Physics  1 1 1  -1 1 2  or  1 31  -1 32  in  addition  to  1 51-1 52 

Mathematics 6-8  Hours 

A  minimum  requirement  of: 

Mathematics  1 03-1 04;  1 40-1 45;  1 40-1 55;  or  1 40-1 72  for  B.A., 

B.M.,and  B.L.S.  degrees. 
Mathematics  140  and  155for  B.B.A.  degree. 
Mathematics  1 60-1 55;  1 50-1 55;  or  1 60-1 61  for  B.S.  degree. 
Note:  Certain  majors  require  a  specific  sequence  (see  departmental 
requirements). 

Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 6  Hours 

Any  course  in  the  disciplines  of  anthropology, 
economics,  political  science,  psychology  and 
sociology  for  which  the  student  qualifies  (excluding 
Economics  201-202  for  students  pursuing  the  B.B.A.  degree). 
A  student  may  also  select  three  hours  from  Education  205  or  21 0. 

Physical  Education 1  Hour 

A  physical  education  activity  course  is  required  for  all  degrees 
except  the  B.L.S.  degree. 

Writing 7-10  Hours 

Freshmen  are  required  to  complete  one  of  three  options 
in  English  composition:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 
(B.L.S.  candidates  may  substitute  Liberal  Studies  100.)  In 
addition,  a  student  must  complete  satisfactorily  (with  a  grade 
of  C  or  better)  one  4-hour  course  designated  with  a  "W"  and 


36 


designed  specifically  to  develop  writing  and  thinking  skills. 
This  course  may  be  taken  in  any  department  of  the  College 
and  may  be  used  to  meet  other  requirements  as  appropri- 
ate. To  be  eligible  to  enroll  in  a  W-course,  a  student  must 
have  satisfied  the  Sophomore  Writing  Proficiency 
requirement  and  have  junior  standing. 

HERITAGE  PROGRAM 

Heritage,  an  interdisciplinary  humanities  program  designed 
primarily  for  freshmen,  fulfills  the  following  requirements: 

Fine  Arts  3  Hours 

History  6  Hours 

Literature  6  Hours 

Religion  3  Hours 

Philosophy  3  Hours 

Students  enrolled  in  Heritage  will  ordinarily  take  English  103-104 
concurrently  with  it  for  a  total  of  1 8  credit  hours.  Credit  is  not 
allowed  for  both  Heritage  and  History  101-102  or  English  203-204. 

3.  Additional  Requirements  for  Bachelor  of  Arts  and 
Bachelor  of  Music  Degrees: 

Proficiency  at  the  intermediate  level  (202)  of  a  foreign  language 6-1 2  Hours 

Philosophy 3  Hours 

4.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree: 

Two  additional  one-year  courses  in  the  natural  sciences  to  be  chosen  from: 

Astronomy  101-102 8  Hours 

Biology  1 31  and  1 32  or  1 33 8  Hours 

Chemistry  1 21  -1 22  in  addition  to  1 23-1 24 8  Hours 

Geology  1 01  -1 02 8  Hours 

Mathematics  262-263 8  Hours 

Natural  Science  201  -202 8  Hours 

Physics  11 1-1 12  or  131 -132  in  addition  to  151-152 8-10  Hours 

The  distribution  of  the  total  science  requirement  for  the  B.S.  degree  must  include 

courses  in  three  disciplines  from  the  above  list. 

5.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Business  Admmistration  Degree: 

Accounting  281  -282 6  Hours 

Business  Administration  274  (or  Computer  Studies  105), 
275,  321 ,  333,  334,  362  and  399 21  Hours 

Economics  201-202 6  Hours 

Business  Administration  220  and  336  for  business  majors 
or  221  and  Accounting  394  for  accounting  majors 6  Hours 

Business  Administration  101 ,  393,  Philosophy  31 1  or  Religion  352 3  Hours 

At  least  51  hours  must  be  earned  in  courses  offered  by  the  Else  School  of  Management 
and  at  least  51  hours  must  be  earned  outside  the  Else  School  of  Management. 
A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  in  each  of  the  B.B.A.  core  courses. 
The  B.B.A.  is  required  for  accounting  and  business  administration  majors. 
Coursework  at  the  300-level  or  above  may  be  taken  only  by  students  who  have  com- 
pleted at  least  52  semester  hours. 
Computer  Studies  1 82  and  Mathematics  1 50  are  recommended  electives. 

6.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Liberal  Studies  Degree: 

Liberal  Studies  1 00* 3  Hours 

Philosophy 3  Hours 


37 


Proficiency  at  tlie  intermediate  level  in  a 

foreign  language 6-12  Hours 

OR  computer  language 9  Hours 

*  Satisfies  three  hours  of  the  core  requirement  in  philosophy  and  religion. 

7.  Residence  Requirements: 

To  qualify  for  graduation  from  Millsaps,  30  of  the  last  36  hours  of  academic  work 
must  be  done  in  residence  as  a  degree-seeking  student.  The  three  exceptions  allowed 
to  this  rule  are:  (1 )  pre-engineering  dual-degree  program  students  may  transfer  back  as 
many  as  31  hours,  (2)  students  who  have  been  approved  for  the  prescribed  pre-medi- 
cal  technologist  program  may  take  the  last  26  hours  at  the  affiliated  institution  and  (3) 
students  leaving  to  enter  professional  school  may  transfer  back  the  final  26  hours  of 
work  (in  this  case,  however,  residence  will  be  required  at  Millsaps  for  the  second  se- 
mester of  the  junior  year). 

8.  Sophomore  Writing  Proficiency  Requirement: 

Students  entering  in  the  fall  of  1 989  and  thereafter  will  be  required  to  demonstrate 
proficiency  in  writing  by  a  portfolio  containing  papers  written  in  English  1 01  -1 02,  1 03- 
104,  105,  or  Liberal  Studies  100  and  at  least  one  piece  of  in-class  writing  and  one 
piece  of  formal  writing  from  courses  taken  in  the  sophomore  year.  The  papers  in  the 
portfolio  must  be  certified  by  the  teacher  of  each  course  from  which  a  paper  is  selected 
as  representing  the  student's  own  work,  written  and  revised  under  the  supervision  of 
the  teacher  or  the  Director  of  the  Writing  Program,  and  must  be  endorsed  as  of  passing 
quality  by  the  Director  of  the  Writing  Program  or  the  Coordinator  of  Writing  Assessment. 

The  sophomore  writing  proficiency  requirement  must  be  satisfied  before  a  student 
is  admitted  to  a  W-course. 

Students  who  are  exempt  from  freshman  composition  and  transfer  students  who 
received  credit  for  freshman  English  elsewhere  will  be  expected  to  demonstrate  equiv- 
alent proficiency  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Director  of  the  Writing  Program  before  they 
are  admitted  to  a  W-course.  Such  students  are  advised  to  consult  with  the  Director  of 
the  Writing  Program  as  early  in  their  careers  at  Millsaps  as  possible  to  arrange  for  es- 
tablishing a  proficiency  portfolio.  Transfer  students  who  are  classified  as  juniors  or  sen- 
iors are  expected  to  submit  a  writing  proficiency  portfolio  in  their  first  semester  at 
Millsaps. 

9.  Majors: 

In  addition  to  taking  the  prescribed  work  for  the  degree,  the  student  must  major  in 
one  of  the  following  areas:  accounting,  art,  business  administration,  biology,  chemistry, 
classics,  computer  studies,  economics,  education,  English,  French,  geology,  history, 
mathematics,  music,  philosophy,  physics,  political  science,  psychology  religion,  soci- 
ology Spanish,  or  theatre.  For  students  pursuing  the  B.L.S.  degree  an  interdisciplinary 
major  is  also  possible  with  the  consent  of  the  appropriate  departments. 

Specific  requirements  for  the  major  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment of  instruction.  Students  may  be  permitted  to  major  in  a  subject  only  after  careful 
consideration  and  with  the  consent  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 

A  major  for  each  student  must  be  approved  no  later  than  the  beginning  of  the  junior 
year  and  the  proper  forms  submitted  to  the  Office  of  Records.  All  work  to  be  applied 
toward  the  major  must  be  approved  in  advance  by  the  department  chairman  or  the  stu- 
dent's major  professor. 

A  student  may  have  more  than  one  major  by  completing  the  requirements  in  the 
departments  involved. 

10.  Minors: 

While  there  is  no  requirement  that  students  complete  a  minor  as  a  part  of  their  de- 
gree, they  may  elect  a  minor  in  those  departments  which  offer  one. 


38 


Ordinarily  a  student  must  have  a  minimum  of  12  hours  in  a  department  beyond 
what  is  used  to  meet  degree  requirements  in  order  to  qualify  for  a  minor.  A  minimum  of 
eight  hours  toward  the  minor  must  be  taken  at  Millsaps.  Specific  requirements  for  a  par- 
ticular minor  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  department  of  instruction. 

11.  Comprehensive  Examinations: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  the  student  must  pass  a  satisfactory  compre- 
hensive examination  in  the  major  field  of  study.  This  examination  is  given  in  the  senior 
year  and  is  intended  to  cover  subject  matter  greater  in  scope  than  a  single  course  or 
series  of  courses.  The  purpose  of  the  comprehensive  examination  is  to  coordinate  the 
class  work  with  independent  reading  and  thinking  in  such  a  way  as  to  relate  the  knowl- 
edge acquired  and  give  the  student  a  general  understanding  of  the  field  which  could 
not  be  acquired  from  individual  courses. 

The  comprehensive  examination  requires  at  least  three  hours  and  is  part  written 
and  part  oral,  the  division  of  time  between  the  two  to  be  at  the  discretion  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  department  concerned.  The  oral  examination  will  be  conducted  by  a  com- 
mittee composed  of  members  of  the  department,  and,  if  desired  by  the  department, 
one  or  more  members  of  the  faculty  from  other  departments  or  other  qualified  persons. 

Students  may  take  the  comprehensive  examination  only  if  the  courses  in  which 
they  have  credit  and  in  which  they  are  currently  enrolled  are  those  which  fulfill  the  re- 
quirements in  their  major  department.  They  may  take  the  examination  in  the  spring  se- 
mester if  they  are  within  1 8  hours  of  graduation  by  the  end  of  that  semester.  The 
examination  will  be  given  in  December  or  January  for  students  who  meet  the  other  re- 
quirements and  who  will  not  be  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  spring  semester. 

The  time  of  the  comprehensive  examination  is  given  in  the  College  calendar.  Com- 
prehensive examinations  will  not  be  given  at  any  other  time  except  by  permission  of  the 
dean.  Those  who  fail  a  comprehensive  examination  may  have  an  opportunity  to  take 
another  examination  after  the  lapse  of  two  months.  Additional  examinations  may  be 
taken  at  the  discretion  of  the  chairman  of  the  student's  major  department  with  the  con- 
sent of  the  dean  of  the  college. 

12.  Quality  Index  Required: 

A  minimum  of  240  quality  points  is  required  for  the  B.A.,  B.S.,  B.B.A.,  and  B.L.S. 
degrees;  248  for  the  B.M.  degree.  An  overall  quality  point  index  of  2.00  is  required  of  all 
students.  Transfer  students  must  have  at  least  a  quality  point  index  of  2.00  on  their 
Millsaps  work.  The  index  is  always  calculated  on  the  total  number  of  academic  hours 
attempted;  however,  an  exception  to  the  rule  of  hours  attempted  is  allowed  in  instances 
where  courses  are  repeated  at  Millsaps.  (See  Section  Grades,  Honors,  Class  Stand- 
ing.) 

13.  Application  for  a  Degree: 

Each  student  who  is  a  candidate  for  a  degree  is  required  to  submit  a  written  appli- 
cation for  the  degree  by  November  1  of  the  academic  year  of  graduation.  This  date  will 
apply  also  to  students  who  plan  to  complete  their  work  in  the  summer  session.  Forms 
for  degree  applications  are  to  be  secured  and  filed  in  the  Office  of  Records. 

14.  Requirements  for  a  Second  Degree: 

In  order  to  earn  a  second  degree  from  Millsaps  College  a  student  must  have  30 
additional  semester  hours  of  work  beyond  the  semester  hours  required  for  the  first  de- 
gree, and  these  additional  hours  must  include  all  of  the  requirements  for  both  the  sec- 
ond degree  and  the  second  major. 

15.  Required  Sequence  of  Courses  for  All  Regular  Students: 

Freshmen  students  shall  enroll  in  the  appropriate  course  in  English  composition 
(unless  exempt  by  examination)  and  in  at  least  one  other  prescribed  course  as  listed  in 
the  Core  Curriculum  or  the  Additional  Degree  Requirements. 

Sophomore  students  shall  enroll  in  at  least  two  prescribed  courses  as  listed  in  the 
Core  Curriculum  or  the  Additional  Degree  Requirements. 


39 


Enrollment  in  the  required  language  courses  will  begin  not  later  than  the  first  se- 
mester of  the  junior  year.  It  is  recommended  that  language  be  started  in  the  freshman  or 
sophomore  year.  Those  freshmen  who,  by  virtue  of  previous  study,  plan  to  satisfy  the 
language  requirement  taking  courses  at  the  intermediate  level  only,  are  strongly  ad- 
vised to  begin  such  courses  in  the  freshman  year  while  their  experience  in  the  language 
chosen  is  recent. 

Pre-Medical  and  Pre-Dental 

it  is  the  responsibility  of  the  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students  to  consult  the  catalogs 
of  the  schools  to  which  they  wish  to  apply  for  their  specific  requirements.  The  following 
courses  are  required  by  many  medical  and  dental  schools. 

Biology  131-133 8  hours 

Chemistry  121-122,  123-124 8  hours 

Chemistry  231 -232,  233-234 10  hours 

Mathematics  140-145 6  hours 

Physics  11 1-1 12  or  131-1 32  in  addition  to  151-1 52 8-10  hours 

The  student  is  urged  to  consult  with  a  member  of  the  Pre-medical  Advisory  Committee 
(Sarah  Armstrong,  Al  Berry,  Robert  Kahn,  Robert  Nevins,  and  Edmond  Venator)  in  design- 
ing a  program  that  will  fit  particular  needs,  background  and  interest. 

Millsaps  College  and  the  majority  of  medical  and  dental  schools  strongly  recommend 
that  the  student  obtain  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  an  area  of  interest.  This  catalog  should  be 
consulted  elsewhere  for  the  exact  major  and  degree  requirements.  Millsaps  and  most  medi- 
cal and  dental  schools  also  strongly  recommend  that  the  student  develop  a  sound  back- 
ground in  the  humanities  and  social  sciences. 

Some  medical  and  dental  schools  will  not  accept  credit  in  laboratory  science  courses 
obtained  by  C.L.E.R  or  advanced  placement  tests.  Students  planning  to  obtain  such  credit 
should  first  consult  the  medical  or  dental  schools  in  which  they  have  an  interest  to  be  certain 
that  the  school  will  accept  such  credit. 

Students  should  remember  that  the  requirements  listed  in  a  medical  or  dental  school 
catalog  are  minimal  but  that  they  should  obtain  maximum  preparation.  In  general,  the  stu- 
dent who  is  weak  in  some  science,  as  shown  by  performance  in  introductory  college 
courses,  is  urged  to  take  further  work  in  that  science  to  prepare  adequately.  The  student 
should  also  take  courses  that  will  not  be  available  during  professional  training.  The  following 
courses  are  recommended  as  electives  by  many  medical  and  dental  schools. 

Biology  251 ,  21 5,  301 ,  320,  381 ,  383,  391 

Chemistry  251-253,  264-266,  363-365,  364-366,  391-393 

English 

Economics  and  Business  Administration 

Foreign  Language  (reading  knowledge) 

History 

Mathematics  262,  263 

Philosophy 

Physics  231-232,  311-312,315,316 

Psychology  203,  307 

Sociology 

The  Heritage  Program  gives  the  student  a  more  flexible  schedule  and  time  to  take  addi- 
tional courses  of  interest  and  need. 


Pre-Ministerial 


There  is  no  required  program  of  studies  for  persons  planning  to  enter  one  of  the  minis- 
tries of  the  Church.  Undergraduate  pre-seminary  work  at  Millsaps  should  include  significant 
work  in  the  study  of  religion  and  philosophy  and  in  the  behavioral  sciences.  A  major  may  be 
chosen  from  several  fields,  including  literature,  philosophy,  psychology,  religion,  and  sociol- 


40 


ogy.  Pre-ministerial  students  are  urged  to  consult  with  the  pre-nninisterial  adviser,  the  chair- 
man of  the  Department  of  Religion,  early  in  their  freshman  year. 

Given  the  special  challenges  of  the  practice  of  ministry,  students  should  plan  to  under- 
take professional  education  in  a  theological  seminary.  The  best  basis  for  such  professional 
education  is  an  undergraduate  education  with  breadth  in  liberal  arts  studies. 


Pre- Law 


No  particular  major  or  sequence  of  courses  is  necessary  for  students  planning  to  go  to 
law  school;  there  is  no  ideal  pre-law  program  for  all  students.  To  do  well  in  the  study  of  law,  a 
student  should  possess: 

(a)  ability  to  communicate  effectively  and  precisely 

(b)  critical  understanding  of  the  human  institutions  with  which  the  law  deals 

(c)  creative  power  in  thinking. 

Different  students  may  obtain  the  desired  training  in  these  three  areas  from  different 
courses.  Therefore,  students  should  consult  with  their  faculty  or  major  advisers  and  with  the 
pre-law  adviser  in  designing  a  program  of  courses  that  will  best  fit  particular  needs,  back- 
ground, and  interests.  The  student  with  a  pre-law  interest  should  consult  the  pre-law  adviser, 
John  Quincy  Adams,  or  other  members  of  the  Pre-Law  Advisory  Committee  (Peter  Ward, 
Del  Gann  and  Marlys  Vaughn). 

Pre-Social  Work 

Students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  a  professional  career  in  social  work  should  plan  a 
broad  liberal  arts  program  with  a  major  in  one  of  the  social  sciences,  preferably  sociology. 
Introductory  courses  in  sociology,  psychology,  and  social  work  are  essential.  Other  courses 
which  are  strongly  recommended  include  Social  Problems,  Theories  of  Personality,  and  So- 
cial Psychology.  Internships  can  provide  valuable  practical  experience  with  community  so- 
cial welfare  agencies.  Students  are  urged  to  consult  with  their  faculty  advisers  to  plan  a 
schedule. 

Programs  for  Teacher  Certification 

A  student  may  prepare  for  teacher  certification  at  Millsaps  College  in  a  variety  of  ways. 
Millsaps  offers  Teacher  Education  Programs  which  lead  to  certification  at  the  elementary 
school  level  (K-8).  the  secondary  school  level  (7-1 2),  and  in  special  areas  (K-1 2).  A  student 
may  pursue  any  degree  offered  by  the  College  and  qualify  for  teacher  certification  provided 
all  College  major  requirements  are  met  and  all  teacher  certification  requirements  are  met. 
The  Teacher  Education  Programs  offer  certification  in  Elementary  Education  (K-8),  Second- 
ary Education  (7-12)  in  Bible,  English,  Foreign  Language,  Mathematics,  Science,  and  Social 
Studies,  and  in  the  special  areas  (K-1 2)  Art,  and  Music  Education.  A  student  may  also  qual- 
ify for  endorsements  in  Computer  Education,  Gifted  Education,  Health  and  Physical  Educa- 
tion, or  Remedial  Reading.  The  Teacher  Education  Programs  qualify  the  student  for 
provisional  teacher  certification  as  required  by  the  Office  of  Teacher  Certification  and  the 
Mississippi  State  Board  of  Education.  After  completing  a  certification  program  at  Millsaps, 
the  student  will  be  prepared  to  pass  the  provisional  year  evaluation  and  receive  the  standard 
Class  A  certificate. 

Prior  to  being  admitted  to  any  Teacher  Education  Program  at  Millsaps  College,  a 
student  shall  have  completed  the  core  curriculum,  achieved  a  minimum  grade  point  average 
of  2.50,  passed  the  Communication  Skills  and  General  Knowledge  tests  of  the  National 
Teacher  Examination,  received  the  written  recommendation  of  two  faculty  members  outside 
the  Department  of  Education,  and  completed  all  application  procedures  with  the  Chair  of 
the  Department  of  Education.  Teacher  Education  comprehensive  examination  requirements 
include  all  four  components  of  the  National  Teacher  Examination.  (Students  are  requested  to 


41 


have  copies  of  their  NTE  scores  sent  directly  to  the  Mississippi  State  Department  of  Educa- 
tion.) To  receive  the  College's  reconnmendation  for  teacher  certification,  the  student  must 
maintain  the  2.5  G.P.A.,  pass  the  Professional  Knowledge  and  Specialty  Area  tests  of  the 
National  Teacher  Examination  no  later  than  the  fall  semester  of  the  senior  year,  and  complete 
the  Portfolio  for  Comprehensive  Examination  with  the  Department  of  Education  as  appropri- 
ate. 


Cooperative  Programs 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

3-2  Master's  Program  in  Business  Administration:  The  Else  School  of  Management 
at  Millsaps  College  offers  a  program  permitting  an  undergraduate  at  Millsaps  to  pursue  any 
non-B.B.A.  degree  concurrent  with  the  M.B.A.  degree.  The  student  would  complete  sub- 
stantially all  Millsaps  core  and  major  requirements  in  three  years  and  apply  to  the  M.B.A. 
program  in  tHe  junior  year.  An  acceptable  score  on  the  Graduate  Management  Admission 
Test  is  required  for  admission.  The  baccalaureate  degree  would  be  awarded  after  the  degree 
requirements  are  satisfied  at  that  level,  normally  after  the  fourth  year,  and  the  masters  degree 
after  the  fifth  year.  Twenty-six  hours  of  graduate  work  may  be  applied  toward  the  undergrad- 
uate degree  in  this  program.  Details  of  the  program  may  be  obtained  from  the  Assistant 
Dean  of  the  Else  School  of  Management. 

ENGINEERING  AND  APPLIED  SCIENCE 

This  program  at  Millsaps  offers  many  opportunities  for  the  student  interested  in  engi- 
neering, applied  science,  management  and  business  administration.  With  this  cooperative 
program  the  student  can  combine  the  advantages  of  a  liberal  education  at  Millsaps  with  the 
specialized  programs  of  a  major  university.  The  Arthur  C.  Miller  Pre-engineering  Scholarship 
Fund  provides  a  scholarship  based  on  financial  need  and  academic  progress  for  a  student 
expressing  an  interest  in  engineering. 

3-2  B.S.  Programs:  At  present  we  have  arrangements  with  five  universities  — Auburn, 
Columbia,  Georgia  Tech,  Vanderbiltand  Washington  Universities-by  which  a  student  may 
attend  Millsaps  for  three  years  accumulating  a  minimum  of  93  hours  and  then  continue  work 
at  any  of  the  schools  listed  above.  The  student  then  transfers  a  maximum  of  31  hours  back 
for  a  bachelor's  degree  from  Millsaps  and  at  the  end  of  the  fifth  year  receives  another  bache- 
lor's degree  from  the  university. 

4-2  B.S.  and  IVI.S.  Programs:  The  Columbia  University  Combined  Plan  also  has  4-2 
programs  in  which  a  student  attends  Millsaps  for  four  years  completing  degree  requirements 
and  then  spends  two  more  years  at  Columbia  to  obtain  a  B.S.  or  M.S.  degree  from  the  Co- 
lumbia School  of  Engineering  and  Applied  Science. 

3-3  B.S. -IVI.S.  and  B.S. -M.B.A.  Programs:  Washington  University  also  has  a  Com- 
bined Degree  Program  wherein  the  student  spends  three  years  at  Millsaps  as  in  the  3-2  pro- 
gram, but  then  spends  three  years  at  Washington  University  earning  both  the  B.S.  and  M.S. 
from  the  School  of  Engineering  and  Applied  Science  or  both  the  B.S.  from  the  School  of  En- 
gineering and  Applied  Science  and  the  M.B.A.  from  the  Graduate  School  of  Business  Ad- 
ministration. 

A  wide  variety  of  programs  are  offered  by  the  five  participating  universities,  including 
financial  aid  for  qualified  students.  For  detailed  descriptions  of  programs  and  financial  aid 
the  interested  student  is  urged  to  consult  with  the  Pre-engineering  Advisor,  Asif  Khandker.  To 
be  admitted  to  the  programs  listed  below  the  student  must  fulfill  certain  minimum  course  re- 
quirements at  Millsaps.  For  many  programs,  particularly  those  in  engineering  and  applied 
science,  the  mathematics  requirements  are  strict.  To  keep  the  3-2  or  4-2  option  viable,  a  stu- 
dent should  plan  to  take  calculus  at  the  earliest  possible  time  at  Millsaps. 

For  students  interested  in  engineering,  the  general  expectation  of  the  cooperating  engi- 
neering schools  is  that  most,  if  not  all,  of  the  science,  mathematics  and  humanities  require- 
ments for  the  engineering  degree  be  taken  at  Millsaps.  Students  interested  in  a  particular 
program,  however,  should  consult  the  catalog  of  the  appropriate  university  and  the  Millsaps 
pre-engineering  advisor.  Some  programs  have  particular  requirements,  such  as  the  Auburn 


42 


University  electrical  engineering  requirement  of  an  ethics  course,  which  students  might  wish 
to  fulfill  at  Millsaps. 

The  Dual  Degree  Program  at  Auburn  University  includes  bachelor  of  engineering  de- 
grees in  aerospace,  chemical,  civil,  electrical,  industrial,  materials  and  mechanical  engi- 
neering. It  is  also  possible  to  obtain  a  B.S.  in  agricultural  engineering. 

The  Combined  Plan  Program  at  Columbia  University  offers  B.S.  and  M.S.  degrees  in 
civil,  electrical,  industrial,  mechanical,  mining,  nuclear,  biological,  chemical,  metallurgical 
and  mineral  engineering.  Other  programs  include  computer  science,  engineering  mechan- 
ics, applied  mathematics  (B.S.  only),  applied  physics,  materials  science,  operations  re- 
search, solid  state  science  (M.S.  only),  chemical  metallurgy,  applied  chemistry  and 
materials  science. 

The  Dual  Degree  Program  at  the  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology  offers  degrees  in  aero- 
space, ceramic,  chemical,  civil,  electrical,  industrial,  mechanical,  nuclear,  and  textile  engi- 
neering. Other  programs  include  engineering  science  and  mechanics,  textile  chemistry 
textiles,  health  physics,  economics,  management,  management  science,  applied  biology 
applied  mathematics,  applied  physics,  applied  psychology,  chemistry  information  and 
computer  science,  and  physics. 

Vanderbilt  University  offers  bachelor  of  engineering  degrees  in  chemical,  civil,  electri- 
cal and  mechanical  engineering. 

Washington  University  offers  B.S.  and  M.S.  programs  in  chemical,  civil,  electrical  and 
mechanical  engineering.  Other  programs  include  computer  science,  engineering  and  pub- 
lic policy,  systems  science  and  engineering,  and  business  administration  (M.B.A.) 

MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Millsaps  College  offers  a  three-year  program  for  those  who  plan  to  enter  schools  of 
medical  technology  This  college  work  includes  not  only  the  necessary  science  and  mathe- 
matics courses,  but  also  courses  in  history  fine  arts,  sociology  composition,  literature,  and 
other  subjects  which  ensure  a  liberal  arts  experience  for  pre-medical  technology  students. 

Millsaps  College  maintains  a  formal  affiliation  with  several  schools  of  medical  technol- 
ogy which  are  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  and  Hospitals  of  the  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association.  This  is  the  only  qualifying  board  recognized  by  the  American 
Medical  Association,  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists,  the  American  College  of 
Surgeons,  the  American  Hospital  Association,  and  other  authoritative  medical  groups. 

The  medical  technology  student  is  expected  to  spend  the  first  three  years  at  Millsaps 
College  (or  transfer  here  from  another  recognized  college,  with  at  least  the  third  year  spent  in 
residence  here)  and  the  senior  year  at  the  approved  hospital.  The  student  must  complete  the 
general  requirements  for  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biology. 

Students  enrolled  in  affiliated  schools  of  medical  technology  may  transfer  back  the  final 
26  hours  of  work.  The  courses  required  for  registry  are  accepted  as  completing  the  require- 
ments of  124  semester  hours  for  graduation.  The  B.S.  degree  is  awarded  at  the  first  com- 
mencement exercise  following  the  completion  of  the  medical  technology  training. 

Medical  technology  students  are  encouraged  to  secure  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree  before 
entering  an  approved  school  of  medical  technology 

MILITARY  SCIENCE 

A  Military  Science  program  is  offered  on  the  campus  of  Jackson  State  University  under 
a  cross-enrollment  agreement  between  Millsaps  College,  Jackson  State  University,  and  the 
U.S.  Army  Students  enrolled  at  Millsaps  are  eligible  to  enroll  and  attend  Reserve  Officer 
Training  Corps  (ROTO)  classes  on  the  campus  of  Jackson  State  University  Credits  earned 
in  ROTC  will  be  entered  onto  the  student's  transcript  but  will  not  be  counted  towards 
Millsaps  graduation  requirements. 

ROTC  provides  male  and  female  students  an  opportunity  to  earn  a  commission  as  a 
Second  Lieutenant  (2LT)  in  the  U.S.  Army,  the  U.S.  Army  Reserves,  or  the  Army  National 
Guard,  concurrent  with  the  pursuit  of  an  academic  degree.  The  objectives  of  the  program 
are: 

(1)    To  provide  an  understandingof  how  the  U.S.  Army  U.S.  Army  Reserves,  and  Army  Na- 
tional Guard  fit  into  our  national  defense  structure. 


43 


(2)  To  develop  the  leadership  and  managerial  potential  of  students  needed  to  facilitate  their 
future  performance  as  officers. 

(3)  To  develop  student  abilities  to  think  creatively  and  to  speak  and  to  v\/rite  effectively. 

(4)  To  encourage  the  development  of  mental  and  moral  standards  that  are  essential  to  mili- 
tary service. 

The  program  of  instruction  includes  developing  self-discipline,  physical  stamina  and 
other  qualities  necessary  for  leadership. 

The  ROTC  Program  is  divided  into  a  basic  course  of  instruction  (freshman  and  sopho- 
more classes)  and  an  advanced  course  of  instruction  (junior  and  senior  classes).  In  addition 
to  the  course  of  instruction,  students  are  required  to  attend  a  leadership  laboratory  in  con- 
junction with  all  ROTC  courses. 

There  is  no  charge  for  enrolling  in  the  ROTC  program;  however,  cadets  must  be  full- 
time  undergraduate  students  (1 2  semester  hours  or  more)  or  full-time  graduate  students  (9 
semester  hours  or  more)  before  enrollment  in  ROTC.  Books,  equipment,  and  uniforms  are 
free  of  charge  to  the  students.  Three-  and  two-year  ROTC  scholarships  are  also  awarded  on 
a  competitive  basis. 

Description  of  Courses 

MS  101.  Fundamentals  of  Leadership  and  Management  I.  An  introduction  to  the  US. 
Army  and  the  Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  (1  semester  hour). 

MS  102.  Fundamentals  of  Leadership  and  Management  II.  A  study  of  military  first  aid 
tasks  and  procedures  (1  semester  hour). 

MS  201.  Applied  Leadership  and  Management  I.  A  study  of  Nuclear,  Biological  and 
Chemical  Weapons,  Tactical  Operations  and  Leadership  (2  semester  hours). 

MS  202.  Applied  Leadership  and  Management  II.  An  introductory  study  of  land  naviga- 
tion and  Army  training  management  (2  semester  hours). 

MS  301 .  Advanced  Leadership  and  Management  I.  A  study  of  the  functional  approach  to 
leadership,  land  navigation,  and  military  communication  systems  (3  semester  hours). 

MS  302.  Advanced  Leadership  and  Management  II.  A  study  of  combat  operations  and 
military  tactics  (3  semester  hours). 

MS  401 .  Seminar  in  Leadership  and  Management.  A  study  of  staff  procedures  with  em- 
phasis on  oral  and  written  communication  (3  semester  hours). 

MS  402.  Theory  and  Dynamics  of  the  Military  Team.  A  study  of  the  military  aspects  of 
Ethics  and  Professionalism,  Military  Justice,  and  the  Law  of  War  (3  semester  hours). 


Special  Programs 


Ford  Fellows  Program 

The  Ford  Fellows  Program  provides  an  opportunity  for  upperclass  students  with  an  in- 
terest in  college  teaching  to  work  closely  witfi  a  faculty  member  in  their  area  of  academic 
interest.  The  program  provides  opportunities  for  research  and  scholarship  as  well  as  primary 
teaching  experience  under  faculty  supervision.  Students  must  submit  an  application  jointly 
with  the  faculty  member  with  whom  they  will  be  working  to  the  program  director  early  in  the 
spring  semester.  Approximately  twelve  students  are  selected  each  year  for  participation  in 
this  program. 

The  Honors  Program 

The  Honors  Program  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  of  outstanding  ability  to  pur- 
sue an  advanced  course  of  study  which  would  ordinarily  not  be  available.  In  the  spring  of 
their  junior  year  and  the  fall  of  their  senior  year,  honors  students  carry  out  a  research  project 
of  their  choice  under  a  professor's  direction.  The  project's  final  product,  consisting  wholly  or 
partially  of  a  written  thesis,  is  presented  before  a  panel  of  faculty  members.  In  the  spring  of 
the  senior  year,  students  participate  in  an  interdisciplinary  colloquium  which  intensively  ex- 
amines a  topic  of  broad  interest.  Students  successfully  completing  all  phases  of  the  Honors 
Program  receive  the  designation  "with  honors"  in  their  field  of  honors  work  at  graduation.  Stu- 


44 


dents  interested  in  participating  in  the  Honors  Program  should  consult  with  the  director  of 
the  Honors  Program  in  the  fall  of  their  junior  year. 

The  Washington  Semester 

"The  Washington  Semester"  is  a  joint  arrangement  between  The  American  University, 
Washington,  D.C.,  Millsaps  College,  and  other  colleges  and  universities  in  the  United  States 
to  extend  the  resources  of  the  national  capital  to  superior  students  in  the  field  of  the  social 
sciences.  The  object  is  to  provide  a  direct  contact  with  the  work  of  governmental  depart- 
ments and  other  national  and  international  agencies  that  are  located  in  Washington,  thus  ac- 
quainting the  students  with  possible  careers  in  public  service  and  imparting  a  knowledge  of 
government  in  action. 

Under  this  arrangement  qualified  students  of  demonstrated  capacity  from  the  partici- 
pating colleges  will  spend  a  semester  at  the  School  of  Government  and  Public  Administra- 
tion of  The  American  University  in  Washington.  They  earn  16  hours  of  credit  toward 
graduation  in  their  home  colleges.  Eight  hours  are  earned  in  a  Conference  Seminar,  in  which 
high-ranking  leaders  of  politics  and  government  meet  with  students.  Four  hours  are  earned 
in  a  research  course  which  entails  the  writing  of  a  paper  by  utilizing  the  sources  available 
only  at  the  nation's  capital.  And  four  hours  are  earned  in  an  Internship,  in  which  the  student  is 
placed  in  a  government  or  public  interest  organization  office.  In  Washington  the  program  is 
coordinated  by  faculty  members  of  The  American  University. 

Millsaps  has  a  guaranteed  quota  of  two  students  for  each  spring  semester,  although 
students  may  petition  for  entry  in  the  fall.  Second  semester  sophomores,  juniors,  or  seniors 
are  eligible. 

The  student  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of  scholarships  and 
loans,  which  are  thus  not  diminished  by  participation  in  the  program. 

School  of  Management  Intern  Programs 

Students  have  the  opportunity  of  obtaining  specialized  training  and  practical  experi- 
ence through  an  established  Internship  Program.  The  program  involves  prominent  regional 
and  national  business  organizations  and  agencies  of  the  state  government.  The  student's 
training  is  conducted  and  supervised  by  competent  management  personnel  according  to  a 
predetermined  agenda  of  activities.  Evaluation  of  the  student's  participation  and  progress 
provides  the  basis  for  granting  appropriate  academic  credit.  See  offerings  451-452  in  the 
Else  School  of  Management. 

Summer  Program  in  London 

The  Else  School  of  Management  offers  a  six-weeks  summer  program  in  London  which 
studies  the  global  dimension  of  the  business  world.  The  program  has  focused  its  study  on 
the  new  Europe  in  recent  years  and  a  variety  of  field  trips  and  guest  speakers  are  integrated 
into  the  courses.  Either  three  or  six  hours  can  be  earned  in  this  program. 

British  Studies  at  Oxford 

Millsaps  College,  through  membership  in  the  Associated  Colleges  of  the  South,  spon- 
sors a  six-week  intensive  summer  program  at  Oxford  University  in  England.  It  enables  stu- 
dents to  study  a  particular  period  of  British  history  in  a  thoroughly  integrated  way  and  in  a 
milieu  which  affords  an  incomparable  opportunity  to  benefit  from  the  experience.  Up  to  six 
hours  of  credit  may  be  earned  through  this  program.  Limited  financial  aid  is  available. 

Study  Abroad  Programs 

Millsaps  College  maintains  cooperative  arrangements  with  the  Institute  of  European 
Studies  and  the  Institute  of  East  Asian  Studies,  which  maintain  programs  in  seven  different 
countries.  Students  with  a  special  interest  in  classics  should  consider  the  Intercollegiate 
Center  for  Classical  Studies  in  Rome  and  the  College  Year  in  Athens  Program,  both  of  which 
offer  semester  programs  in  the  classical  languages  combined  with  archeological  site  and 
museum  study  during  the  regular  academic  year.  The  American  Academy  in  Rome  and  the 
American  School  of  Classical  Studies  in  Athens  offer  summer  programs  in  classical  art  and 
archeology.  Other  study  abroad  programs  are  available  in  most  countries  of  Western  Europe 
as  well  as  in  Latin  America.  Students  interested  in  receiving  college  credit  for  such  study 


45 


may  receive  information  concerning  these  programs  from  the  chairman  of  the  appropriate 
department  or  from  Dr.  Patrick  Delana,  Coordinator  for  Study  Abroad. 

Legislative  Intern  Program 

When  the  Mississippi  Legislature  is  in  session,  selected  political  science  students  may 
participate  in  an  internship  program  which  permits  them  to  observe  the  state  law-making 
process.  Students  serve  as  aides  to  legislators  and  legislative  committees,  performing  a  vari- 
ety of  tasks  such  as  research,  writing,  and  marking  up  bills.  Students  also  take  part  in  a  sem- 
inar with  other  interns  to  examine  the  legislative  process.  See  Political  Science  452. 

Public  Administration  Internship 

With  the  cooperation  of  city  state,  and  federal  agencies,  students  who  have  had  the 
introductory  public  administration  course  may  be  placed  in  middle  management  level  posi- 
tions. 

The  Office  of  Adult  Learning 

The  Office  of  Adult  Learning  coordinates  and  administers  services  to  adult  learners. 
Among  these  are  the  Adult  Degree  Program,  the  Community  Enrichment  Series,  Leader- 
ship Seminars  in  the  Humanities,  Advanced  Placement  Institutes,  the  admission  of  special 
students  and  admission  to  the  Summer  Session. 

The  Adult  Degree  Program 

The  Adult  Degree  Program  was  established  in  1982  to  meet  the  needs  of  adults  24 
years  of  age  and  older  who,  because  of  work  or  family  responsibilities,  cannot  attend  college 
in  the  traditional  way.  Students  admitted  to  the  Adult  Degree  Program  are  candidates  for  the 
Bachelor  of  Liberal  Studies  degree. 

This  program  features  individualized  academic  advising,  a  required  introductory  semi- 
nar for  adults  returning  to  college,  evaluation  of  previous  college  work,  credit  for  prior  learn- 
ing, and  the  opportunity  for  independent  directed  study.  Students  in  the  Adult  Degree 
Program  may  elect  to  major  in  one  of  the  traditional  disciplines  or  they  may  choose  to  design 
an  interdisciplinary  major. 

In  addition  to  its  academic  programs,  Millsaps  provides  a  variety  of  special  services  for 
adult  students.  These  include  career  planning  and  placement  assistance,  financial  aid,  infor- 
mation sessions,  and  newsletters. 

For  further  information  about  the  Adult  Degree  Program,  see  the  Guidelines  and  Proce- 
dures Handbook. 

Community  Enrichment  Series 

Since  1 972,  Millsaps  College  has  offered  to  the  Greater  Jackson  community  a  variety 
of  opportunities  through  the  Community  Enrichment  Series.  These  are  non-credit  courses 
which  require  no  prerequisites  and  no  examinations.  They  cover  a  variety  of  special  interest 
areas  such  as,  "Writing  for  Magazines,"  "Understanding  the  Stock  Market,"  "Computer  Ba- 
sics," "Assertiveness  Training,"  "Landscape  Gardening,"  and  "Pottery"  Enrichment  courses 
are  available  in  the  fall,  winter  and  spring  each  year. 

Leadership  Seminars  in  the  Humanities 

Established  in  1987  and  made  possible  in  part  by  a  grant  from  the  National  Endow- 
ment for  the  Humanities,  Leadership  Seminars  in  the  Humanities  bring  together  Millsaps 
professors  in  the  Humanities  with  corporate  and  professional  leaders  in  the  community. 
These  seminars  offer  an  opportunity  for  serious  engagement  with  intellectual  issues  affect- 
ing society  and  the  individual.  Fifteen  participants  may  be  selected  for  each  seminar. 

Advanced  Placement  Institutes 

Advanced  Placement  Institutes  are  offered  each  summer.  Designed  for  teachers  who 
teach  Advanced  Placement  courses  to  selected  high  school  students,  these  Institutes  are 
taught  by  instructors  recommended  by  The  College  Board.  Participants  work  with  these 
master  teachers  to  plan  and  prepare  courses  that  will  help  students  to  become  well  pre- 


46 


pared  for  college  courses  and  to  perform  creditably  on  the  Advanced  Placement  Examina- 
tions. 


The  Graduate  Program 


Master  of  Business  Administration 

The  Master  of  Business  Administration  (M.B.A.)  degree  is  offered  in  both  daytime  and 
evening  classes.  The  Millsaps  M.B.A.  program  is  particularly  suited  for  those  students  with 
a  liberal  arts  background.  A  typical  class  includes  men  and  women  with  a  broad  range  of 
ages,  and  with  backgrounds  from  engineering,  the  physical  and  social  sciences,  the  arts 
and  the  humanities  as  well  as  from  business.  The  following  foundation  courses  may  be 
taken  at  the  undergraduate  level:  Accounting  281-282;  Business  Administration  220,  274, 
275,  321 ,  333,  334,  336,  362;  and  Economics  201  -202. 

For  further  information  about  the  MBA  Program,  see  the  Graduate  Catalog. 


47 


Administration 
of  the  Curriculum 


1991-92 


Grades,  Honors,  Class  Standing 

The  grade  in  any  class  is  determined  by  the  combined  class  standing  and  a  written  ex- 
amination. The  examination  is  approximately  one-third  ot  the  grade  for  the  semester. 
"A"  represents  superior  work. 
"B"  represents  above  the  average  achievement. 
"C"  represents  an  average  level  of  achievement. 
"D"  represents  a  level  of  achievement  in  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the  class  below  the 

average  in  the  same  relationship  as  "B"  is  above  the  grade. 
"E"  represents  a  condition  and  is  changed  to  a  "D"  if  the  grade  in  the  other  semester  of  the 

course  is  "C"  or  above,  providing  that  the  "E"  precedes  the  higher  grade  on  the  student's 

record. 
"F"  represents  failure  to  do  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the  class.  All  marks  of  "D"  and 

above  are  passing  marks  and  "F"  represents  failure. 
"WP"  indicates  that  the  student  has  withdrawn  from  the  course  while  passing,  and  "WF" 

means  withdrawal  while  failing. 
"I"  indicates-that  the  work  is  incomplete  and  is  changed  to  "F"  if  the  work  is  not  completed  by 

the  end  of  the  following  semester. 
"CR"  represents  passing  work  in  a  non-graded  course  taken  for  hourly  credit  (not  computed 

inG.P.A.). 
"NC"  represents  no  credit  in  a  non-graded  course  taken  for  hourly  credit  (not  computed  in 
G.P.A.). 

Quality  Points 

The  completion  of  any  academic  course  with  a  D  shall  entitle  a  student  to  one  quality 
point  for  each  semester  hour;  a  grade  of  C  for  the  semester  shall  entitle  a  student  to  two  qual- 
ity points  for  each  semester  hour;  a  grade  of  B  for  the  semester  shall  entitle  a  student  to  three 
quality  points  for  each  semester  hour,  and  a  grade  of  A  shall  entitle  a  student  to  four  quality 
points  for  each  semester  hour.  A  quality  point  index  is  determined  by  dividing  the  total  num- 
ber of  quality  points  by  the  number  of  academic  hours  taken.  The  change  from  a  3.00  to  a 
4.00  quality  point  index  was  made  in  1 968. 

Class  Standing 

The  following  number  of  hours  and  quality  points  is  required: 

For  sophomore  rating 24  hours;        24  quality  points 

For  junior  rating 52  hours;        72  quality  points 

For  senior  rating 90  hours;      144  quality  points 

A  student's  classification  for  the  entire  year  is  his/her  status  at  the  beginning  of  the  fall 
semester. 

Student  Status 

Degree-seeking  students  taking  12  or  more  academic  hours  will  be  classified  as  full- 
time  students.  Students  taking  fewer  than  1 2  academic  hours  may  not  represent  the  college 
in  extracurricular  activities. 

Degree-seeking  students  taking  fewer  than  12  academic  hours  will  be  classified  as 
part-time  students. 

A  special  student  is  a  mature  person  of  ability  and  seriousness  of  purpose  who  enrolls 
for  limited  academic  work  and  does  not  plan  to  seek  a  degree.  The  category  of  "special  stu- 
dent" is  not  intended  to  include  recent  high  school  graduates.  Special  students  observe  the 
same  regulations  concerning  attendance,  examination  and  proficiency  as  regular  students. 

Credit/No  Credit  Grade  Option 

Some  courses  have  been  approved  to  be  graded  either  by  letter  grade  or  by  credit/no 
credit  grading.  The  purpose  of  credit/no  credit  grading  is  to  encourage  students  to  take 
courses  in  areas  they  might  not  otherwise  select.  Credit/no  credit  grading  requires  full  partic- 
ipation of  the  student  in  all  class  activities.  Credit  signifies  work  of  passing  quality  or  above.  It 
will  notcarry  quality  points  nor  be  included  in  the  G. PA.  Students  are  reminded  that  (except 
for  certain  internship  programs)  courses  graded  by  the  credit/no  credit  option  do  not  count 


50 


toward  fulfilling  the  1 20  (1 24  for  the  B.  M.  degree)  letter-graded  hours  requirement  and  can- 
not be  used  to  fulfill  core  requirements  or  major  requirements. 

When  grade  option  is  available,  it  will  be  incumbent  upon  the  student  to  make  the 
choice  at  the  time  of  registration.  Any  change  in  grading  option  must  be  made  within  the 
drop-add  period.  (Exception:  Theatre  activity  may  be  added  later  with  appropriate  ap- 
proval.) 

Repeat  Courses 

A  student  may  enroll  in  a  course  at  Millsaps  which  has  previously  been  taken.  In  such  a 
case  the  highest  grade  earned  in  that  course  will  be  used  in  determining  the  cumulative 
quality  point  average.  A  course  may  only  be  repeated  for  a  higher  grade  at  Millsaps.  If  a 
course  previously  taken  at  Millsaps  is  repeated  at  another  school,  the  Millsaps  grade, 
whether  higher  or  lower  will  be  used  in  determining  the  cumulative  quality  point  average.  All 
grades  reported  for  the  course  remain  a  part  of  the  permanent  record. 

Graduation  With  Distinction 

A  student  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.2  for  the  entire  course  shall  be  graduated  Cum 
Laude;  one  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.6  shall  be  graduated  Magna  Cum  Laude;  and  one 
whose  quality  point  index  is  3.9  and  who  has  a  rating  of  excellent  on  the  comprehensive 
examination  shall  be  graduated  Summa  Cum  Laude. 

To  be  eligible  for  graduation  Cum  Laude,  Magna  Cum  Laude  or  Summa  Cum  Laude,  a 
student  must  have  passed  at  least  60  academic  semester  hours  in  Millsaps  College.  Distinc- 
tion or  special  distinction  may  be  refused  a  student  who,  in  the  judgment  of  the  faculty,  has 
forfeited  the  right. 

In  determining  eligibility  for  distinction  or  special  distinction  for  students  who  have  not 
done  all  their  college  work  at  Millsaps,  the  quality  points  earned  on  the  basis  of  grades  made 
at  other  institutions  will  be  considered,  but  students  will  be  considered  eligible  only  if  they 
have  the  required  index  both  on  the  work  done  at  Millsaps  and  on  college  courses  as  a 
whole. 

Graduation  With  Honors 

A  full-time  student  with  junior  standing  who  has  an  overall  quality  point  index  of  3.0  may 
apply  to  the  department  chairman  for  permission  to  declare  as  a  candidate  for  honors.  Ad- 
mission requires  acceptance  by  the  chairman  and  approval  by  the  Honors  Council.  Entrance 
into  the  Honors  Program  becomes  effective  in  the  spring  semester  of  the  junior  year. 

Election  to  Phi  Beta  Kappa 

The  Phi  Beta  Kappa  chapter  at  Millsaps  elects  members  from  the  graduating  class  each 
spring.  To  be  considered  for  election  to  membership  in  Phi  Beta  Kappa,  a  student  must  meet 
the  following  criteria: 

1 .  Completion  of  requirements  for  a  BA,  BS  or  BLS  degree  with  a  liberal  arts  or  sci- 
ences major. 

2.  A  minimum  of  six  semesters  at  Millsaps. 

3.  A  year  of  college  level  mathematics  and  two  years  of  a  foreign  language  (or  the 
equivalent  as  demonstrated  by  proficiency  at  the  intermediate  level). 

4.  A  minimum  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.6  based  on  seven  or  more  semes- 
ters. (Grades  earned  in  applied  or  professional  work  are  not  counted  in  computing 
GPA  for  the  purpose  of  election  to  Phi  Beta  Kappa.) 

No  more  than  1 0  percent  of  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences  graduates  may  be  elected  to 
membership  from  a  graduating  class. 

Honors  Program 

The  Honors  Program  extends  over  three  semesters.  A  student  admitted  to  the  program 
will  in  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year  enroll  in  a  directed  study  entitled  Honors  Re- 
search I.  Work  begun  at  that  time  will  ordinarily  be  completed  in  the  fall  semester  of  the  se- 
nior year  when  the  student  will  be  enrolled  in  Honors  Research  II.  A  letter  grade  will  be  given 
for  each  of  these  courses.  The  two  semesters  of  research  are  intended  to  culminate  in  an 
honors  project  presented  to  the  Honors  Council  and  defended  before  an  examining  board. 


51 


The  last  semester  in  the  Honors  Program  consists  of  an  Honors  Colloquium  designed  to 
bring  together  for  intellectual  exchange  all  students  in  the  Honors  Program.  The  aim  of  the 
Honors  Colloquium  is  the  total  involvement  of  good  minds  in  the  exchange  of  ideas  and  val- 
ues centering  around  selected  themes  and  areas  of  investigation  of  mutual  interest  to  all  dis- 
ciplines. The  Honors  Colloquium  is  required  of  all  students  in  the  Honors  Program. 

A  candidate  who  completes  the  colloquium  satisfactorily,  who  presents  and  defends 
the  honors  project  satisfactorily,  who  has  a  3.0  overall  quality  point  index,  and  who  has  a 
3.33  index  in  honors  work  will  be  graduated  with  Honors. 

A  student  may  voluntarily  withdraw  candidacy  for  honors  at  any  time.  Students  enrolled 
in  honors  courses  are,  however,  bound  by  the  general  college  rules  for  dropping  a  course 
and  for  receiving  course  credit.  Candidacy  may  be  involuntarily  terminated  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  honors  advisor  and  with  the  approval  of  the  Honors  Council. 

Dean's  List 

Those  meeting  these  requirements  are  on  the  Dean's  List: 

1.  Scholarship: 

(a)  The  student  must  carry  not  less  than  1 2  academic  hours  during  the  semester  on 
which  the  scholastic  average  is  based. 

(b)  The  student  must  have  a  quality  point  average  of  3.2  for  that  semester. 

(c)  The  student  must  have  no  mark  lower  than  a  C  for  that  semester. 

2.  Conduct: 

The  student  must  be,  in  the  judgment  of  the  dean,  a  good  citizen  of  the  college  com- 
munity. 

Hours  Permitted 

Fifteen  academic  semester  hours  is  considered  the  normal  load  per  semester. 

Students  may  not  take  more  than  1 7  semester  hours  of  academic  work  unless  they  have 
a  quality  index  of  2.5  on  the  last  semester.  No  student  may  take  more  than  19  semester 
hours  without  a  quality  point  index  of  3.00  on  the  last  semester  and  permission  from  the 
dean.  No  student  may  receive  credit  for  more  than  21  hours  in  a  semester  under  any  circum- 
stances. In  order  to  be  classified  as  a  full-time  student,  one  must  take  no  fewer  than  1 2  se- 
mester hours,  unless  a  graduating  senior. 

Administrative  Regulations 

Schedule  Changes 

A  freshman  may  not  enroll  for  more  than  eight  hours  of  laboratory  science  courses  in 
any  one  semester  except  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  student's  adviser. 

No  student  can  be  registered  for  courses  in  another  college  while  being  enrolled  at 
Millsaps  without  the  written  permission  of  the  dean  of  the  college  or  the  associate  dean  of 
the  college. 

A  student  cannot  change  classes,  drop  classes  or  take  up  new  classes  except  by  the 
consent  of  the  faculty  adviser.  Courses  dropped  within  the  first  two  weeks  of  a  semester  do 
not  appear  on  the  student's  record.  Courses  dropped  after  the  first  two  weeks  and  no  later 
than  one  week  after  the  reporting  date  for  mid-semester  grades  are  recorded  as  W.P  (with- 
drawn passing)  or  W.F.  (withdrawn  failing).  Courses  dropped  after  this  time  are  recorded  as 
F.  Students  who  drop  a  course  without  securing  the  required  approvals  will  receive  an  F 

Withdrawal 

A  student  desiring  to  withdraw  within  any  term  must  obtain  permission  from  the  dean  or 
associate  dean  of  the  college  and  file  a  withdrawal  card.  No  refund  will  be  considered  un- 
less this  written  notice  is  procured  and  presented  to  the  Business  Office. 

Refunds  will  be  made  only  as  outlined  under  Financial  Regulations. 


52 


A  student  who  withdraws  with  permission  after  the  first  two  weeks  of  a  semester  is  re- 
corded as  W.P  (withdrawn  passing)  or  W.F.  (withdrawn  failing)  in  each  course.  A  student 
who  withdraws  without  permission  receives  a  grade  of  F  in  each  course. 

Enforced  withdrawal  may  result  from  habitual  delinquency  in  class,  or  any  other  circum- 
stance which  prevents  the  student  from  fulfilling  the  purpose  of  college. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any  student.  In  such  a  case, 
the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition  will  be  returned,  except  that  students  withdrawing  under  disci- 
pline forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund. 

No  student  who  withdraws  is  entitled  to  a  grade  report  or  to  a  transcript  of  credits  until  all 
accounts  are  settled  in  the  Business  Office. 

Academic  Suspension 

For  full-time  students  entering  the  college  as  freshmen ,  it  is  necessary  to  pass  in  the  first 
semester  six  hours  of  academic  work  in  order  to  remain  in  college.  Thereafter  a  full-time  stu- 
dent must  pass  nine  hours  of  academic  work  to  be  eligible  to  continue  in  college.  Further- 
more, the  maximum  number  of  semesters  a  student  may  be  on  academic  probation  without 
suspension  is  two. 

Students  who  are  requested  not  to  re-enter  because  of  academic  failure  may  petition  in 
writing  for  re-admission,  but  such  petition  will  not  be  granted  unless  convincing  evidence  is 
presented  that  the  failure  was  due  to  unusual  causes  of  a  non-recurring  nature  and  that  the 
student  will  maintain  a  satisfactory  record  during  the  subsequent  semester.  However,  such  a 
student  may  attend  the  summer  session  at  Millsaps  without  a  petition. 

Academic  Probation 

Students  who  pass  enough  work  to  remain,  but  make  in  any  semester  a  quality  index  of 
less  than  1.5  will  be  placed  on  probation.  Restricted  attendance  privileges  apply  for  all 
courses  in  which  students  are  enrolled. 

Students  may  be  removed  from  probation  by  making  a  2.00  quality  index  during  a  reg- 
ular semester  or  during  a  summer  session  at  Millsaps  College  in  which  the  student  is  en- 
rolled for  at  least  12  academic  hours  credit.  A  student  on  academic  probation  for  two 
semesters  is  asked  not  to  re-enroll  at  Millsaps  College. 

Unsatisfactory  Academic  Progress 

A  part-time  student  who  makes  a  quality  index  of  less  than  1 .5  in  any  semester  will  be 
notified  that  he  or  she  is  making  unsatisfactory  academic  progress.  To  be  removed  from  that 
classification  the  student  must  make  a  2.0  quality  index  during  a  regular  semester  or  sum- 
mer session. 

Class  Attendance 

Irregular  attendance  indicates  that  the  student  may  be  having  difficulties  adjusting  to 
the  course  or  to  college.  The  primary  responsibility  for  counseling  students  with  respect  to 
their  absence  rests  with  the  faculty  member;  but,  in  the  following  circumstances,  the  faculty 
member  is  expected  to  report  in  writing  the  student's  unsatisfactory  attendance  record  to  the 
Office  of  Records. 

1 .  For  a  freshman -whenever  the  total  absences  are  equal  to  twice  the  number  of 
class  meetings  per  week. 

2.  For  any  student  —  after  three  successive  absences  for  reasons  unknown  to  the  in- 
structor, or  when  in  danger  of  failing  the  course. 

This  reporting  of  absences  is  for  counseling  purposes  only,  and  has  no  effect  on  the  stu- 
dent's grade. 

Individual  faculty  members  decide  the  manner  and  extent  to  which  absences  alone  will 
affect  a  student's  grade.  Each  faculty  member  is  expected  to  outline  the  policy  in  writing  to 
each  class  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester.  This  may  extend  to  dismissal  from  the  course 
with  a  grade  of  "F"  for  reasons  solely  of  absence. 

Absences  are  excusable  only  by  the  individual  faculty  member,  but  an  excused  ab- 
sence does  not  excuse  the  student  from  being  responsible  for  the  course  work.  Explanation 
for  a  student's  absence  provided  by  a  parent,  medical  doctor,  or  a  member  of  the  faculty  or 


53 


administration  may  be  lielpful  to  tlie  faculty  member,  but  sucli  explanations  are  not  in  them- 
selves excuses.  This  is  particularly  important  in  the  case  of  absences  involving  missed  ex- 
aminations, late  assignments,  laboratory  sessions  and  similar  scheduled  commitments. 
Faculty  members,  however,  may  not  excuse  students  from  attendance  on  the  two  days  pre- 
ceding and  the  two  days  following  vacation  periods  without  the  express  permission  of  the 
dean. 

Each  student  is  responsible  for  knowing  general  attendance  policy  of  the  college  and 
the  particular  policies  operative  in  each  class.  Further  details  relating  to  attendance  are  in 
the  student  handbook. 

Permission  to  make  up  an  examination  or  alter  the  time  for  an  examination  may  be 
granted  only  through  the  vice  president  and  dean  of  the  college.  Any  special  examination,  if 
granted,  must  be  held  no  later  than  the  sixth  week  of  the  next  regular  semester. 

A  student  who  has  been  excluded  from  a  course  by  recommendation  of  the  instructor 
may  petition  the  vice  president  and  dean  of  the  college  within  one  week  for  the  privilege  of  a 
reinstatement  examination.  This  examination,  to  be  prepared  and  administered  by  the  in- 
structor, shall  cover  the  work  of  the  course  up  to  that  date.  Re-entry  shall  depend  upon  the 
examination  results.  If  a  student  does  not  petition  for  re-entry,  or  if  the  re-entry  is  denied,  the 
grade  shall  be  recorded  as  F 

Exemptions 

Students  may  elect  to  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  in  the  semester  in  which  they 
complete  their  comprehensive  examinations,  but  only  in  those  courses  in  which  they  have  a 
C  average  or  better.  It  shall  be  understood ,  however,  that  this  exemption  does  not  ensure  the 
student  a  final  grade  of  C,  since  daily  grades  during  the  last  two  weeks  shall  count  in  the  final 
average.  Under  no  circumstances  may  a  student  be  exempt  from  any  examination  in  more 
than  one  term  or  semester. 

Students  may  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  only  in  the  semester  in  which  they 
complete  their  comprehensive,  scholastic  requirements  being  met. 

Seniors  may  be  allowed  one  special  examination  in  any  subject  taken  and  failed  in  the 
senior  year.  Permission  for  such  examination  must  be  secured  from  the  dean  or  associate 
dean  of  the  college.  Students  may  request  exemption  from  other  requirements  by  petition  to 
the  dean  of  the  college. 

Honor  in  an  Academic  Community 

Millsaps  College  is  an  academic  community  where  men  and  women  pursue  a  life  of 
scholarly  inquiry  and  intellectual  growth.  The  foundation  of  this  community  is  a  spirit  of  per- 
sonal honesty  and  mutual  trust.  In  order  to  maintain  trust  between  members  of  the  College, 
faculty  and  students  must  adhere  to  these  basic  ethical  principles.  Honor  within  an  aca- 
demic community  is  not  simply  a  matter  of  rules  and  procedures;  it  is  an  opportunity  to  put 
personal  responsibility  and  integrity  into  action.  When  students  accept  the  implicit  bond  of 
honor  of  an  academic  community,  they  liberate  themselves  to  pursue  their  academic  goals 
in  an  atmosphere  of  mutual  confidence  and  respect. 

Student  Behavior 

The  College  has  the  responsibility  and  authority  to  establish  standards  for  scholarship, 
student  conduct  and  campus  life.  Therefore,  it  cannot  condone  violations  of  local,  state  or 
federal  laws  or  conduct  detrimental  to  students  or  to  the  College.  Students,  as  adults,  are 
presumed  to  know  the  law  as  to  illegal  conduct  prohibited  by  municipal,  state  or  federal  law 
and  are  governed  thereby 

r\/iillsaps  students  are  expected  to  act  with  honesty  and  integrity  in  personal,  social  and 
academic  relationships  and  with  consideration  and  concern  for  the  community,  its  members 
and  its  property 

Millsaps  requires  from  every  student  sober,  decorus  and  upright  conduct  as  long  as  he/ 
she  remains  a  member  of  the  college  community,  whether  he  or  she  be  within  its  precincts  or 
not.  No  individual  or  group  should  cause  serious  discomfort  or  injury  to  others  or  to  the  com- 
munity This  will  include  such  acts  as  obstruction  or  disruption  of  teaching,  research,  admin- 
istration or  other  collegiate  activities  and  unauthorized  entry  to  or  use  of  college  facilities. 


54 


The  College  expects  students  to  be  concerned  with  the  physical  and  psychological 
well-being  of  others  and  cannot  condone  behavior  which  exploits  another  individual.  Stu- 
dents and  organizations  are  expected  to  comply  with  rules  governing  the  academic,  social, 
and  residential  life  of  the  College.  They  are  expected  to  comply  with  directions  of  college 
officials.  Students  are  also  responsible  for  the  behavior  of  their  guests  while  on  Millsaps 
property  and/or  at  Millsaps  functions. 

Alcoholic  Beverages 

The  Trustees  and  administration  are  fully  committed  to  the  spirit  of  the  United  Methodist 
Church  and  are  equally  committed  to  comply  with  the  laws  of  the  state  of  Mississippi  regard- 
ing the  consumption  of  alcoholic  beverages,  (which  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  light 
wine  and  beer)  on  the  Millsaps  College  campus.  It  is  the  position  of  the  college  that  the  use 
of  alcoholic  beverages  is  not  a  part  of,  nor  does  it  contribute  to,  the  total  educational  empha- 
sis of  Millsaps  College  and  to  the  full  and  abundant  life  that  God  wills  for  each  person. 

The  College  expects  students  to  comply  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Mississippi  and  the 
college  regulations  relating  to  alcoholic  beverages  and  to  accept  responsibility  for  their  be- 
havior as  members  of  the  College  Community.  The  College  does  not  condone  the  illegal 
possession,  use,  distribution  or  sale  of  alcoholic  beverages. 

A  student  may  consume  alcoholic  beverages  only  within  the  privacy  of  his  or  her  room 
whether  in  the  residence  hall  or  in  the  fraternity/sorority  facilities  and  only  in  accordance  with 
the  state  law  which  prohibits  the  drinking  of  alcoholic  beverages  for  those  under  21  years  of 
age.  Regardless  of  age  and  state  law  requirements,  no  student  is  allowed  to  consume  alco- 
holic beverages  outside  the  confines  of  a  student's  room. 

Fraternity  and  sorority  facilities  are  subject  to  all  applicable  state  laws  and  city  ordi- 
nances. The  display,  serving,  consumption,  or  any  other  use  of  alcoholic  beverages  is  pro- 
hibited in  public  areas  which  include  the  lounges,  porches,  yards,  grounds  and  other 
external  structures  of  such  facilities. 

Consumption  of  alcoholic  beverages  for  those  of  age  in  a  student's  room  in  the  resi- 
dence hall  or  fraternity/sorority  facilities  must  never  result  in  irresponsible  behavior  or  con- 
tribute to  an  environment  not  conducive  to  the  realization  of  the  primary  goals  and  aims  of 
the  College. 

The  possession  and  consumption  of  alcoholic  beverages  are  not  permitted  in  any  pub- 
lic area  on  the  campus.  This  includes  all  public  areas  on  the  campus.  Public  areas  are  de- 
fined as  any  area  outside  of  the  student's  private  room. 

Complete  regulations  governing  the  use  of  alcoholic  beverages  on  campus  and  at  off- 
campus  functions  may  be  found  in  the  current  Major  Facts,  the  student  handbook. 

The  use,  possession  or  distribution  of  narcotics  or  dangerous  drugs  such  as  marijuana, 
except  as  expressly  allowed  by  law,  is  not  permitted.  Gambling  is  not  permitted  on  campus. 

Disciplinary  Regulations 

Students  guilty  of  serious  infractions  of  college  regulations  may  be  placed  on  social  pro- 
bation, disciplinary  probation,  suspension  or  expulsion  at  the  discretion  of  the  Judicial  Coun- 
cil, the  dean  of  student  affairs  or  the  president  of  the  college  dependent  upon  the  original 
jurisdiction.  Cases  involving  a  recommendation  of  suspension  or  expulsion  are  automati- 
cally appealable  to  the  president  of  the  college. 

Social  Probation 

Social  probation  is  a  warning  to  a  student  regarding  conduct  standards.  Its  primary  pur- 
pose is  to  serve  as  a  period  of  time  in  which  a  student  is  asked  to  prove  responsibility  to  him- 
self/herself and  the  College. 

When  a  student  is  placed  on  social  probation  he/she  is  prohibited  from  participating  in 
extracurricular  campus  activities  such  as  fraternity/sorority  social  activities,  intramural  and 
varsity  sports.  In  addition  a  student  may  hold  no  office  of  campus  leadership. 

When  an  organization  is  placed  on  social  probation  the  organization  may  not  sponsor 
social  activities  in  the  name  of  the  organization  for  the  period  of  the  social  probation. 


55 


Disciplinary  Probation 

Disciplinary  probation  is  the  most  serious  penalty,  short  of  suspension  and  expulsion, 
that  can  be  incurred  by  a  student.  During  a  period  of  disciplinary  probation  any  further  in- 
fraction of  college  regulations  will  render  the  student  liable  to  suspension. 

Disciplinary  Suspension  and  Disciplinary  Expulsion 

Suspension  is  a  decision  to  temporarily  separate  a  student  from  the  college. 

Expulsion  is  a  decision  to  permanently  separate  a  student  from  the  college. 

When  a  student  is  placed  on  disciplinary  probation,  suspended  or  expelled,  parents 
are  notified  and  asked  to  come  to  the  campus  for  a  conference  with  the  President  and  the 
dean  of  student  affairs. 

A  more  comprehensive  statement  of  college  policy  regarding  student  behavior  is  con- 
tained in  the  student  handbook.  Specific  regulations  pertaining  to  residence  halls  and  other 
facets  of  campus  life  are  available  through  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 


56 


Departments 
of  Instruction 


1991-92 


Academic  Divisions 


The  academic  program  of  the  college  is  organized  into  six  academic  divisions,  includ- 
ing the  Else  School  of  Management.  These  divisions  are:  Fine  Arts,  Humanities,  Language 
and  Literature,  Science  and  Mathematics,  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences,  and  the  School 
of  Management.  Within  these  divisions  are  the  academic  departments  and  programs 
through  which  the  curriculum  of  the  college  is  administered. 

Course  offerings,  together  with  major  and  minor  requirements,  are  listed  by  department 
and  division.  Interdisciplinary  courses  are  listed  under  a  separate  heading.  Departmental 
listings  can  be  found  on  the  following  pages: 

page 

Accounting 102 

Art 59 

Biology 79 

Business  Administration 103 

.      Chemistry 81 

Classical  Studies 66 

Computer  Studies 83 

Economics 104 

Education 91 

English 74 

Geology 85 

History 67 

Interdisciplinary  Studies 72 

Mathematics 86 

Modern  Languages 74 

Music 61 

Philosophy 69 

Physics  and  Astronomy 88 

Political  Science 94 

Psychology 95 

Religion 70 

Sociology  and  Anthropology 97 

Theatre 64 

Explanation  of  Numbers  and  Symbols 

Courses  1 01  -1 99     Primarily  for  freshmen. 
Courses  201  -299     Primarily  for  sophomores. 

Courses  301-499     Limited  to  juniors  and  seniors  or  those  meeting  the  necessary  prerequi- 
sites. 
Courses  501  -699    Graduate  courses. 

Courses  represented  by  odd  numbers  are  normally  taught  during  the  fall  semester; 
even-numbered  courses,  during  the  spring  semester.  "S"  indicates  courses  offered  in  sum- 
mer only.  Courses  numbered  with  a  98  represent  credit  for  prior  learning  in  The  Adult  Degree 
Program.  Courses  numbered  with  a  99  represent  independent  directed  studies  in  the  Adult 
Degree  Program. 


58 


Fine  Arts 


ART 


Associate  Professors:  JACK  D.  AGRICOLA,  Ph.  D.,  Chair 

LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS,  M.A. 
Assistant  Professor:  ELISE  L.  SMITH,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  An  art  major  must  take  a  design  sequence,  Art  101-102;  a 
drawing  sequence.  Art  1 04-1 05:  a  two  semester  art  history  survey  course.  Art  290-291 ;  and 
a  two  semester  course  culminating  in  a  senior  exhibition.  Art  420-421 .  Additionally,  the  art 
major  must  complete  18  hours  of  studio  art,  an  art  history  course  in  a  specific  period  and 
aesthetics.  Philosophy  321 . 

An  art  major  may  concentrate  in  art  history  by  taking,  in  place  of  the  courses  listed  above, 
a  two  semester  art  history  survey  course,  Art  290-291 ;  six  upper-level  art  history  courses; 
two  studio  courses;  Aesthetics,  Phil  321 ;  and  a  one-semester  senior  project,  Art  420. 

Requirements  for  Art  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  by  completing  1 2  hours  of  art 
courses  in  addition  to  either  1 01  -1 02  or  1 04-1 05. 

Requirements  for  Art  History  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  by  completing  12 
hours  of  art  history  courses  in  addition  to  290-291 . 

STUDIO  ART 

101.  Two-dimensional  Design  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  elements  and  organizational 
principles  of  art,  including  color  theory.  Emphasis  on  two-dimensional  design. 

1 02.  Three-dimensional  Design  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  art  specifically  re- 
lating to  volume  and  space.  Emphasis  on  three-dimensional  design. 

1 04.  Beginning  Drawing  (3).  An  introduction  to  drawing  using  lines  and  tones  to  model  still 
life  objects,  landscapes,  the  skeleton  and  the  figure. 

105.  Intermediate  Drawing  (3).  A  continuation  of  the  above  course  using  pen  and  ink, 
wash  and  conte  crayon.  Prerequisite;  Art  1 04. 

206.  Advanced  Drawing  (3).  Advanced  problems  employing  various  mixed-media  tech- 
niques. Prerequisite:  Art  104,  105. 

210.  Beginning  Painting  (3).  Offers  technical  training  in  the  use  of  materials  and  in  the  ba- 
sics of  color  and  composition.  In  approach,  the  course  attempts  to  acquaint  the  student 
with  the  world  beyond  the  studio  and  the  work  of  artists  past  and  present. 

21 1 .  Intermediate  Painting  (3).  A  continuation  of  the  above  course.  This  course  attempts 
to  establish  in  students  the  habit  of  questioning  themselves  and  their  work  and  a  commit- 
ment to  constant  exploration  and  experimentation.  Prerequisite:  Art  21 0. 

312.  Advanced  Painting  (3).  Concentrates  on  major  contemporary  themes  and  issues  in 
the  medium.  Prerequisite:  Art  210,  211. 

220.  Beginning  Ceramics  (3).  Introduces  students  to  fundamental  handbuilding  tech- 
niques and  glazing  with  an  emphasis  on  form  and  function. 

221 .  Intermediate  Ceramics  (3).  A  continuation  of  the  above  course,  it  introduces  students 
to  wheel  throwing  techniques  and  to  colored  slips  with  an  emphasis  on  the  cylindrical 
form.  Prerequisite:  Art  220. 

322.  Advanced  Ceramics  (3).  A  continuation  of  previously  taught  handbuilding  and  wheel 
throwing  techniques  and  introduction  to  glaze  formulation  and  kiln  building.  Prerequisite: 
Art  220,  221. 

230.  Beginning  Printmaking  (3).  An  introduction  to  relief  printing  techniques  with  an  em- 
phasis on  woodcuts.  Prerequisite:  1 04  or  consent  of  instructor. 

231 .  Intermediate  Printmaking  (3).  An  introduction  to  intaglio  printing  techniques.  Prereq- 
uisite: Art  230. 


59 


332.  Advanced  Printmaking  (3).  Examines  areas  of  personal  involvement.  Prerequisite: 
Art  231. 

240.  Beginning  Sculpture  (3).  Offers  instruction  in  both  traditional  and  the  more  experi- 
mental sculptural  modes. 

241 .  Intermediate  Sculpture  (3).  A  continuation  of  the  above  course,  it  explores  experi- 
mental methodologies  including  such  forms  as  events,  performances  and  documenta- 
tion. Prerequisite:  Art  240. 

250.  Beginning  Photography  (3).  Explores  the  camera  as  a  tool  for  self-expression  while 
teaching  fundamental  dark  room  procedures. 

251 .  Intermediate  Photography  (3).  Offers  an  opportunity  to  develop  skills  in  the  uses  of 
photography  and  to  gain  an  historical  and  critical  understanding  of  the  field  with  a  con- 
centration on  subject  and  content  rather  than  technique.  Prerequisite:  Art  250. 

305.  Lettering  (3).  Introduces  basic  letter  forms  and  the  art  of  calligraphy  and  examines 
their  use  as  a  visual  element  in  design. 

350.  Commercial  Imagery  (3).  Investigates  the  union  of  image  and  language  to  meet  com- 
mercial and  artistic  ends.  Prerequisite:  Art  251  or  consent  of  instructor. 

ART  HISTORY 

290.  A  Survey  of  Western  Art  History  I  (3).  Traces  the  development  of  western  art  from 
Prehistoric  times  through  the  Late  Gothic  period. 

291 .  A  Survey  of  Western  Art  History  II  (3).  Traces  the  development  of  western  art  from 
the  Italian  Renaissance  through  the  Twentieth  Century. 

270.  Greek  Art  and  Archaeology  (3).  Focuses  on  the  changing  vision  of  the  world  and 
human  experience  in  ancient  art  and  the  forms  and  techniques  which  artists  evolved  to 
represent  that  vision.  (Same  as  Classical  Studies  240.) 

280.  Roman  Art  and  Archaeology  (3).  Focuses  on  the  changing  vision  of  the  world  and 
human  experience  in  Roman  art  and  the  forms  and  techniques  artists  evolved  to  repre- 
sent that  vision.  (Same  as  Classical  Studies  250.) 

293.  Northern  Renaissance  Art  (3).  Examines  art  of  the  1 5th  and  1 6th  centuries  in  North- 
ern Europe. 

294.  Italian  Renaissance  Art  (3).  Examines  art  of  the  1 4th  through  1 6th  centuries  in  Italy. 

295.  Baroque  Art  (3).  Examines  European  art  of  the  1 7th  century. 

296.  Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Century  Art  (3).  Examines  European  art  of  the  1 8th  and 
19th  centuries. 

297.  Modern  European  Art  (3).  Examines  major  modern  European  movements  in  art. 

298.  American  Art  of  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  Examines  the  role  of  American  art  be- 
ginning with  the  Armory  Show  of  1913  and  concluding  with  contemporary  issues. 

GENERAL 

401 .  Museumship  (3).  A  course  offered  in  cooperation  with  the  Mississippi  Museum  of  Art 
in  which  students  develop  a  working  knowledge  of  a  museum.  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1-3  —  1-3).  Open  only  to  approved  students. 

410.  Art  Internship  (3).  A  course  in  which  a  student  works  with  a  local  business  firm  or 
craftsperson  and  under  the  supervision  of  the  Art  Department.  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor. 

411.  Special  Topics. 

420-421 .  Senior  Project  (3-3).  A  course  in  which  the  senior  produces  a  body  of  work  to  be 
evaluated  for  his  or  her  graduation.  This  work  is  the  source  for  the  senior  exhibition.  It  is 
understood  that  the  department  will  retain  a  work  from  the  exhibit. 


60 


MUSIC 


Professor:  JONATHAN  M.  SWEAT,  A.Mus.D.,  Chair 

Associate  Professors:  McCARRELL  L.  AYERS,  M.IVI. 

TIMOTHY  C.  COKER,  Ph.D. 

DONALD  D.  KILIVIER,  M.M. 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI,  M.M. 
Assistant  Professor:  HARRYLYN  SALLIS,  M.M. 

Instructor:  CHERYL  W.  COKER,  M.M. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  music  may  apply  for  either  the  Bachelor 
of  Music  or  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

Bachelor  of  Music:  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  performance  major  in  piano, 
voice,  organ,  or  in  choral  music  education  may  be  earned.  The  minimum  credit  requirement 
for  the  performance  major  is  1 28  semester  hours,  for  the  choral  music  education  major,  1 35 
hours.  Performance  major  candidates  are  required  to  give  a  full  recital  in  each  of  their  final 
two  years  of  study.  Music  Education  majors  are  required  to  give  a  full  recital  in  their  senior 
year.  An  upper  divisional  examination  in  the  student's  performance  area  is  required  at  the 
end  of  the  sophomore  year.  This  examination  is  not  usually  taken  until  the  student  is  either 
enrolled  in  or  has  completed  Theory  202.  All  candidates  must  complete  Mus  1 01  -1 02,  Mus 
201-202,  Music  303,  Mus  251  -252,  Mus  381-382,  and  Mus  341-342.  Performance  majors 
must  also  complete  Mus  304.  A  comprehensive  examination  is  required  during  the  senior 
year.  Each  candidate  must  be  registered  for  choir  or  another  large  ensemble  each  semester 
until  graduation. 

Bachelor  of  Arts:  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  piano,  organ,  voice,  or 
church  music  may  be  earned.  An  upper  divisional  examination  in  the  student's  performance 
area  is  required  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year.  This  examination  is  not  usually  taken  until 
the  student  is  either  enrolled  in  or  has  completed  Theory  202.  A  senior  recital  is  required  and 
must  be  given  while  the  student  is  registered  for  senior  level  applied  music.  All  candidates 
must  complete  Music  1 01  -1 02,  Mus  201  -202,  Mus  251  -252,  and  Mus  381  -382.  A  compre- 
hensive examination  is  required  during  the  senior  year.  Each  candidate  must  be  registered 
for  choir  or  another  large  ensemble  each  semester  until  graduation. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  music  minor  in  piano,  voice,  organ,  or 
the  orchestral  instruments.  The  course  requirements  are  Music  101-102,  Music  251-252, 
and  10  hours  in  the  instrument,  culminating  in  one  half-hour  recital.  A  student  may  also  mi- 
nor in  church  music.  The  course  requirements  are  Music  101-102,  Music  251-252,  Music 
315-316,  Music  341  or  Music  362,  and  six  hours  in  the  instrument.  No  solo  recital  is  re- 
quired. 

General  Requirements 
All  students  studying  applied  music  must  attend  weekly  repertoire  classes,  all  recitals 
presented  by  the  Music  Department,  and  take  an  examination  before  the  faculty  at  the  end  of 
each  semester. 

All  keyboard  majors  are  required  to  do  accompanying  each  semester  for  either  a 
singer,  an  instrumentalist,  or  one  of  the  vocal  ensembles. 

Piano  Requirements 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  piano,  the  student  must  have  an  adequate  mu- 
sical and  technical  background  and  should  be  able  to  play  all  major  and  minor  scales.  They 
should  have  had  some  learning  experience  in  all  periods  of  the  standard  student  repertory, 
such  as  the  Bach  Two-Part  Inventions,  the  Mozart  and  Haydn  Sonatas,  the  Mendelssohn 
Songs  Without  Words,  and  the  Bartok  Mikrokosmos. 

For  students  whose  principal  performing  instrument  is  not  piano  or  organ,  a  piano  profi- 
ciency examination  is  required.  The  student  must  perform  acceptably,  from  memory,  the  fol- 
lowing material  (or  its  equivalent  in  styles  and  difficulty):  the  major  and  minor  scales,  a  Bach 
two-part  invention,  a  movement  from  a  classical  sonatina,  a  romantic  and  a  contemporary 


61 


work  of  moderate  difficulty.  Tlie  student's  ability  at  sight-reading  will  be  tested.  Until  the  stu- 
dent passes  the  piano  proficiency  exannination,  piano  must  be  studied  each  semester. 

Candidates  for  the  B.M.  or  B.A.  must  have  one  semester  of  piano  pedagogy  and  one 
semester's  internship  in  piano  pedagogy.  They  must  also  fulfill  repertory  and  technical  re- 
quirements specified  by  the  department. 

Organ  Requirements 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  organ,  the  student  must  have  completed  suf- 
ficient piano  study  to  play  the  Bach  Two-part  and  Three-part  Inventions,  Mozart  and 
Beethoven  Sonatas,  and  compositions  by  Chopin,  Schumann,  Mendelssohn,  and  Bartok. 
The  student  should  also  be  able  to  play  all  major  and  minor  scales  and  arpeggios. 

Candidates  for  the  B.M.  or  B.A.  degree  must  have  one  year  of  voice  study,  directed 
study  in  organ  literature  and  the  techniques  of  playing  for  religious  services,  and  console 
conducting. 

Voice  Requirements 

To  ente[*the  four-year  degree  program  in  voice,  the  student  must  possess  above  aver- 
age talent  and  evidence  ability  to  sing  with  correct  pitch,  phrasing,  and  musical  intelligence 
and  should  know  the  rudiments  of  music  and  be  able  to  sing  a  simple  song  at  sight.  A  stu- 
dent should  have  experience  in  singing  works  from  the  standard  repertory. 

Voice  candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  must  obtain  1 8  hours  in  foreign  lan- 
guages to  be  chosen  from  at  least  two  of  the  following:  French,  German,  Italian. 

Choral  Music  Education 

Students  electing  the  choral  music  education  major  will  receive  the  Bachelor  of  Music 
degree.  The  program  of  1 35  to  141  hours  is  one  that  is  directed  toward  enabling  the  gradu- 
ate to  do  effective  music  teaching  throughout  the  pre-college  curriculum.  Along  with  the 
core  requirements  for  the  bachelor  degree  the  choral  music  education  requires  66  hours  in 
music  and  15  hours  in  education.  Student  teaching  the  senior  year  represents  12  of  these 
education  hours. 

Church  Music 

Students  electing  the  church  music  major  will  receive  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree.  The 
program  of  1 1 8  total  hours  is  designed  to  equip  the  church  musician  with  a  variety  of  skills  so 
as  to  meet  the  demands  of  the  contemporary  church.  Along  with  the  core  requirements  for 
all  degrees,  the  church  music  major  carries  additional  requirements  in  music  (53  hours),  reli- 
gion (1 8  hours),  and  education  (six  hours).  An  internship  is  also  a  part  of  the  program. 

MUSIC  THEORY 

101-102.  Basic  Theory  (4-4).  Harmonic  part-writing,  sight-singing  and  dictation,  and  key- 
board harmony.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Theory  (4-4).  Harmonization  of  chorales,  modulation,  altered 
chords,  advanced  sight-singing,  harmonic  dictation,  and  keyboard  harmony.  Three  lec- 
ture hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  1 01  -1 02. 

303-304.  Advanced  Theory  (4-4).  First  semester  includes:  harmonic  and  structural  analy- 
sis of  basic  musical  forms  and  study  of  advanced  musical  forms.  The  second  semester  is 
the  study  of  polyphony  of  the  eighteenth  century,  the  writing  of  canon  and  fugue,  and 
free  counterpoint  in  contemporary  styles.  Four  lecture  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  In- 
termediate Theory,  201-202. 

MUSIC  LITERATURE 

213.  History  of  Jazz  (3).  (For  non-majors)  An  historical  survey  of  the  principle  movements, 
schools,  and  performers  of  Jazz. 

215.  IVIusic  Appreciation  (3).  (For  non-majors).  The  literature  of  music  as  an  important  as- 
pect of  Western  culture. 

251-252.  IVIusic  Literature  (2-2).  An  introduction  to  music  history  and  music  literature  with 
special  emphasis  on  aural  comprehension  of  form,  style,  period,  and  composer.  Open  to 
non-music  majors  with  consent  of  instructor. 


62 


W-31 8.  Music  As  A  Way  of  Knowing  (4).  An  introduction  to  the  cognitive  aspects  of  nnusic 
composition.  The  logic  behind  the  composer's  efforts  and  what  knowledge  the  com- 
poser expects  of  the  listener  form  the  focus  of  this  general  music  class.  Open  to  all  stu- 
dents who  qualify  for  a  W-Course. 

381-382.  IVIusic  History  (3-3).  Music  from  antiquity  to  1 750,  first  semester,  and  from  1 750 
to  the  present,  second  semester.  Prerequisite:  Music  Literature  251-252. 

401 .  Directed  Study  (1-3).  Designed  to  correlate  work  studied  and  to  prepare  the  student 
for  graduate  study.  Research  and  projects  pertaining  to  the  student's  major  interest. 

CHURCH  MUSIC 

315-316.  Church  IVIusic  Literature  (2-2).  Sacred  music  from  antiquity  to  the  present.  Or- 
ganization and  administration  of  the  church  music  program  is  included.  Open  to  non-mu- 
sic majors  on  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

361 .  Service  Playing  and  Repertory  (2).  Open  to  advanced  organ  students.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

362.  Console  Conducting  (2).  Includes  detailed  study  of  anthems,  accompanying,  and 
directing  the  choir  from  the  console.  Open  to  advanced  organ  students.  Offered  in  alter- 

I      nate  years. 

CHORAL  MUSIC  EDUCATION 

100.  Recital  Class  (0).  Attendance  at  all  departmental  and  student  recitals. 

333.  Teaching  Music  in  the  Schools  (3).  Administration  and  teaching  of  music  in  grade  K- 
12.  An  eclectic  study  of  methods  for  teaching  music  in  public  and  private  schools.  Of- 
fered in  alternate  years. 

341-342.  Choral  Conducting  (2-2).  Conducting,  score-reading,  rehearsal  techniques, 
and  diction  for  singers.  342  is  a  continuation  of  341  with  an  emphasis  on  expressive  as- 
pects of  conducting.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

353.  Instrumental  Ensemble.  (2).  Fundamentals  of  string,  woodwind,  and  brass  instru- 
ments, including  training  methods  and  materials.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

425-426.  Piano  Pedagogy  (2-3).  A  basic  course  emphasizing  techiniques  and  materials 
used  in  teaching  piano  to  children  and  older  students  in  both  private  and  class  instruction 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

440.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School.  Same  as 
Education  430  or  440.  Prerequisite:  Music  333. 

451 .  Choral  Methods  and  Techniques.  (2).  Administration  and  teaching  of  choral  music 
with  emphasis  on  the  secondary  level.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

452.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School.  Same  as  Educa 
tion  452.  Prerequisite:  Music  333  and  451 . 

491-492.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  in  piano  teaching 
or  working  in  the  music  program  of  a  church. 

APPLIED  MUSIC 

Courses  are  designed  by  the  first  letter  of  the  instrument,  followed  by  the  proper  num- 
ber from  the  following  table: 

Freshman  111-112;  121-122;  Sophomore  211-212,  221-222;  Junior  311-312, 
321-322;  Senior  411-412,  421-422.  One  or  two  lessons  per  week.  One  or  two  hours 
credit  each  semester. 
181-182;  281-282.  (1).  Class  instruction  in  voice  or  piano  to  a  minimum  of  four  students 

who  meet  for  two  hours  per  week. 
331-332  (3-3).  One  hour  lesson  per  week  plus  special  instruction  culminating  in  a  junior 

recital. 
441-442  (4-4).  One  hour  lesson  per  week  plus  special  instruction  culminating  in  a  senior 

recital. 
The  300  level  may  be  achieved  only  by  satisfactory  completion  of  the  upper  divisional 

examination. 


63 


Additional  semesters  on  each  level  will  be  designated  by  successive  numbering,  i.e., 
113,  114,  etc. 

Choir 

Students  are  admitted  to  the  Millsaps  Singers  (choir)  by  audition.  One  hour  of  academic 
credit  is  given  per  year. 

Freshman  133-134;  Sophomore  233-234; 
Junior  333-334;  Senior  433-434. 

Instrumental  Ensembles 

Two  instrumental  ensembles  are  open  to  students,  the  Wind  Ensemble  and  the  Brass 
Quintet.  The  student  may  receive  one  hour  credit  for  either  ensemble. 


THEATRE 


Professor:  LANCE  GOSS,  A.M.,  Chair 

Assistant  Professor:  BRENT  LEFAVOR,  IVI.A. 

Requirements  for  Major:  37  hours  to  include  Theatre  103-104,  141-142,  203-204, 
205-206,  213-214,  225,  305-306,  395-396,  402. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  Theatre  with  the  following 
courses:  Theatre  103-104,  203-204,  205-206,  213-214,  and  two  hours  of  Performance. 

SPEECH 

101.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Public  Speaking  (3).  Each  student  delivers  a  minimum  of 
five  addresses  which  deal  with  progressively  more  difficult  materials  and  situations.  Em- 
phasis on  development  of  correct  breathing,  proper  pronunciation,  accurate  enunciation, 
and  an  effective  platform  manner.  Individual  attention  and  criticism. 

102.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Oral  Reading  (3).  Each  student  presents  a  minimum  of  five 
readings  which  deal  with  progressively  more  difficult  material  and  situations.  Emphasis 
on  interpretation  and  platform  technique. 

THEATRE 

1 03-1 04.  Introduction  to  Theatre  (3-3).  The  first  semester  introduces  the  student  to  theat- 
rical history  and  literature,  drama  theory  and  criticism.  The  second  semester  deals  with 
types  of  staging  and  aspects  of  theatrical  production,  including  scenery,  lighting,  cos- 
tuming and  properties. 

131-132  (Freshman),  231-232  (Sophomore),  331-332  (Junior),  431-432  (Senior). 
Performance.  Practical  experience  in  acting  or  technical  work  in  productions  by  the 
Millsaps  Players.  One  hour  per  semester  to  a  total  of  eight  hours. 

141-142.  Theatre  Movement  (1-1).  Includes  classical  ballet  barre,  pantomime,  exercises, 
basic  dance  steps,  and  general  movement. 

203-204.  Production  I,  Introduction  to  Theatrical  Production  (3-3).  Emphasis  on  basic 
stagecraft,  lighting,  properties,  and  sound.  To  be  taken  concurrently  with  213-214. 

205-206.  Acting  (2-2).  Basic  principles  of  acting  in  modern  plays,  first  semester;  second 
semester,  acting  in  pre-modern  drama.  Prerequisite;  Theatre  103-104.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

213-214.  Production  I  Lab  (2-2).  To  be  taken  concurrently  with  Production  I,  203-204. 

225.  Stage  Makeup  (3). 

301 .  Greek  Drama  (3).  The  theatre  of  ancient  Greece  (See  Classical  Civilization  302: 
Greek  Tragedy.) 

303-304.  Production  II,  Scene  Design  and  Stage  Lighting  (2-2).  Prerequisite:  203  204, 
21 3-21 4.  To  be  taken  concurrently  with  31 3-31 4. 


64 


305-306.  The  History  and  Literature  of  the  Theatre  (4-4).  Prerequisite:  Theatre  103 
1 04.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

312.  Theatre  in  America  (3).  American  theatre  since  1900.  Prerequisite:  Theatre  103- 
1 04  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

313-314.  Production  II  Lab  (2-2).  To  be  taken  concurrently  with  303-304. 

325.  Stage  Management  (2).  The  role  of  the  stage  manager  in  the  modern  theatrical  pro- 
duction. Prerequisite:  103-104. 

337.  Modern  Drama.  See  English  337. 

365-366.  Shakespeare.  See  English  365-366. 

395-396.  Directing  (2-2).  Covers  all  facets  of  the  director's  role.  Prerequisite:  103-104.  Of- 
fered in  alternate  years. 

402.  Senior  Project  (2).  The  student  completes  a  major  project  in  a  field  of  special  interest, 
such  as  directing,  scenery,  lighting  or  costume  designing. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Designed  to  cover  areas  of  special  interest 
not  included  in  other  courses.  Open  only  to  approved  students. 


65 


Humanities 


CLASSICAL  STUDIES 


Professor:  RICHARD  FREIS,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professor:  CATHERINE  RUGGIERO  FREIS,  Ph.D.,  Chair 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  may  elect  a  major  in  classical  studies  with  18-24 
semester  hours  in  one  classical  language,  6  semester  hours  in  the  other  classical  language, 
and  1 2  semester  hours  in  classical  civilization  courses.  The  student  must  earn  a  grade  of  C 
or  better  in  all  courses  counted  toward  the  major  and  a  grade  point  of  3.0  in  the  major.  Either 
Greek  or  Latin  may  be  chosen  as  the  language  of  concentration.  If  Latin  is  the  language  of 
concentration,  Greek  101-102  will  suffice  for  the  secondary  language;  but  if  Greek  is  the 
language  of  concentration,  two  Latin  courses  above  the  101  -1 02  level  will  be  required.  Any 
of  the  following  courses  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  department  chair,  substitute  for  one  3- 
hour  course  in  classical  civilization:  Philosophy  301 ,  Art  201 ,  English  203,  Political  Science 
301. 

Students  who  choose  Latin  with  the  goal  of  teaching  Latin  in  the  secondary  schools  must 
take  1 8  hours  above  the  1 01  -1 02  level  for  teacher  certification.  Students  who  intend  to  go  to 
graduate  school  in  classics  should  take  additional  language  courses  in  both  Greek  and 
Latin.  Prospective  majors  should  also  consider  off-campus  programs  in  classics.  For  further 
information  see  section  Special  Programs. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  classical  studies  with  two 
courses  in  Greek  or  Latin  above  the  101-102  level,  two  classical  civilization  courses,  and 
one  additional  course  in  Greek,  Latin,  or  classical  civilization. 

CLASSICAL  CIVILIZATION 

The  following  courses  are  conducted  in  English;  they  are  open  to  all  students  for  elec- 
tive credit  regardless  of  classification.  Different  courses  in  this  sequence  will  be  offered  from 
year  to  year. 

210.  Myth  (3).  A  study  of  the  ancient  myths  of  Greece  and  Rome  and  their  influence,  with 
comparative  material  introduced  from  near  Eastern,  American  Indian,  and  Norse  my- 
thology. 
220.  Greek  Tragedy  (3).  After  a  brief  introductory  study  of  Greek  theatre  production  and 
the  social-religious  context  of  Greek  tragedy,  the  class  will  read  the  main  surviving  works 
of  the  three  great  tragedians,  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  and  Euripides,  and  close  with  two 
critical  works,  Aristotle's  Poetics  and  Aristophanes'  comedy  about  tragedy,  The  Frogs. 
230.  The  Classical  Epic  (3).  At  the  head  of  Western  literature  and  thought  stand  the  two 
Homeric  poems,  the  Iliad  and  the  Odyssey.  The  class  will  begin  by  studying  the  Homeric 
poems  in  themselves  and  as  shaping  factors  in  Western  civilization.  Then,  after  a  brief 
study  of  later  Greek  works,  it  will  turn  to  Vergil's  Aeneid,  in  which  the  Homeric  poems  are 
transformed  in  the  service  of  a  quite  different  but  no  less  important  vision  of  man. 
240.  Greek  Art  and  Archaeology  (3).  This  course  will  focus  on  the  changing  vision  of  the 
world  and  human  experience  in  ancient  art  and  the  forms  and  techniques  which  artists 
evolved  to  represent  that  vision.  The  class  also  will  examine  the  techniques  and  the  ef- 
forts of  archaeologists  to  bring  the  lost  works  of  ancient  civilization  to  light.  There  will  be  a 
field  trip  to  the  Museum  of  Classical  Archaeology  at  the  University  of  Mississippi. 
250.  Roman  Art  and  Archeology.  This  course  will  focus  on  the  changing  vision  of  the 
world  and  human  experience  in  Roman  art  and  the  forms  and  techniques  which  artists 
evolved  to  represent  that  vision.  The  class  will  also  examine  the  techniques  and  the  ef- 
forts of  archeologists  to  bring  the  lost  works  of  Roman  civilization  to  light.  There  will  be  a 
field  trip  to  the  Museum  of  Classical  Archeology  at  the  University  of  Mississippi. 
290/390/490.  Special  Topics  (1-4, 1-4). 


66 


GREEK 

Courses  labeled  21 1  -291  are  suitable  for  second  year  course  work.  Credit  is  not  given 

for  101  unless  102  is  completed. 

101-102.  Introduction  to  Greek  (3-3).  Primary  emphasis  is  on  mastery  of  grammar,  vo- 
cabulary and  forms  with  some  attention  to  Greek  literature  and  culture.  Readings  include 
selections  from  the  New  Testament,  Greek  philosophy  and  Homer. 

211.  Plato  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Dialogues. 

221 .  Greek  New  Testament  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Gospels  and  Paul. 

231 .  Homer  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Iliad. 

241 .  Euripides  (3).  A  reading  of  one  of  the  plays. 

251 .  John  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Gospel  of  John. 

291/391/491 .  Special  Topics  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Study  of  such  authors  as  Homer,  the  lyric 
poets,  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  Euripides,  Aristophanes,  Demosthenes,  Plato,  Aristotle, 
New  Testament  writers,  and  Greek  composition,  prose  or  verse. 

LATIN 

Courses  labeled  21 2-292  are  suitable  for  second  year  work.  Credit  is  not  given  for  1 01 

unless  102  is  completed. 

101-102.  Elementary  Latin  (3-3).  Designed  for  students  who  have  undertaken  no  pre- 
vious study  of  the  language.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  thorough  mastery  of  forms,  vocabu- 
lary syntax,  and  the  techniques  of  translation.  Readings  include  selections  from  Roman 
comedy  Cicero,  and  Latin  poetry 

212.  Ovid  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Metamorphoses. 

222.  Virgil  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Aeneid. 

232.  Cicero  (3).  Selected  readings  from  Cicero's  oratorical  and  philosophical  prose. 

242.  Petronius  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Satyricon. 

252.  Catullus  (3).  Selected  readings. 

262.  Roman  Love  Elegy  (3).  Selected  readings. 

292/392/492.  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Study  of  such  authors  as  Horace,  the  elegists,  Lucretius,  Sal- 
lust,  Livy  Tacitus,  Juvenal,  Petronius,  Plautus,  Terence,  and  Latin  composition,  prose  or 
verse. 


HISTORY 


Elizabeth  Chisholm  Chair  of  Arts  and  Letters 

Professors:  WILLIAM  CHARLES  SALLIS,  Ph.D.,  Chair 

ROBERT  S.  McELVAINE,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professors:  DAVID  C.  DAVIS,  Ph.D. 

PATRICK  E.  DELANA,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  must  have  a  2.50  average  in  history  and  maintain 
this  grade  for  the  full  course.  History  1 01  -1 02  or  History  1 03-1 04  or  Heritage  1 01  -1 02,  His- 
tory 201-202,  and  History  401  must  be  included  in  the  27  semester  hours  required  for  a  ma- 
jor. A  preliminary  test  must  be  passed  at  least  one  academic  year  before  the  comprehensive 
examination.  Students  who  expect  to  do  graduate  work  should  take  French  and  German. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  minimum  of  1 8  semester  hours  in  history  courses,  to  include 
History  1 01  -1 02  or  History  1 03-1 04,  or  Heritage  1 01  -1 02,  History  201-202,  and  6  semester 
hours  of  elective  courses  offered  in  the  History  Department.  No  credit  will  be  given  toward 
the  minor  for  history  courses  in  which  the  student  makes  a  grade  of  less  than  C. 
1 01 .  Western  Civilization  to  1 71 5  (3).  A  general  survey  of  European  history  from  ancient 

times  to  1 71 5.  Credit  is  not  allowed  for  both  Heritage  and  History  101 . 


67 


102.  Western  Civilization  since  1715  (3).  A  general  survey  of  European  history  from 
1 71 5  to  the  present.  Credit  is  not  allowed  for  both  Heritage  and  History  1 02. 

1 03.  World  Civilization  to  1 500  (3).  A  general  survey  of  world  history  from  ancient  times  to 
the  beginnings  of  the  modern  era. 

1 04.  World  Civilization  since  1 500  (3).  A  general  survey  of  world  history  since  1 500. 

201 .  History  of  the  United  States  to  1 877  (3).  A  general  survey  of  American  history  from 
the  period  of  discovery  and  exploration  through  Reconstruction. 

202.  History  of  the  United  States  from  1877  (3).  A  general  survey  of  American  history 
from  1 877  to  the  present. 

241-242.  The  Afro-American  Experience  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  historic  and  contemporary 
experience  of  black  people  in  America.  The  first  semester  covers  the  period  up  to  1 877. 
The  second  semester  covers  the  period  from  1 877  to  the  present.  (Same  as  Sociology 
241-242.)  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

251 .  Introduction  to  African  History  and  Society  (3).  A  multi-disciplinary  survey  of  the 
major  themes  in  African  history  from  the  glories  of  ancient  Egypt  to  the  tragic  conflicts  in 
South  Africa. 

252.  Topics  in  African  History  (3).  An  examination  of  a  particular  topic,  period,  or  region 
in  African  history  such  as  oral  traditions,  the  Atlantic  slave  trade,  or  the  shaping  of  South 
Africa.  Topics  will  change  from  year  to  year  and  a  student  may  take  the  course  more  than 
once  if  the  topics  are  different. 

261 .  Introduction  to  Middle  Eastern  History  and  Society  (3).  A  multi  disciplinary  survey 
of  the  major  themes  in  Middle  Eastern  history  from  the  advent  of  Islam  to  tfie  Arab-Israeli 
conflicts. 

262.  Topics  in  Middle  Eastern  History  (3).  An  examination  of  a  particular  topic,  period,  or 
region  in  Middle  Eastern  history  such  as  the  Arab-Israeli  struggle  or  Islam  in  history  Top- 
ics will  change  from  year  to  year  and  a  student  may  take  the  course  more  than  once  if  the 
topics  are  different. 

300.  Topics  in  American  Culture  (3).  A  multi-disciplinary  exploration  of  a  particular  topic 
in  American  culture.  The  history,  literature,  thought,  music,  art,  and  popular  culture  of  a 
particular  period  (such  as  a  decade)  or  aspect  of  the  United  States  will  be  studied.  Top- 
ics will  change  from  year  to  year,  and  a  student  may  take  the  course  more  than  once  if  the 
topics  are  different.  (Same  as  English  300.) 

301 .  Topics  in  European  Culture  (3).  An  interdisciplinary  examination  of  a  particular 
topic,  period,  or  region  of  European  culture.  Topics  will  change  from  year  to  year,  and  a 
student  may  take  the  course  more  than  once  if  the  topics  are  different.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

305.  The  Old  South  (3).  Development  of  the  southern  region  of  the  United  States  from  the 
time  of  discovery  to  the  beginning  of  the  Civil  War.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

306.  The  New  South  (3).  A  continuation  of  H305.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

307.  The  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  (3).  An  examination  of  the  political,  economic, 
military,  diplomatic,  and  social  aspects  of  the  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  periods.  Pre- 
requisite: junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

308.  Mississippi  and  its  Relation  to  the  South  (3).  Students  may  enroll  for  306  or  308, 
but  not  both.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

309.  The  American  Revolution  and  the  Establishment  of  the  Federal  Union,  1754- 
1789  (3).  Prerequisite:  History  201  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

310.  The  Age  of  Jefferson  and  Jackson,  1789-1848  (3).  A  continuation  of  History  309. 
Prerequisite:  History  201  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

31 1 .  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  topical  study  of  the  history  of  the  United 
States  1 91 7-1 945.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

312.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  continuation  of  History  31 1  from  1945  to 
the  present.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 


68 


313-314.  Social  and  Intellectual  History  of  the  United  States  (3-3).  First  semester: 

From  Colonial  times  to  the  Civil  War.  Second  Semester:  From  the  Civil  War  to  the  present. 

Prerequisite:  History  201  -202  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
315.  The  Emergence  of  Modern  America  (3).  A  topical  study  of  the  history  of  the  United 

States  1 877-1 91 6.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate 

years. 

319.  The  Renaissance  and  Reformation  (3).  An  interdisciplinary  examination  of  the  soci- 
ety, politics,  religion,  and  culture  of  15th  and  16th  century  Europe.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

320.  Age  of  Revolution.  (3).  An  interdisciplinary  examination  of  society,  politics,  and  cul- 
ture of  Europe  in  the  1 7th  and  1 8th  centuries.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

322.  Topics  in  Nineteenth  Century  Europe.  An  interdisciplinary  examination  of  selected 
topics  pertaining  to  1 9th  Century  European  history  Topics  will  change  from  year  to  year, 
and  a  student  may  take  the  course  more  than  once  if  the  topics  are  different.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

323-324.  Nineteenth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  First  semester,  1815-1870;  second  semes- 
ter, 1870-1914.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

325-326.  Twentieth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  First  semester,  1914-1 939;  second  semester. 
World  War  II  and  the  post-war  era.  Prerequisite:  History  1 01  -1 02  or  equivalent.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

327.  History  of  England  (3).  A  general  survey  of  English  history  from  Roman  times  up  to 
the  beginning  of  the  1 8th  century.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

328.  History  of  Britain  (3).  A  general  survey  of  British  history,  including  the  Empire,  from 
the  beginning  of  the  1 8th  century  up  to  the  present.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

329.  History  of  Russia  (3).  A  general  survey  of  the  history  of  Russia  up  to  the  establish- 
ment of  the  Soviet  Union.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

330.  History  of  the  Soviet  Union  (3).  A  general  survey  of  the  history  of  the  Soviet  Union 
from  the  Russian  Revolution  to  the  present.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

331.  Topics  in  Twentieth  Century  Europe  (3).  An  interdisciplinary  examination  of  se- 
lected topics  pertaining  to  20th  Century  European  history  Topics  will  change  from  year 
to  year,  and  a  student  may  take  the  course  more  than  once  if  the  topics  are  different.  Of- 
fered in  alternate  years. 

334.  Contemporary  History  (3).  Current  issues  are  discussed  in  their  historical  perspec- 
tive. Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

401 .  Special  Problems  in  History  (3).  A  study  of  how  history  is  written  and  interpreted  and 
of  problems  in  American  civilization.  May  be  taken  by  students  who  have  six  semester 
hours  in  history  and  is  required  of  all  history  majors. 

402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chairman. 
411-412.  Special  Topics  in  History  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  covered  in 

other  courses.  Offered  as  required.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chairman. 


PHILOSOPHY 


Professors:  MICHAEL  H.  MITIAS,  Ph.D.,  Chair 

ROBERTH.  KING,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professor:  STEVEN  G.  SMITH,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professor:  THEODORE  G.  AMMON,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours,  including  202,  301 ,  302, 
and  492. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  philosophy  with  15  hours  of 
philosophy  (1 8  hours  if  six  hours  are  used  to  meet  degree  requirements),  including  301 ,  302, 
one  other  300  level  course,  and  at  least  one  other  300  or  400  level  course. 


69 


201.  Problems  of  Philosophy.  (3).  A  basic  introduction  to  some  of  the  main  problems, 
such  as  knowledge,  man,  nature,  art,  the  good,  and  God, 

202.  Logic.  (3).  Language,  fallacies,  deduction  (syllogistic  and  symbolic),  and  induction 
(scientific  methods). 

210.  Social  and  Political  Philosophy  (3).  An  enquiry  into  the  basic  principles  of  social  and 
political  organization,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  concepts  of  government,  justice, 
punishment,  family,  property,  work,  and  peace. 

215.  Ways  of  Knowing  (3).  An  introduction  to  theories  of  knowledge  from  a  variety  of  philo- 
sophical traditions,  including  feminism,  pragmatism,  mysticism,  empiricism,  and  ratio- 
nalism. A  central  concern  of  the  course  will  be  the  relationship  between  science  and 
philosophy  in  the  acquisition  of  knowledge. 

301-302.  History  of  Philosophy,  (3-3).  The  first  semester  is  a  survey  of  western  philoso- 
phy through  the  medieval  period;  the  second  semester,  from  the  Renaissance  through 
the  nineteenth  century. 

303.  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.  (3).  A  survey  of  western  philosophy  from  1 900  to  the 
present.,Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

31 1 .  Ethics.  (3).  Principles  used  in  the  choosing  of  personal  and  social  values. 

315.  Existentialism.  (3).  Historical  and  comparative  treatment  of  works  of  such  thinkers  as 
Kierkegaard,  Jaspers,  Heidegger,  Sartre,  and  Marcel. 

321 .  Aesthetics.  (3).  Consideration  of  the  creative  impulse,  of  the  art  object,  and  standards 
of  aesthetic  appreciation. 

331 .  Philosophy  of  Religion.  (3).  Investigation  of  issues  arising  from  religious  experience 
and  beliefs,  including  the  nature  of  the  divine,  evil,  and  human  destiny.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

351 .  Oriental  Philosophy  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

360.  Philosophy  of  Human  Nature  (3).  An  inquiry  into  the  defining  attributes  of  humanity, 
with  consideration  of  symbol  use  and  rationality,  embodiment,  emotion,  and  gender. 

365.  Philosophy  of  Education  (3).  A  critical  study  of  the  essential  nature  of  education  with 
emphasis  on  the  aims,  method,  and  place  of  human  values  in  education. 

381.  Metaphysics.  (3).  Basic  categories  of  experience  and  reality.  Prerequisite:  Philoso- 
phy 201 ,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings.  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent 
of  the  instructor. 

41 1-412.  Special  Topic  Courses.  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

492.  Senior  Seminar.  (3).  Intensive  reading  in  selected  issues,  schools,  and  thinkers.  For 
senior  majors. 


RELIGION 


The  Tatum  Chair  of  Religion 

Professors:  THOMAS  WILEY  LEWIS,  III,  Ph.D.,  Chair 

ROBERT  H.KING,  Ph.D. 
LEE  H.REIFF,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professor:  STEVEN  G.  SMITH,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professor:  DAVID  S.  BLIX,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  31  hours,  including  201 ,  202,  21 0,  492. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  religion  with  1 2  hours  beyond 
those  used  to  meet  degree  requirements  (15  hours  if  the  requirement  in  religion  is  met  by 
Heritage),  including  201 ,  202,  21 0  or  381 . 


70 


An  interdisciplinary  area  of  concentration  in  Christian  Education  is  available  to  students 
with  a  major  or  minor  in  religion.  For  the  specific  requirements,  see  the  listing  under  Interdis- 
ciplinary Studies. 

101 .  Introduction  to  Religious  Studies  (3).  A  beginning  exploration  of  the  phenomenon 
of  religion  and  the  different  kinds  of  questions  that  can  be  asked  about  it.  Open  to  fresh- 
men only. 

201 .  Old  Testament  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  history,  literature,  and  thought  of  ancient  Is- 
rael. 

202.  New  Testament  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  background  and  beginnings,  the  earliest 
development  and  thought  of  Christianity  as  seen  in  the  distinctively  Christian  scriptures. 

210.  Ways  of  Being  Religious  (3).  A  study  of  religious  phenomena  through  the  analysis 
and  critique  of  expressions  and  practices  found  in  the  religions  of  the  world. 

301 .  The  Teachings  of  Jesus  (3).  A  study  of  the  teaching  of  Jesus  as  found  in  the  synoptic 
gospels,  with  special  attention  to  the  parables.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

302.  The  Prophets  (3).  A  study  of  the  prophetic  movement  in  ancient  Israel.  Offered  in  al- 
ternate years. 

311.  Paul(3).  A  study  of  the  background,  writings,  and  thought  of  the  Apostle  Paul.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

321 .  The  Educational  Ministry  of  the  Church  (3).  An  examination  of  the  purpose  and  im 
plementation  of  the  church's  educational  ministry  Prerequisites:  Religion  201 ,  202.  Of- 
fered on  demand. 

330.  Religion  in  America.  (3).  A  study  with  two  goals:  to  trace  the  planting,  growth  and 
development  of  religious  movements  in  America;  to  assess  expressions  of  what  has  been 
called  the  "religious  meaning  of  America."  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

331 .  Philosophy  of  Religion  (3).  Same  as  Philosophy  331 .  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
352.  Religion  and  Ethics  (3).  An  investigation  of  religious  principles  of  moral  reasoning 

and  their  application  to  issues  of  personal  and  social  life,  with  primary  attention  to  Chris- 
tianity Offered  in  alternate  years. 

361 .  Religion  and  Science  (3).  A  study  of  problems  in  the  relationship  between  religious 
thinking  and  modern  science  and  technology  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

372.  Religion  and  Literature  (3).  An  investigation  of  the  religious  dimension  of  imaginative 
literature  through  the  reading,  discussion,  and  preparation  of  papers  on  selected  novels 
and  autobiographies.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

381 .  World  Religions  (3).  A  study  of  the  history,  literature  and  thought  of  selected  religious 
traditions,  including  the  religions  of  India,  Chinese  and  Japanese  religions,  Judaism  and 
Islam.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

390.  History  of  Western  Christianity  (3).  A  survey  of  the  rise,  consolidation,  develop- 
ment, and  influence  of  Christianity  and  Christian  thought  in  the  West. 

396.  Theology  in  the  Modern  Period  (3).  An  examination  of  major  developments  in  theol- 
ogy from  the  Enlightenment  to  the  present.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Individualized  reading  and  research.  Pre- 
requisite: consent  of  the  department  chair. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Individual  investigation  culminating  in  a 
written  report.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chair. 

41 1-41 2.  Special  Topics  (1  to3  —  1  to  3).  Special  areas  of  study  not  regularly  offered,  for 
an  organized  class  of  interested  students. 

451 .  Internship  in  Christian  Education  (3).  Working  experience  under  the  supervision  of 
a  Director  of  Christian  Education  and  a  faculty  member  of  the  Department  of  Religion. 

492.  Seminar  (1).  Selected  topics  and  research. 


71 


Interdisciplinary  Studies 

EUROPEAN  STUDIES 

The  program  in  European  Studies  is  designed  for  those  students  who  are  keenly  inter- 
ested in  European  affairs  and  culture.  The  major  and  minor  in  European  Studies  cut  across 
traditional  disciplinary  boundaries  and  allow  the  student  to  work  with  faculty  to  design  a  pro- 
gram of  study  which  integrates  those  aspects  of  European  affairs  which  best  meet  the  stu- 
dent's interests.  European  art,  business,  economics,  history,  languages,  literatures,  music, 
philosophy  political  science  and  sociology  are  among  the  areas  of  study  available  to  stu- 
dents in  European  Studies. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Fifteen  hours  (or  equivalent)  of  one  modern  European  lan- 
guage; SIX  hours  of  a  second  European  languages;  eighteen  hours  of  coursework  in  ap- 
proved courses,  including  European  Studies  400;  and  an  interdisciplinary  area 
concentration.  In  consultation  with  the  European  Studies  committee,  students  will  deter- 
mine a  concentrated  area  of  study  in  which  no  more  than  nine  hours  of  coursework  may  be 
completed  in  one  division. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  Six  hours  (or  equivalent)  of  one  modern  language  above  the 
1 01  -1 02  level;  twelve  hours  above  either  the  202  level  in  language  or  the  200  level  in  other 
departments;  and  an  interdisciplinary  area  concentration  in  which  no  more  than  six  hours  of 
coursework  may  be  completed  in  one  division. 

INTERDISCIPLINARY  COURSES 

European  Studies  400.  European  Studies  Colloquium  (3).  An  interdisciplinary  research 
forum  in  which  students  pursue  individual,  directed  reading  and  writing  within  their  area 
concentration  as  well  as  collaborative  study  of  European  affairs. 

Heritage  1 01  -1 02.  The  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West  (7-7).  An  essentially  chronological 
portrayal  of  Western  culture  viewed  from  the  perspectives  provided  by  literature,  history 
religion,  philosophy  the  arts,  and  other  disciplines.  The  course  will  be  made  up  of  a  bal- 
ance of  lectures,  discussion  and  laboratory  sessions,  and  occasional  field  trips.  De- 
signed for  entering  freshmen,  but  open  to  some  sophomores.  Limited  enrollment. 
Corequisite  for  entering  freshmen:  English  1 03-1 04. 

Liberal  Studies  100.  Introduction  to  the  Liberal  Arts  (3).  A  course  designed  to  orient 
adult  learners  to  the  academic  community;  to  assist  them  to  acquire  the  skills  necessary 
for  academic  success,  especially  reading  and  writing  skills;  and  to  introduce  them  to  the 
theory  of  liberal  arts  education.  Class  will  be  conducted  in  a  discussion  format  with  fre- 
quent writing  assignments,  culminating  in  a  research  paper.  Enrollment  limited  to  candi- 
dates for  the  Bachelor  of  Liberal  Studies  degree. 

Liberal  Studies  51 1 .  Leadership  Seminars  in  the  Humanities  (3).  A  course  designed 
specifically  for  current  and  prospective  leaders  in  business,  government  and  the  profes- 
sions. A  different  topic  will  be  addressed  each  semester.  Every  seminar  is  concerned 
with  developing  skills  of  critical  thinking  and  clear  articulation  of  ideas.  Readings  are  cho- 
sen to  provoke  serious  thought  about  issues  of  importance  to  persons  in  positions  of  re- 
sponsibility Enrollment  limited  to  selected  participants. 

Natural  Science  201-202.  Science  and  the  Human  Prospect  (4-4).  A  course  designed 
primarily  for  the  non-science  major,  presenting  an  integrated  view  of  the  natural  sci- 
ences; biology,  chemistry  geology,  and  physics.  The  interdependence  of  science,  tech- 
nology, and  the  human  condition  will  be  emphasized.  Along  with  lectures,  discussion 
and  laboratory  sessions,  use  will  be  made  of  computer  assisted  instruction.  Recom- 
mended for  sophomores  and  juniors,  but  open  to  freshmen  with  two  years  of  high  school 
science.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Mathematics  1 03-1 04  or  equivalent. 

Southern  Studies  200.  Selected  Topics  (3).  A  course  for  the  general  student  to  be  offered 
by  the  individual  currently  appointed  to  the  Eudora  Welty  Chair  of  Southern  Studies.  It 
may  be  cross-listed  with  one  or  more  departments  and  may  be  repeated  for  credit  with 
different  topics. 


72 


Women's  Studies  200.  Introduction  to  Women  Studies  (3).  An  overview  of  the  discipline 
that  will  survey  the  major  issues  raised  by  the  range  of  women's  experiences  in  western 
culture  (primarily  Britain  and  America),  and  examine  some  of  the  analytical  techniques 
and  perspectives  that  feminist  critics  in  a  variety  of  disciplines  use  to  explore  these  is- 
sues. 

Women's  Studies  400.  Senior  Seminar  (3).  A  course  in  feminist  practice  and  theory  in 
which  students  read  key  texts,  reflect  on  their  course  of  study,  and  look  toward  the  future. 

INTERDISCIPLINARY  AREAS  OF  CONCENTRATION 

Christian  Education.  The  requirements  for  an  area  of  concentration  in  Christian  Education 
are  as  follows:  1)  a  major  or  minor  in  religion;  2)  additional  coursework,  in  eluding  Reli- 
gion 321 ,  Education  205  or  210,  Psychology  203  or  206,  and  Sociology  1 01  or  1 02;  and 
3)  an  internship  in  Christian  education  offered  by  the  Religion  Department. 

Women's  Studies.  The  requirements  for  an  area  of  concentration  in  Women's  Studies  are 
1 8  hours  in  courses  approved  by  the  Women's  Studies  advisory  committee  for  this  pur- 
pose. These  courses  must  include  Women's  Studies  200  and  400. 


73 


Language  and  Literature 

ENGLISH 

The  Stewart  Family  Chair  of  Language  and  Literature 

Professors:  ROBERT  HERBERT  PADGETT,  A.M.,  Chair 

RICHARD  R  MALLETTE,  Ph.D. 

SUZANNE  MARRS,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professors:  NONA  FIENBERG,  Ph.D. 

JUDITH  W.  PAGE,  Ph.D. 
AUSTIN  WILSON,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professors:  LORNE  M.  FIENBERG,  Ph.D. 

KATHLEEN  SPENCER,  Ph.D. 
Requirements  for  Major:  An  English  major  must  take  English  101-102  or  103-104  or 
1 05,  201  -202,  481 ,  and  1 8  hours  of  other  courses  in  the  department.  Majors  must  complete 
the  201  -202  course  in  Greek,  Latin,  or  a  modern  foreign  language  with  a  grade  of  C  or  bet- 
ter, or  pass  an  equivalent  proficiency  examination.  Students  planning  to  pursue  graduate 
study  in  English  are  advised  that  a  reading  knowledge  of  French,  German,  and  sometimes 
Latin  is  generally  required.  A  minimum  of  one  year  of  Latin  or  Greek  is  strongly  recom- 
mended. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  English  with  18  hours  of  En- 
glish beyond  the  freshman  level.  Six  of  the  1 8  hours  must  be  English  201  -202. 
101-102.  Composition  (3-3).  First  semester,  weekly  themes  and  introductions  to  essays, 
short  stories,  and  the  novel;  second  semester,  research  paper  and  introductions  to  po- 
etry and  drama. 
103-104.  Composition  (2-2).  A  specially  designed  course  correlated  with  Heritage  101- 
1 02,  the  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West,  and  intended  to  develop  and  augment  the  stu- 
dent's abilities  in  reading,  writing,  and  speaking.  Corequisite:  Heritage  101-102. 

105.  Advanced  Freshman  Composition  (3).  Designed  for  freshmen  with  exceptionally 
strong  preparation  in  English,  as  evidenced  by  an  A.C.T.  score  of  27  or  above  and  the 
extempore  writing  of  an  acceptable  theme  for  a  department  committee,  this  course  con- 
centrates steadily  on  expository,  critical,  and  some  creative  writing.  Readings  in  poetry 
and  short  fiction  or  drama  furnish  materials  for  the  writing.  Class  membership  selected 
by  a  departmental  committee.  Open  only  to  freshmen. 

106.  Freshman  Seminar  (3).  A  seminar  designed  for  freshmen  with  exceptionally  strong 
preparation  in  English,  this  course  will  explore  a  theme  of  general  interest  by  means  of 
readings  in  criticism,  poetry  fiction  and  drama  and  by  means  of  writing  expository  and 
critical  papers.  Prerequisite;  Eng.  1 05  or  4  or  5  on  the  A.  P.  examination  in  English.  Open 
only  to  freshmen. 

201-202.  English  Literature  (3-3).  A  survey  of  English  literature  from  the  beginnings  to  the 
present.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

203-204.  Literature  of  the  Western  World  (3-3).  A  chronological  study  of  selected  major 
works  of  Continental,  British,  and  American  literature  from  Homer  to  the  present.  Prereq- 
uisite: English  101 -102  or  105. 

205.  Journalism  (3).  A  basic  course  emphasizing  newswriting  and  reporting.  History  and 
principles  of  journalism;  introduction  to  make-up,  copywriting,  and  headlines.  Prerequi- 
site: English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

207.  Introduction  to  Creative  Writing  (3).  An  introductory  course  emphasizing  the  funda- 
mentals of  writing  both  poetry  and  fiction  through  readings  and  frequent  writing  assign- 
ments. Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

211-212.  American  Literature  (3-3).  A  survey  of  American  literature  from  the  seventeenth 
century  to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  English  1 01  -1 02,  1 03-1 04  or  1 05. 


74 


215-216.  Shakespeare  (3-3).  The  first  semester  focuses  on  thie  plays  before  1603,  with 
particular  attention  to  the  histories  and  early  comedies  and  to  the  historical  background; 
the  second  semester  stresses  the  development  of  tragedy,  comedy,  and  romance  in 
Shakespeare's  later  career.  Each  semester  may  be  taken  separately  and  without  regard 
to  sequence.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  English  201  or  Heritage  101-102. 

217-218.  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Themes  and  Topics  (3-3).  Courses  designed  to 
focus  on  various  themes  and  topics,  genres,  works,  and  authors  of  interest  and  impor- 
tance in  earlier  English  literature.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102  or  103-104  or  105  and 
English  201  or  Heritage  101 . 

219.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Sixteenth  Century  (3).  English  literature  at  the  end 
of  the  sixteenth  century,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  development  of  the  lyric  and  on 
the  early  books  of  The  Faerie  Queene.  Prerequisite;  English  201 . 

250.  Ethnic  American  Literatures  (3).  A  study  of  representative  literary  works  which  re- 
flect the  ethnic  diversity  of  the  United  States.  Readings  may  include  works  by  Afro  Ameri- 
can, Hispanic,  Native  American,  and  Asian  American  authors.  Prerequisite:  English 
\      101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

290.  Becoming  a  Critical  Thinker  (3).  To  develop  abilities  in  critical  inquiry,  reading  and 
writing,  and  to  explore  ways  to  generate  and  develop  independent  ideas  as  well  as  to 
engage  in  thoughtful  conversation  with  the  writing  of  other  thinkers.  The  course  will  func- 
tion as  a  community  of  inquiry,  working  together  on  a  currently  unresolved  issue  or  ques- 
tion in  the  shared  knowledge  of  our  culture.  Prerequisite:  English  1 01  -1 02,  1 03-1 04,  or 
105. 

300.  Topics  in  American  Culture  (3).  A  multi-disciplinary  exploration  of  a  particular  topic 
in  American  culture.  The  history,  literature,  thought,  music,  art,  religion,  economics,  and 
popular  culture  of  a  particular  period  (such  as  a  decade)  or  aspect  of  the  United  States 
will  be  studied.  Topics  will  change  from  year  to  year,  and  a  student  may  take  the  course 
more  than  once  if  the  topics  are  different.  (Same  as  History  300.) 

321 .  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3).  Major  poets  and  prose 
writers  of  the  seventeenth  century  in  their  cultural  context,  with  emphasis  on  Donne,  Jon- 
son,  Herbert,  Marvell,  and  Bacon.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

322.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3).  Major  poets  and  prose 
writers  of  the  Restoration  and  Eighteenth  Century,  from  Dryden  to  Johnson.  Prerequisite: 
English  201 -202. 

323.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Restoration  and  Earlier  Eighteenth  Century  (3). 
Major  poets  and  prose  writers  of  the  Restoration  and  neoclassical  age,  with  emphasis  on 
Dryden,  Swift,  and  Pope.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

324.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Later  Eighteenth  Century  (3).  Major  poets  and 
prose  writers  of  the  later  eighteenth  century,  with  emphasis  on  Johnson,  the  "pre-Roman- 
tics,"  and  the  novels  of  Defoe,  Richardson,  and  Fielding.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

325-326.  Romantic  Poetry  and  Prose  (3-3).  A  two-semester  study  of  texts  by  such  writ- 
ers as  Robert  Burns,  Mary  Wollstonecraft,  William  Blake,  William  Wordsworth,  Dorothy 
Wordsworth,  S.  T  Coleridge,  Thomas  de  Quincey,  Charles  and  Mary  Lamb,  Lord  Byron, 
Percy  Bysshe  Shelley,  Mary  Wollstonecraft  Shelley,  William  Hazlitt,  and  John  Keats  in  the 
cultural  context  of  the  historical  period  from  the  1 780s  through  the  1 830s. 

328.  Victorian  Poetry  and  Prose  (3).  A  study  of  the  major  poets  and  prose  writers  of  the 
Victorian  age  including  Tennyson,  Browning,  Arnold,  Carlyle,  Ruskin,  Mill,  Pater,  the  Pre- 
Raphaelites,  Shaw,  and  Wilde,  with  emphasis  on  themes,  issues,  and  forms. 

329.  The  Eighteenth-Century  English  Novel  (3).  The  history  and  development  of  the  En 
glish  novel  from  Defoe  to  Austen,  considering  a  variety  of  types,  movements,  and  critical 
theories.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

330.  The  Nineteenth-Century  English  Novel  (3).  The  history  and  development  of  the  En 
glish  novel  from  Scott  to  Hardy,  considering  a  variety  of  types,  movements,  and  critical 
theories.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

331 .  History  of  the  English  Novel  (3).  Novels  from  Fielding  to  Hardy  are  cast  in  their  histor- 
ical contexts,  with  specific  consideration  of  types,  movements,  and  critical  techniques. 
Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 


75 


332.  Modern  Fiction  (3).  Intensive  reading  of  selected  modern  novels  ranging  from 
Dreiser,  James,  and  Conrad  to  Lawrence,  Joyce,  and  Woolf  and  to  Mann,  Kafka, 
Faulkner,  and  Hemingway.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

337.  IVIodern  Drama  (3).  A  survey  of  drama  from  Ibsen  to  Beckett  and  lonesco.  Prerequi- 
site: English  201  -202  or  203-204. 

341 .  IVIodern  English  and  American  Poetry  (3).  A  survey  of  the  development  of  modern- 
ism in  English  and  American  poetry  from  the  early  twentieth  century  through  the  1 940s. 
Prerequisite:  English  201-202  or  203-204. 

342.  Contemporary  Literature  (3).  A  survey  of  fiction  and  poetry  since  1 950.  Prerequisite: 
English  201 -202  or  203-204. 

350.  Major  American  Writers  (3).  Intensive  reading  and  study  of  a  single  author  or  group  of 
authors.  Possible  offerings  include:  "Poe,  Hawthorne,  and  Melville;"  "Twain,  James,  and 
Wharton;"  "Stein,  Hemingway,  and  Fitzgerald."  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

361 .  Chaucer  (3).  A  reading  of  Chaucer's  major  works,  including  Troilus  and  Criseyde  and 
The  Canterbury  Tales,  in  the  context  of  Medieval  culture.  Prerequisite:  English  201  -202. 

367.  Milton  (3).  An  intensive  study  of  Paradise  Lost,  with  reference  to  the  epic  tradition  and 
to  other  works  by  Milton.  Prerequisite:  English  201  -202. 

370-371 .  Women  Writers  (3-3).  The  first  semester  focuses  on  early  women  writers,  includ- 
ing Medieval,  Renaissance,  Restoration,  and  eighteenth-century  writers  (such  as  Chris- 
tine de  Pisan,  Margery  Kempe,  Marguerite  de  Navarre,  Mary  Sidney,  Mary  Wroth,  and 
Aphra  Behn).  The  second  semester  continues  with  a  study  of  writers  from  the  late  eigh- 
teenth century  through  the  contemporary  period,  reflecting,  when  appropriate,  the  racial 
and  ethnic  diversity  of  women  writing  in  English.  In  both  semesters,  the  work  of  women 
writers  will  be  read  in  the  light  of  their  cultural  contexts  and  current  feminist  methodolo- 
gies. 

381 .  The  Short  Story  (3).  A  study  of  the  short  story  as  genre,  considering  its  history  and 
development,  its  characteristics  and  types,  its  similarities  with  and  differences  from  other 
forms  of  narrative,  and  the  various  critical  approaches  and  theories  concerned  with  the 
form.  Prerequisite:  Eng.  101-102,  103-104,  105,  or  Lib.  St.  100. 

391-392.  Advanced  Creative  Writing:  Fiction  (2-2).  The  writing  of  a  number  of  short  sto- 
ries or  one  long  work  of  fiction.  Discussion  of  student  work  at  a  two-hour  workshop  each 
week  and  in  conference  with  the  instructor.  Designed  as  a  year-long  course,  but  open  to 
students  in  either  the  fall  or  spring  who  wish  to  take  only  one  semester.  Prerequisite:  En- 
glish 207  or  the  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

393-394.  Advanced  Creative  Writing:  Poetry  (2-2).  The  writing  of  a  substantial  number 
of  poems  in  both  traditional  forms  and  free  verse.  Discussion  of  students'  poems  at  a  two- 
hour  session  each  week  and  in  conference  with  the  instructor.  Designed  as  a  year-long 
course,  but  open  to  students  in  either  the  fall  or  spring  who  wish  to  take  only  one  semes- 
ter. Prerequisite:  English  207  or  the  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

395.  Teaching  Writing:  a  Practicum  (3).  An  intensive,  hands-on  study  of  how  people  learn 
to  write.  Involves  work  on  one's  own  writing,  the  examination  of  writing  and  learning 
processes,  tutoring  in  the  writing  center,  and  the  study  of  the  theory  and  practice  of 
teaching  writing.  This  course  is  important  for  anyone  who  plans  to  teach  English  (or  any 
other  subject)  or  for  anyone  who  will  be  in  a  position  to  supervise  people  who  write.  Re- 
quired of  writing  center  tutors.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

396.  History  of  the  English  Language  (3).  The  origin  and  development  of  the  English  lan- 
guage, structural  and  phonetic  changes,  conventions  of  modern  usage.  Prerequisite:  En- 
glish 201  -202  or  203-204.  Offered  by  directed  study 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Reading  and  research  in  special  areas 
under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  chairman. 

41 1-412.  Special  Topics  in  English  and  American  Literature  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  in  communica- 
tions (newspaper,  television,  or  advertising)  and  in  library  science  for  well  prepared  stu- 
dents. Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing  and  consent  of  the  chairman. 


76 


481 .  Junior  Seminar  (3).  A  survey  of  critical  theory  from  Aristotle  to  the  present.  Special 
attention  will  be  given  to  the  various  modern  critical  methodologies  and  their  application 
to  specific  literary  texts.  Prerequisite;  at  least  six  hours  of  literature  courses  beyond  En- 
glish 201 -202  or  203-204. 


MODERN  LANGUAGES 

Associate  Professors:  BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN,  A.M.,  Chair 

.  PRISCILLAFERMON,Ph.D. 

^  ROBERT  JOEL  KAHN,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors:  CLAUDINE  CHADEYRAS,  A.M. 

KARL  FREDERICK  MARKGRAF,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Majors  in  French  and  Spanish:  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  is 
required  beyond  the  101-102  series,  although  30  hours  is  recommended.  If  a  candidate 
takes  only  the  minimum  of  required  courses,  18  hours  must  be  in  the  literature  of  the  target 
language. 

Requirements  for  a  Minor  in  French,  German  or  Spanish:  A  student  may  elect  a  mi 
nor  with  a  minimum  of  1 5  semester  hours  above  the  101  -1 02  series. 

Placement  in  Modern  Languages:  Students  with  two  or  more  units  of  a  modern  foreign 
language  in  high  school  will  be  given  a  standard  placement  test  and  advised  as  to  whether 
they  are  prepared  to  continue  the  language  at  the  college  level  or  whether  they  should  take 
the  101-102  course.  A  student  will  not  be  admitted  to  300  or  400  level  courses  in  French, 
German,  or  Spanish  until  201  -202  (or  equivalent  if  transfer  student)  have  been  completed. 

Credit  is  not  given  for  1 01  unless  1 02  is  completed. 

FRENCH 

101-102.  Elementary  French  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  practice.  A 

minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  language  lab. 
201-202.  Intermediate  French  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modern  French 

prose.  Prerequisite:  French  1 01  -1 02  or  two  years  of  high  school  French. 
251-252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  some  fluency  in 

the  use  of  the  spoken  language.  Composition  drill  is  also  given.  Emphasis  on  civilization 

in  the  second  semester.  Prerequisite:  French  1 01  -1 02  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alternate 

years. 
301-302.  Advanced  French  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  This  course  may  be 

taken  in  addition  to  and  may  also  substitute  for  French  251-252.  Prerequisite:  French 

201  -202  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
31 1-312.  Survey  of  French  Literature  (3-3).  Survey  of  French  literature  from  its  origins  to 

the  present  day.  Instruction  and  recitation  principally  in  French.  Prerequisite:  French 

201-202. 
401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do  reading 

and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  consent 

of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  Selected  Topics  in  French  Literature.  (3-3).  The  content  to  be  determined  by 
the  instructor  and  the  needs  of  the  students.  Prerequisite:  French  201  -202  and  consent 
of  the  instructor. 

GERMAN 

101-102.  Elementary  German  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  practice.  A 

minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  language  lab. 
201-202.  Intermediate  German  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  introduction  to  important 

writers  of  German  literature.  Prerequisite:  German  1 01  -1 02  or  the  equivalent. 


77 


251-252.  Conversation  and  Composition  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 
261-262.  German  Civilization  (3-3).  Cultural  survey  with  special  emphasis  on  history,  art 

and  music.  Knowledge  of  German  not  necessary.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
313-314.  Survey  of  German  Literature  (3-3).  Survey  of  early  literary  monuments  with  a 

concentration  on  the  thirteenth  century  epic  and  poetry.  Works  from  the  Reformation, 

Baroque  and  major  works  of  Lessing,  Goethe,  and  Schiller.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
315-316.  Survey  of  Nineteenth  Century  and  IVIodern  German  Literature  (3-3).  Survey 

of  the  Romantics  and  Realists  of  the  nineteenth  century,  and  major  figures  of  the  modern 

period:  Hauptmann,  George,  Rilke,  Mann,  Hesse,  Kafka,  Hofmansthal,  Brecht,  Boll,  and 

Grass.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
401  -402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do  reading 

and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  consent 

of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  ^elected  Topics  in  German  Literature  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  in- 
structor. 
491.  Seminar  (1). 

SPANISH 

101-102.  Elementary  Spanish  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  practice.  A 
minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  language  lab. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Spanish  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modern  Span- 
ish prose.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  1 01  -1 02  or  two  units  of  high  school  Spanish. 

251  -252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  some  fluency  in 
the  use  of  spoken  Spanish  and  a  familiarity  with  the  civilization.  Prerequisite:  Spanish 
1 01  -1 02  and  preferably  201  -202. 

311-312.  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  Survey  of  Spanish  literature  from  its  origins 
to  the  present  day.  Instruction  and  recitation  principally  in  Spanish.  Prerequisite:  Spanish 

201  -202  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

381-382.  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  (3-3).  The  first  semester  deals  with  the 
Colonial  and  independence  Periods.  The  second  semester  covers  the  Nineteenth  and 
Twentieth  Centuries.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201-202  and  preferably  31 1-312.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do  reading 
and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  Selected  Topics  in  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201  202 
and  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

41 3-41 4.  Selected  Topics  in  Latin  American  Literature  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201  - 

202  and  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 


78 


Science  and  Mathematics 

BIOLOGY 

Professor:  JAMES  P.  McKEOWN,  Ph.D.,  Chair 

Associate  Professors:  SARAH  L.  ARMSTRONG,  Ph.D. 

DICK  R.HIGHFILL,  Ph.D. 

ROBERTS.  NEVINS,  M.S. 
Assistant  Professor:  BRITON  E.  SHELL,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  the  B.S.  degree  with  major  in  Biology: 

A.  Organismal  Biology  concentration:  Biology  1 31 ,  1 32,  1 33,  21 5,  221 ,  491  and  492; 
one  of  Biology  243,  245,  369,  or  396;  one  of  Biology  251  or  301 ;  one  of  370,  381 ,  or 
383;  Chemistry  231-232  with  labs  and  Physics  1 1 1  -1 1 2  or  1 31  -1 32  and  1 51  -1 52. 

B.  Molecular  Biology  concentration:  Biology  131,  132,  133,  215,  320,  381,  383,  491 
and  492;  Chemistry  231-232  with  labs,  8  hours  of  Biochemistry;  Physics  1 1 1  -1 1 2  or 
131-132  and  151-152. 

Requirements  for  the  B.A.  degree  with  major  in  Biology: 

General  Biology  concentration:  Biology  1 31 ,  1 32,  1 33,  21 5,  221 ,  491  and  492  and 
at  least  two  courses  to  be  chosen  from  the  three  areas  of  electives  listed  for  the  Or- 
ganismal Biology  concentration;  two  approved  electives  in  the  Natural  Sciences. 

Requirements  for  Minor: 

A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  biology  with  1 2  hours  beyond  either  Organismal  Biol- 
ogy I  or  II. 

All  students  majoring  or  minoring  in  Biology  must  maintain  a  2.50  average  in  biology 
courses. 

131 .  Introductory  Cell  Biology  (4).  An  examination  of  cytological,  physiological,  and  bio- 
chemical features  common  to  all  cells:  metabolism,  genetics,  growth,  movement  and  re- 
production. Laboratories  will  include  basic  instrumentation  and  concepts  of 
quantification.  Three  discussion  periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 

1 32.  Organismal  Biology  I  (4).  Examines  the  structures,  physiological  processes  and  evo- 
lutionary relationships  of  organisms  in  the  Kingdoms  Monera,  Protista,  Fungi,  and  Plan- 
tae.  Three  lecture  periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology 
131. 

133.  Organismal  Biology  II  (4).  Comparative  morphology  and  physiology  of  invertebrate 
and  vertebrate  animals.  Three  lecture  periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  131. 

215.  Genetics  (4).  Mendelian  genetics;  the  nature,  transmission,  and  mode  of  action  of  the 
genetic  material;  the  role  of  genetics  in  development  and  evolution.  Three  discussion 
periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131 ,  132, 
or  133. 

221 .  Biological  Systematics  (3).  The  history,  philosophy,  and  practice  of  taxonomy;  evolu- 
tion and  population  genetics;  the  nature  of  taxonomic  evidence,  including  biometric 
techniques;  nomenclature.  Variation  among  practices  with  plants,  animals  and  pro- 
karyotes.  Three  lecture  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131  &  132. 

243.  General  Entomology  (4).  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  four-hour  lab.  Identifica- 
tion, lifehistory,  ecology,  and  evolutionary  histories  of  the  class /nsecfa.  Prerequisite:  Biol- 
ogy 131,  132,  133. 

245.  Ecology  (4).  Interrelationships  between  organisms  and  their  physical  environment; 
population  dynamics  and  interactions,  organization  of  biotic  communities;  energy  flow, 
succession,  community  types,  Laboratory  may  include  some  field  studies.  Two  discus- 
sion periods  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131,  132, 
133. 


79 


251.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology  (5).  An  integrated  course  in  vertebrate  anat- 
omy and  embryology.  Reproduction,  organ  system  differentiation,  and  a  comparative 
study  of  the  gross  anatomy  of  the  vertebrate  systems.  Three  discussion  periods  and  one 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131 ,  133. 

301 .  Histology  (4).  Microscopic  anatomy  of  the  different  vertebrate  systems,  with  an  em- 
phasis on  basic  tissue  types.  Three  discussion  periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131,  133. 

302.  Electron  Microscopy  (3).  Theory  and  techniques  of  the  electron  microscrope.  Tissue 
preparation,  handling,  and  imaging  with  the  scanning  electron  microscope.  Lecture  and 
laboratory.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

320.  Molecular  Biology  (4).  To  bring  the  student  to  a  full  understanding  of  cell  function  in 
molecular  terms,  through  a  study  of  the  fundamental  structures  and  processes  which 
make  life  possible.  Topics  include  the  synthesis  of  nucleic  acids  and  proteins,  mecha- 
nisms of  gene-level  control  in  prokaryotes  and  eukaryotes,  genetic  engineering,  evolu- 
tion of  genetic  systems  and  pathways  of  energy  flow.  Three  lecture  periods  and  one 
three-hour  lab.  Prerequisites:  Biology  131,  1 33  or  1 32  and  genetics  21 5. 

351-352.  Field  Biology  (3-5;  3-5).  Environmental  study  trips  throughout  North  America. 
Emphasis  on  ecology  and  community  composition.  Five  week  program  with  approxi- 
mately three  weeks  away  from  campus,  open  by  application  only;  limited  enrollment. 
Prerequsite:  Eight  hours  of  biology. 

369.  Population  Biology  (4).  Biological  phenomena  at  the  population  level.  Emphasis  on 
modern  topics  including  population  genetics,  population  dynamics,  speciation,  social 
behavior,  and  principles  of  systematics.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  four-hour  labo- 
ratory period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  1 31 ,  1 32,  1 33.  To  be  taught  on  demand. 

370.  Comparative  Animal  Physiology  (4).  Comparison  of  animal  groups  (from  protozoa 
to  chordates)  as  to  maintenance  of  life  functions  (e.g.,  energy  metabolism,  osmoregula- 
tion, irritability,  movement,  and  coordination)  in  different  environments  (aquatic,  terres- 
trial, and  aerial).  Three  discussion  periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  131,  133. 

381 .  General  Bacteriology  (4).  Historical  survey;  bacterial  structure,  metabolism,  genetics 
and  taxonomy;  role  of  bacteria  in  disease,  industry,  and  ecology;  common  bacteriologi- 
cal techniques.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite: Biology  131,  132,  133.  Chemistry  232-234  recommended. 

383.  Immunology  and  Virology  (4).  The  physiology,  biochemistry,  and  genetics  of  the  im- 
mune response;  viral  structure,  function,  and  relationship  to  host.  Four  discussion  peri- 
ods. Prerequisites:  Biology  133,  Chemistry  231 . 

391 .  Cellular  Physiology  (4).  Study  of  the  constituents,  properties,  and  activities  of  proto- 
plasm. Three  discussion  periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite: Biology  132  or  133;  Corequisite:  Chemistry  232-234. 

396.  Aquatic  Biology  (4).  Physical  and  biological  structure  of  freshwater  and  marine  eco- 
systems. Emphasis  on  natural  ecosystems  and  aspects  of  human  intervention.  Two  dis- 
cussion periods  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Laboratories  may  include 
collection  and  field  projects  in  nearby  aquatic  habitats.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131 ,  132, 
133.  Recommended:  Biology  245. 

401-402.  Reading  and  Conference  in  Biology  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

415-416.  Special  topics  in  Biology  (1-1).  One  discussion  period  per  week. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected  re- 
search, educational,  governmental,  and  business  institutions.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

491  -492.  Senior  Seminar:  Biological  concepts  and  History  (2-1 ).  Selected  topics  in  the 
history  of  science,  particularly  biology,  emphasizing  the  development  of  an  integrated 
world  view  from  the  standpoint  of  current  science. 


80 


CHEMISTRY 


The  J.  B.  Price  Chair  of  Chemistry 

Professors:  ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chair 

ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.,  Ph.D. 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN,  Ph.D. 

GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL,  Ph.D. 

JIMMIEM.  PURSER,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors:  TIMOTHY  J.  WARD,  Ph.D. 

JOHNNIE-MARIE  WHITFIELD,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  All  majors  take  Chemistry  1 21  -1 22,  1 23-1 24,  231-233,  232- 
234,  251  -253,  334,  491  -492  and  Computer  1 05.  Candidates  for  the  bachelor's  degree  ac- 
credited by  the  American  Chemical  Society  must  have  a  2.5  average  in  chemistry  and  take 
Chemistry  341-343,  354-356,  363-365,  364-366;  Physics  131-132,  151-152,  231;  and 
mathematics  through  integral  calculus.  Two  approved  electives  in  chemistry,  physics,  or 
mathematics  are  required.  German  201-202,  or  reading  knowledge,  is  strongly  recom- 
mended. Other  majors  are  required  to  take  Chemistry  264-266  or  363-365  and  364-366; 
Physics  11 1-1 12  or  131-132  in  addition  to  151-152;  and  two  approved  advanced  electives 
in  the  natural  sciences.  A  grade  below  C  will  not  be  accepted  for  any  of  the  above  courses 
required  of  a  chemistry  major. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  chemistry  with  14  hours  of 
chemistry  in  addition  to  general  chemistry. 
121-122.  General  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3-3).  Atomic  theory,  theory  of  bonding,  kinetic 

theory  of  gases,  chemical  equilibrium,  periodicity,  descriptive  chemistry.  Corequisite: 

Chemistry  123-124. 

123-124.  General  Analytical  Chemistry  (1-1).  Theory  and  applications  of  qualitative  and 
quantitative  techniques  with  emphasis  on  solution  chemistry.  Corequisite:  Chemistry 
121-122. 

231-232.  Organic  Chemistry  (3-3).  Structure,  reactions,  and  theory.  Prerequisite:  Chem- 
istry 1 21  -1 22.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  233-234. 

233-234.  Modern  Methods  in  Organic  Chemistry  (2-2).  Preparation,  separation,  and 
identification  of  organic  compounds.  Use  of  modern  instrumentation.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry  231-232. 

251.  Analytical  Chemistry  I:  Quantitative  Analysis  (3).  Chemical  equilibria,  acid-base 
theory,  oxidation-reduction,  and  an  introduction  into  electrochemical  techniques.  Prereq- 
uisite: Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  253. 

253.  Applications  of  Analytical  Chemistry  (2).  Gravimetric  and  volumetric  methods  are 
presented  in  the  laboratory  with  unknowns  of  acidmetry  and  alkalimetry,  oxidation-re- 
duction, iodimetry,  and  precipitation  methods. 

264.  Principles  of  Physical  Chemistry  (3).  Gas  laws,  properties  of  liquids,  properties  of 
solutions,  thermodynamics,  chemical  kinetics,  catalysis,  electrochemistry,  and  colloidal 
solutions.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  266. 

266.  Principles  of  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  264. 

334.  Organic  Analysis  (2).  Identification  of  organic  compounds  and  mixtures  of  organic 
compounds,  and  classification  of  organic  compounds  according  to  functional  groups. 
Spectral  methods  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-233. 

336.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  (3).  Stereochemistry,  mechanisms,  and  selected  top- 
ics. Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

341 .  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3).  Atomic  structure,  theories  of  chemical  bonding, 
spectrascopy,  the  electronic  basis  of  periodic  classification,  and  inorganic  stereo- 
chemistry. Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122,  Mathematics  263.  Corequisite  or  prerequi- 
site: Chemistry  363. 


81 


343.  Modern  Coordination  Chemistry  (1).  Coordination  chemistry  and  inorganic  reaction 
mechanisms.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  341 . 

354.  Analytical  Chemistry  II:  Instrumental  Analysis  (3).  Absorption  spectrometry,  emis- 
sion spectrometry,  potentiometry,  polargraphy,  differential  thermal  analysis,  and  gas 
phase  chromatography  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  363,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Coreq- 
uisite: Chemistry  356, 

356.  Analytical  Chemistry  II  —  Methods  (1 ).  Practical  applications  of  chemical  instrumen- 
tation. Corequisite:  Chemistry  354. 

363-364.  Physical  Chemistry  (3-3).  Kinetic-molecular  theory,  chemical  thermo- 
dynamics, phase  rule,  chemical  kinetics,  nuclear  chemistry  surface  chemistry,  and  elec- 
trochemistry. Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122;  Mathematics  263.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry  365-366.  Corequisite  or  prerequisite:  Chemistry  251 . 

365-366.  Physio-Chemical  Methods.  (1-1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  363-364. 

372.  Geochemistry  (3).  An  introduction  into  the  application  of  chemical  principles  of  geo- 
logical systems:  carbonate  equilibria,  clay  colloid  chemistry,  Eh-pH  diagrams,  chemical 
weathering,  organic  materials  in  sediments,  and  phase  diagrams.  Prerequisite:  Chemis- 
try 363  or  consent  of  instructor.  (Same  as  Geology  372.)  Offered  on  demand. 

391 .  Molecular  Design  of  Life  (3).  A  study  of  biological  macromolecules:  proteins,  nucleic 
acids,  polysaccharides,  and  complex  lipids.  Topics  will  focus  on  molecular  structure  and 
function  of  globular  and  fibrous  proteins,  nucleic  acids,  and  cellular  membranes.  Prereq- 
uisites: Chemistry  231  -232,  Biology  131. 

392.  Regulation  and  Integration  of  Metabolism  (3).  Basic  concepts  and  design  of  carbo- 
hydrate, amino  acid,  lipid,  and  nucleotide  metabolism.  Focus  will  be  on  key  enzymes  in 
each  metabolic  pathway  to  illustrate  the  energetics  and  the  major  strategies  for  the  regu- 
lation and  integration  of  metabolic  activity.  Prerequisites:  Chemistry  231-232,  Biology 
131. 

393.  Information  Transfer  (3).  DNA  structure,  repair,  and  replication.  RNA  synthesis  and 
splicing.  Protein  synthesis  and  targeting.  Gene  rearrangements  and  recombinations. 
Control  of  gene  expression.  This  course  will  focus  on  the  organic  and  physical  chemical 
aspects  of  information  transfer.  Examples  of  the  methodology  involved  in  the  elucidation 
of  the  mechanisms  of  information  transfer  in  biological  systems  will  be  emphasized.  Pre- 
requisites: Chemistry  391 ,  392. 

395.  Molecular  Design  of  Life  Laboratory  (1).  Experiments  for  this  course  will  focus  on 
the  analysis,  purification,  and  characterization  of  macromolecular  biomolecules.  Co- 
requisite:  Chemistry  391 . 

396.  Regulation  and  Integration  of  Metabolism  Laboratory  (1).  The  experiments  are  de 
signed  to  familiarize  students  with  the  principles  that  relate  to  the  dynamics  and  regula- 
tion of  metabolic  activity  Corequisite:  Chemistry  392. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Approved  students  only. 
405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Approved  students  only 
411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Chemistry  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Approved  students  only 
451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected  re- 
search, educational,  governmental  and  business  institutions.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

491-492.  History  &  Literature  of  Chemistry  (2-2).  Designed  to  review  and  integrate  ba 
sic  chemical  knowledge  in  conjunction  with  an  oral  and  written  presentation  of  scientific 
works.  History  of  chemistry  and  the  proper  use  of  chemical  literature  are  included.  Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry  251  and  264  or  363. 


82 


COMPUTER  STUDIES 


Professors:  ALLEN  D.  BISHOP,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chair 

JIMMIEM.  PURSER,  Ph.D. 
ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professors:  CLOYD  L.  EZELL,  Ph.D. 

THOMAS  E.  PRITCHARD,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professor:  ROBERT  W.  McCARLEY,  IVl.S. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Computer  Studies  majors  must  take  the  following  core  of 
courses:  Computer  140,  182,  210,  240,  250,  proficiency  in  a  second  computer  language 
(excluding  BASIC),  491  and  492.  The  proficiency  in  a  second  language  can  be  satisfied  by 
passing  a  departmental  examination  in  that  language,  or  taking  one  of  the  200  level  lan- 
guage courses  (220,  230  or  245).  In  addition,  they  must  take  21  hours  above  the  computer 
core  which  must  include  a  minimum  of  1 2  hours  of  200  level  or  higher  computer  courses  and 
the  remaining  hours  from  the  following  groups:  Mathematics  335,  346,  351 ,  386,  388,  389; 
Accounting  281,  282,  394;  Administration  333,  334,  338;  Physics  218,  316,  318.  Majors 
are  also  required  to  take  either  Mathematics  1 72  or  336  or  Administration  275  to  meet  the 
departmental  statistics  requirement.  Candidates  for  the  B.S.  degree  must  also  take  Mathe- 
matics 262-263.  A  grade  below  C  will  not  be  accepted  for  any  of  the  above  courses  required 
of  a  computer  studies  major. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  computer  studies  with  12 
hours  of  computer  courses  above  the  degree  requirement.  These  courses  must  include 
Computer  182. 

100.  Introduction  to  Computing  (1).  A  brief  introduction  to  the  timesharing  language  BA- 
SIC. Designed  to  enable  the  student  to  utilize  the  computer  in  several  disciplines. 
105.  Computer  Survival  (3).  Introduction  to  the  use  of  computer  software  and  hardware 
including  an  introduction  to  operating  systems,  editors,  electron  mail,  word  processing, 
spread  sheets  and  online  statistical  packages  available  on  the  campus  network.  The 
course  emphasizes  problem  solving  in  the  utilization  of  computer  resources. 
140.  Introduction  to  Computer  Programming  (3).  Introduction  to  structured  Program 
ming  using  the  language  Pascal.  Emphasizes  program  development  using  top  down  de- 
sign, procedures  and  functions,  assertions  and  clear  documentation.  Prerequisite: 
Computer  1 82  or  consent  of  instuctor. 
182.  Introduction  to  Computer  Science  (3).  Introduction  to  computer  history,  organiza- 
tion and  architecture,  file  structures,  record  I/O,  data  communications,  algorithms,  struc- 
tured programming,  number  systems  and  elementary  data  structures. 
210.  Computer  Organization  and  Machine  Programming  (3).  Discussion  of  fundamen 
tals  of  computer  hardware  organization  and  symbolic  coding  with  assembly  systems. 
Prerequisite:  Computer  182. 
220.  Programming  in  FORTRAN  (3).  FORTRAN  programming  including  software  design 

and  development  techniques.  Prerequisite:  Computer  140  or  consent  of  instructor. 
230.  Computer  Programming  in  C0B0L(3).  Programming  in  COBOL  including  data  ac- 
quisition, file  structure,  table  handling,  and  interactive  processes.  Prerequisite:  Com- 
puter 1 40  or  consent  of  instructor. 
240.  Advanced  Computer  Programming  (3).  Data  abstraction  and  object  oriented  de- 
sign. Use  of  modules  for  information  hiding.  Recursion  and  dynamic  data  allocation.  Pro- 
gram correctness  and  concurrency.  Uses  the  Modula-2  programming  language. 
Prerequisite:  Computer  140. 
245.  Computer  Programming  in  C  (3).  Programming  in  C.  Language  elements,  functions 
and  structure,  data  types,  arrays  and  pointers,  recursion,  and  files.  Prerequisite:  Com- 
puter 1 40  or  consent  of  instructor. 


83 


250.  Data  Structures  (3).  Basic  concepts  of  data,  linear  and  orthogonal  lists,  trees,  repre- 
sentations of  trees  and  graphs,  searching  and  sorting  techniques,  data  structures  in  pro- 
gramming languages  and  organization  of  files.  Examples  and  programming  will  utilize 
the  Pascal  language.  Prerequisites:  Computer  140  and  182. 

274.  Introduction  to  File  Processing  (3).  Introduction  to  file  processing.  Files,  blocking, 
compaction  and  date  bases.  Sequential  and  random  access.  File  I/O  and  data  structures 
Prerequisites:  Computer  1 82,  250  and  230  or  consent  of  instructor. 

312.  Comparison  of  Programming  Languages  (3).  Formal  definition  of  programming 
languages.  Properties  of  languages  including  the  scope  of  declarations,  storage  alloca- 
tions, groupings  of  statements,  binding  time,  subroutines,  coroutines.  List  processing, 
string  manipulation  and  data  descriptions.  Prerequisites:  Computer  182  and  250.  Of- 
fered in  alternate  years. 

342.  Theory  and  Design  of  Operating  Systems  (3).  Multiprogramming  and  multi- 
processing systems.  Mapping  and  binding  of  address.  Storage  management.  Process 
and  resource  control.  Analysis  of  file  structures  and  file  management.  Prerequisites: 
Compute  210  and  250.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

346.  Language  Structures  and  Compiler  Theory  (3).  Techniques  of  compiler  design. 
Scanning  and  parsing  of  languages  described  by  regular  and  context  free  grammar.  Lex- 
ical analysis,  code  generation,  error  recovery  and  optimization  techniques.  Prerequisite: 
Computer  250.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

354.  Computer  Graphics  (3).  Design,  construction  and  utilization  of  interactive  computer 
graphics.  Device  independent  development  of  two  and  three  dimensional  transforma- 
tions, clipping,  windows,  perspective,  hidden  lines  and  modeling.  Graphics  examples 
are  developed  in  REGIS  and  GKS.  Prerequisite:  Computer  182.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

356.  Techniques  of  CBE  (3).  Pedagogical  development  of  Computer  Based  Education. 
Development  tools,  graphics,  use  of  color,  program  evaluation.  Program  development 
and  examples  will  make  use  of  the  DAL  programming  language  as  well  as  REGIS  graph- 
ics. Prerequisite:  Computer  182.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

362.  Data  Communications  (3).  Theoretical  and  practical  factors  in  data  communications 
including  communications  equipment,  communications  codes,  error  effects,  protocols 
and  architecture,  and  network  design.  Prerequisite:  Computer  182. 

374.  Data  Base  Management  (3).  Organization  and  maintenance  of  sequential,  random 
access  and  indexed  sequential  data  base  systems.  Design  of  on-line  file  systems.  Direc- 
tories, hashing,  inverted  files  and  other  data  base  management  techniques.  Prerequi- 
sites: Computer  1 82  and  Computer  230  or  consent  of  instructor. 

382.  Systems  Analysis  and  Design  (4).  Systems  development  life  cycle.  HlPO,  Top- 
Down  approaches,  decision  tables.  Data  collection  and  analysis.  Systems  planning  and 
design.  File  and  data  base  organization.  Computer  system  evaluation  and  selection.  This 
course  has  a  writing  component.  Prerequisite:  Computer  1 82. 

386.  Artificial  Intelligence  (3).  Concepts  and  techniques  of  artificial  intelligence.  Produc- 
tion systems  and  pattern  matching.  Search  strategies  and  heuristics.  Knowledge  repre- 
sentation. Logic.  The  LISP  language  is  utilized  in  this  course.  Prerequisite:  Computer 
250.  Offered  in  atlernate  years. 

388.  Discrete  Structures  (3).  Algebras  and  algorithms.  Lattices  and  Boolean  Algebras. 
Graphs  and  diagraphs.  Monoids  and  groups.  Prerequisites:  Computer  1 40  and  1 82  and 
Math  224  or  226  (Same  as  Math  388).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391 .  Computer  Architecture  (3).  Comparative  architectures.  System  structure  and  evalu- 
ation. Memory  and  process  management.  Resource  allocation,  name  management,  pro- 
tection, and  concurrent  processes.  Prerequisite:  Computer  210.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

41 1-412.  Selected  Topics  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3)  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected  re- 
search, educational,  governmental  and  business  institutions.  This  course  cannot  be  used 
to  meet  the  computer  major  requirments.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chairman. 


84 


491-492.  Seminar  (1-1)  Discussion  of  current  problems  in  computing.  Prerequisite:  con- 
sent of  the  instructor. 


GEOLOGY 


Associate  Professor:  DELBERT  E.  GANN,  Ph.D.,  Chair 

Assistant  Professor:  EDWARD  L.  SCHRADER,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  IVIajor:  Geology  101-1 02,  200,  201 ,  203,  221 ,  250,  304,  and  six  se- 
mester hours  of  field  geology.  The  field  geology,  S471 ,  six  hours,  may  be  taken  at  another 
university.  Majors  must  take  Mathematics  160-161,  Chemistry  121-122  (and  laboratories 
1 23-1 24).  and  Physics  1 31  -1 32  or  Physics  111-112  (and  laboratories  151-1 52).  Additional 
courses  are  suggested  in  mathematics,  chemistry,  computer  studies,  general  biology,  and 
physics.  Natural  Science  201  -202  may  not  be  counted  toward  a  geology  major. 

101 .  Physical  Geology  (4).  The  earth,  the  rocks  which  comprise  its  surface,  erosional  and 
depositional  processes,  volcanism,  deformation,  and  economic  deposits.  One  field  trip. 
Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours. 

102.  Historical  Geology  (4).  The  successive  events  leading  to  the  present  configuration  of 
the  continental  masses,  accounting  for  the  kinds  and  distribution  of  surface  rocks  and 
minerals.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101,  or 
consent  of  department. 

200.  Crystallography  (3),  Unit  cell  dimensions  of  the  crystal lographic  systems  illustrated 
by  mineral  crystals,  laboratory-grown  crystals,  geometric  models,  x-ray  structure,  stereo- 
graphic  projections,  and  goniometric  measurements.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  labora- 
tory hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101 . 

201.  Mineralogy  (4).  Geometrical,  physical  and  chemical  properties,  genesis,  and  atomic 
structures  of  minerals.  Use  is  made  of  a  spectroscope,  density  balances,  and  x-ray 
equipment.  A  valuable  elective  for  chemistry  majors.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  labora- 
tory hours.  Prerequisites:  Geology  200  and  Chemistry  121-122  (and  laboratories)  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

203.  Petrology  (4).  Introduction  to  the  origins,  processes,  occurrences,  associations, 
structures,  compositions,  and  classifications  of  rocks.  The  emphasis  is  on  megascopic 
and  microscopic  identification  of  igneous,  sedimentary,  and  metamorphic  rocks.  Techni- 
cal writing  experiences  will  also  be  explored  culminating  in  the  preparation  of  a  scientific 
grade  term  paper.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology 
1 01  or  consent  of  instructor. 

21 1 .  Geomorphology  (3).  A  more  detailed  treatment  of  land  forms  than  provided  in  Geol- 
ogy 101.  The  physiographic  provinces  and  sections  of  the  United  States  are  studied  sys- 
tematically, but  most  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  coastal  plain.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two 
laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102.  Offered  in  alternate  years  or  on  de- 
mand. 

221 .  Invertebrate  Paleontology  (4).  Classification  and  morphology  of  fossil  invertebrates 
with  reference  to  evolutionary  history  and  environment.  Field  trips  to  collect  the  diagnos- 
tic fossils  in  Mississippi.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geol- 
ogy 1 01  -1 02.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

250.  Principles  of  Stratigraphy/Sedimentation  (4).  Rock  sequences  treated  in  greater 
detail  than  in  Historical  Geology.  Lithologic  and  paleontologic  facies  of  various  parts  of 
the  United  States  and  basic  sedimentological  principles.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  lab- 
oratory hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102. 

301 .  Economic  Geology  (4).  The  chief  economic  rocks  and  minerals  of  the  United  States 
and  other  countries,  with  consideration  of  their  stratigraphy,  genesis,  value,  and  use. 
Three  hours  lecture  and  two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102,  200  and 
201 .  Offered  in  alternate  years  or  on  demand. 


85 


302.  Petroleum  Geology  (3).  The  applications  of  geology  to  the  petroleum  industry,  theo- 
ries on  origin,  problems  in  migration,  oil  traps,  and  occurrences  of  oil  and  gas.  Several 
Mississippi  oil  and  gas  fields  will  be  discussed  in  detail.  Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours 
laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  1 01  -1 02.  Offered  in  alternate  years  or  on  demand. 

304.  Structural  Geology  (4).  Structural  features  of  the  rocks  comprising  the  earth's  crust, 
their  origin,  and  their  relations  to  economic  geology.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  labora- 
tory hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  1 01  -1 02  or  consent  of  instructor. 

31 1 .  Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology  (4).  A  petrologic  study  of  the  megascopic  and 
microscopic  characteristics  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks  and  their  use  in  rock  clas- 
sification. Practice  in  identification  through  the  use  of  hand  specimens  and  thin  sections. 
Two  lecture  hours  and  four  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  200  and  201  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years  or  on  demand. 

321 .  Sedimentary  Petrology  (4).  Unconsolidated  and  consolidated  sedimentary  rocks  as 
determined  by  megascopic  and  microscopic  mineralogy,  x-ray,  spectrochemical  and 
differential  thermal  analyses,  mechanical  analyses,  genesis,  and  classification.  Two  lec- 
ture hour^and  four  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  31 2  or  consent  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Offered  in  alternate  years  or  on  demand. 

372.  Geochemistry  (3).  (Same  as  Chemistry  372.) 

412.  Optical  Mineralogy  (4).  An  introduction  to  the  petrographic  microscope,  especially  to 
the  reflective,  refractive,  and  polarizing  properties  of  light  for  the  identification  of  mineral 
fragments  and  minerals  in  thin  sections.  Two  lecture  hours  and  four  laboratory  hours.  Pre- 
requisite: Geology  200  and  201 . 

S471 .  Field  Geology  (6).  Practical  training  in  the  standard  methods  of  geologic  field  work. 
Prerequisite:  To  be  determined  by  the  university  or  universities  operating  the  course.  Pre- 
requisite: The  probable  equivalent  of  Geology  101,  1 02,  211,  21 2,  and  Geology  200, 
201 ,  and  221 .  Offered  each  summer 

401 .  Special  Problems  (1-3). 

402.  Special  Problems  (1  -3).  Open  to  advanced  students  who  have  individual  problems  in 
the  field  or  in  the  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

403.  Field  Methods  (1).  A  course  designed  to  introduce  field  geology  and  familiarize  geol- 
ogy majors  with  plane  table  and  alidade,  Brunton  compass,  field  mapping  procedures 
for  the  summer  field  program  in  S  471 . 

404.  Directed  Study  (1-3).  Open  only  to  approved  students. 

408.  Geochemistry  and  Pollution  of  Natural  Waters.  Introduction  to  the  geochemical 
processes  and  mechanisms  of  natural  waters  and  the  effects  of  common  forms  of  pollu- 
tion on  the  natural  system.  Pollution  Remediation  Techniques  are  discussed.  Prerequi- 
site: Chemistry  1 22,  Geology  1 01 ,  or  approval  of  instructor. 


MATHEMATICS 


Professor:  ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professor:  KATHLEEN  ANN  DRUDE,  Ph.D.,  Chair 

Assistant  Professors:  ALAN  S.  GRAVES,  Ph.D. 

MARK  J.  LYNCH,  Ph.D. 

HERMAN  L.  McKENZIE,  M.S. 
Instructors:  GAYLA  DANCE,  M.A. 

MARTHAA.  GOSS,  M.A. 
Requirements  for  Major:  In  addition  to  Mathematics  263  and  the  senior  seminar,  a  ma- 
jor is  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  six  three-hour  courses  in  the  300-series  with  a  grade  of  C 
or  better.  Work  in  the  major  field  not  taken  in  residence  must  be  approved  by  the  depart- 
ment. 


86 


Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  mathematics  with  the  mini- 
mum of  three  courses  in  the  300-series  in  addition  to  Mathematics  263. 

103.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  I  (3).  Designed  primarily  for  liberal  arts  majors.  In- 
cludes the  structure  of  the  real  number  system  and  its  subsystems,  measurement,  geom- 
etry, probability,  statistics,  logic,  and  the  Basic  computer  language. 

104.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  II  (3).  A  continuation  of  Mathematics  103,  this  course 
will  also  give  a  review  of  high  school  algebra.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  103. 

140.  College  Algebra  (3).  Algebraic  techniques,  coordinate  geometry,  functions  and  rela- 
tions and  their  graphs,  and  common  logarithms.  A  preparatory  course  for  Mathematics 
1 50  and  1 55.  Credit  is  not  allowed  for  both  Mathematics  1 40  and  Mathematics  1 60.  Pre- 
requisite: high  school  geometry,  second  year  high  school  algebra  or  departmental  ap- 
proval. 

145.  College  Trigonometry  (3).  The  basic  analytic  and  geometric  properties  of  the  trigo- 
nometric functions  are  studied.  A  preparatory  course  for  the  Calculus  sequence.  Credit  is 
not  allowed  for  both  Mathematics  1 45  and  Mathematics  1 60.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics 
1 40  or  departmental  approval. 

1 50.  Finite  Mathematics  (3).  Combinations  and  permutations,  probability  theory,  linear  al- 
gebra, linear  programming,  logic  and  other  topics.  Prerequisite:  Second  year  high  school 
algebra  or  departmental  approval. 

1 55.  Survey  of  Calculus  (3).  Limits,  the  derivative,  applications  of  the  derivative  with  focus 
on  applications  in  business  and  the  social  sciences,  antiderivatives  and  applications  of 
the  antiderivative.  Credit  is  not  allowed  for  both  Mathematics  1 55  and  Mathematics  161 . 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  1 40,  1 50  or  1 60,  or  departmental  approval. 

160.  Precalculus  (4).  The  basic  analytic  and  geometric  properties  of  the  algebraic  and 
trigonometric  functions  with  a  heavy  emphasis  on  the  latter.  A  preparatory  course  for  the 
calculus  sequence.  Students  who  need  a  review  of  algebra  techniques  should  take 
Mathematics  140  and  Mathematics  145  instead  of  Mathematics  160.  Credit  is  not  al- 
lowed for  either  Mathematics  1 40  or  Mathematics  1 45  and  Mathematics  1 60.  Prerequi- 
site: high  school  geometry,  second  year  high  school  algebra  or  department  approval. 

161 .  Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  I  (4).  Limits,  the  derivative,  applications  of  the  de- 
rivative, antiderivatives,  conic  sections.  Credit  is  not  allowed  for  both  Mathematics  155 
and  Mathematics  161.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  160,  140-145  or  departmental  ap- 
proval. 

172.  Elementary  Statistics  (3).  A  course  concerned  with  the  description  of  sample  data, 
elementary  probability,  testing  hypotheses,  correlation,  regression,  the  chi-square  distri- 
bution, and  analysis  of  variance.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  103,  140,  150  or  160. 

262.  Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  II  (4).  Integrals,  applications  of  the  integral,  the  cal- 
culus of  exponential  and  logarithmic  functions,  the  calculus  of  trigonometric  and  inverse 
trigonometric  functions,  techniques  of  integration,  indeterminate  forms  and  improper  in- 
tegrals. Prerequisite:  Mathematics  161  or  departmental  approval. 

263.  Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  III  (4).  A  continuation  of  Mathematics  1 61  -262.  In- 
finite series,  partial  derivatives,  multiple  integrals.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  262. 

325-326.  Advanced  Calculus  I  and  II  (3-3).  Topological  concepts  and  a  rigorous  treat- 
ment of  continuity,  integration,  differentiation,  and  convergence  in  n-dimensional  Euclid- 
ean space.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  263.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

335.  Probability  (3).  The  concept  of  sample  space.  Discrete  and  continuous  probability 
distributions.  Independence  and  conditional  probability.  Characteristics  of  distributions. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  262.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

336.  Mathematical  Statistics  (3).  Distributions  of  discrete  and  continuous  random  varia- 
bles. Moment-generating  functions.  Sampling  distributions  and  parameter  estimation. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  335.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

345.  Abstract  Algebra  (3).  Congruences,  groups,  rings,  ideals,  isomorphisms,  and  homo- 
morphisms,  fields,  equivalence.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  262.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 


87 


346.  Linear  Algebra  (3).  Vector  spaces  and  linear  transformations.  Algebra  of  matrices. 
Systems  of  linear  equations.  Eigenvalues  and  eigenvectors.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics 
262. 

351.  Differential  Equations  (3).  Differential  equations  of  the  first  and  higher  orders,  with 
applications  to  geometry,  physics,  and  mechanics.  Prerequisite;  Mathematics  262. 

352.  Electronic  Analog  Computer  (1).  Linear  components,  time-scale  and  amplitude- 
scale  factors,  non-linear  components,  and  function-generating  techniques.  One  lecture 
period  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  351 . 

361 .  College  Geometry  (3).  A  study  of  advanced  topics  in  Euclidean  geometry  and  an 
introduction  to  non-Euclidean  geometries.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  161 .  Offered  in  al- 
ternate years. 

371.  Introductory  Topology  (3).  Topological  spaces,  metric  spaces,  Hausdorff  spaces, 
compactness,  continuous  mappings.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  263.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

381.  Operations  Research  I  (3).  Linear,  dynamic,  and  integer  programming.  Simplex 
method  and  applications.  Duality,  area  sensitivity  analysis,  and  parametric  program- 
ming. Prerequisite:  Mathematics  346  or  consent  of  instructor. 

382.  Operations  Research  II  (3).  Decision  theory  and  game  theory.  Queueing  theory,  net- 
works and  scheduling  problems.  Simulation,  non-linear  programming.  Prerequisite: 
Mathematics  381  or  consent  of  instructor. 

386.  Numerical  Analysis  (3).  Solution  of  non-linear  equations  and  systems  of  linear  equa- 
tions. Error  analysis.  Numerical  integration  and  differentiation.  Solution  of  differential 
equations.  Interpolation  and  approximation.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  351 ,  and  knowl- 
edge of  a  programming  language  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

388.  Discrete  Structures  (3).  Algebras  and  algorithms.  Lattices  and  Boolean  Algebras, 
Graphs  and  diagraphs.  Monoids  and  groups.  Prerequisites:  Computer  182  and  Mathe- 
matics 262.  (Same  as  Computer  388)  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

389.  Mathematical  Models  (3).  Model  construction,  linear  optimization,  chains,  graphs 
and  networks,  and  growth  processes.  Practical  aspects  of  model  building.  Applications. 
Prerequisites:  Mathematics  262  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391-392.  Selected  Topics  in  Mathematics  (3-3).  Chosen  from  areas  such  as  applied 
mathematics,  number  theory  complex  variables,  foundations  of  mathematics,  and  his- 
tory of  mathematics.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chair. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Reading  and  research  in  advanced  mathemat- 
ics. Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chair. 

491-492.  Seminar  (1  -1 ).  Discussions  of  topics  of  interest. 


PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 

Assistant  Professors:  ROBERT  T.  McADORY,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chair 

ASIFKHANDKER,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Physics  131-132,  151-152,  231,  311-312,  316,  331-332, 
336,  371-372,  491-492,  Mathematics  263,  351 ,  and  an  approved  computer  course.  Pro- 
spective majors  should  take  1 31  -1 32  no  later  than  the  sophomore  year.  Students  who  have 
taken  111-112  may  be  considered  for  the  major  provided  the  mathematics  requirements  are 
met  and  the  consent  of  the  department  chairman  is  obtained.  No  student  may  receive  credit 
for  both  111  and  131  or  for  both  112  and  132. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  physics  with  1 2  hours  of  phys- 
ics courses  beyond  the  degree  requirements.  These  hours  must  derive  from  courses  at  or 
above  the  200  level  and  be  approved  by  the  department  chairman. 

Mathematics  Requirement:  Students  interested  in  maintaining  the  option  of  study  in 
physics  or  related  fields  (e.g.  pre-engineering)  are  urged  to  begin  their  mathematics  course 
work  at  Millsaps  as  early  as  possible  and  at  the  highest  level  possible. 


88 


PHYSICS 

111-112.  General  Physics  (3-3).  Fundamentals  of  mechanics,  heat,  electricity  and  mag- 
netism, optics,  acoustics,  and  atomic  and  nuclear  physics.  Three  lecture  periods  per 
week  A  non-calculus  course  intended  primarily  for  majors  in  the  biological  and  health 
sciences.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  160  or  equivalent.  Corequisite:  Physics  151-152. 

131-132.  Classical  Physics  (4-4).  Mechanics,  heat,  electricity  and  magnetism,  optics 
and  acoustics,  covered  more  rigorously  than  in  111-112  and  making  use  of  elementary 
calculus.  Four  lecture  periods  per  week.  Corequisites:  Physics  1 51  -1 52  and  Calculus. 

151-152.  Physics  Laboratory  (1-1).  Experiments  to  accompany  either  of  the  two  intro- 
ductory physics  courses  listed  above.  One  laboratory  period  per  week.  Corequisite: 
Physics  11 1-1 12  or  131-132. 

200.  Crystallography  (3).  Unit  cell  dimensions  of  the  crystallographic  systems  illustrated 
by  mineral  crystals,  laboratory-grown  crystals,  geometric  models,  x-ray  structure,  stereo- 
graphic  projections,  and  goniometric  measurements.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  labora- 
tory hours.  (Same  as  Geology  200.) 

21 1-212.  Special  Topics  or  Laboratories  in  Physics  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas 
not  covered  in  other  courses  or  laboratories.  Aimed  primarily  at  sophomores  and  juniors 
at  an  intermediate  physics  level.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

231-232.  Modern  Physics  (3-3).  An  introduction  to  quantum  physics  and  the  special  the- 
ory of  relativity  with  applications  to  atoms,  molecules,  solids,  nuclei  and  particles.  Pre- 
requisite: Physics  1 32  or  consent  of  instructor. 

311-312.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  (3-3).  Charges,  currents,  electric  and  magnetic 
fields  in  vacuum  and  in  material  media.  Maxwell's  equations,  and  electromagnetic 
waves.  Prerequisite:  Physics  1 32  or  consent  of  instructor.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  351 . 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

315.  Optics  (3).  Principles  of  physical  optics,  optical  systems,  and  lasers.  Two  lecture  peri- 
ods and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Physics  1 32  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Offered  in  alternate  years. 

316.  Electronics  for  Scientists  (4).  Fundamentals  of  electronic  circuits  and  the  use  of  ba- 
sic laboratory  instruments.  Two  three-hour  lecture/laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site: Physics  1 32  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

318.  Digital  Electronics  (3).  Introduction  to  electronic  processing  of  digitally  coded  infor- 
mation. Includes  binary  arithmetic,  Boolean  algebra,  logic  gates,  storage  elements  and 
sequential  logic,  memory  and  processor  circuits,  microcomputer  organization.  One 
three-hour  lecture/laboratory  plus  two  hours  of  independent  laboratory  work  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  31 6  and  an  introductory  computer  programming  course  or  consent 
of  the  instructor.  (Same  as  Computer  318.) 

331-332.  Classical  Mechanics  (3-3).  The  Newtonian  formulation  of  mechanics,  including 
applications  to  linear,  nonlinear  and  driven  oscillators,  central  forces  and  the  kinematics 
of  two-particle  collisions,  the  Lagrangian  formulation  of  mechanics  and  the  theory  of  ro- 
tating frames  of  reference  and  systems.  Prerequisites:  Physics  1 32  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Corequisite:  Mathematics  351 .  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

336.  Thermal  Physics  (3).  An  introduction  to  equilibrium  statistical  mechanics  with  impli- 
cations for  thermodynamics  and  the  kinetic  theory  of  gases.  Prerequisite:  Physics  231  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

342.  Quantum  Mechanics  (3).  Wave  packets  and  the  Schrodinger  equation.  Axiomatic 
formulation  of  quantum  mechanics.  Operator  methods  in  quantum  mechanics.  Matrices 
and  spin.  The  emphasis  will  be  on  the  mathematical  formalism  rather  than  the  philosoph- 
ical implications. 

371-372.  Advanced  Physics  Laboratory  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Experimental  or  theoretical 
laboratory  involving  nonlinear  systems,  optics,  and  other  topics.  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor. 

401-402.  Special  Problems  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  The  student  may  begin  to  study  topics  of 
interest  through  readings  and  research.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 


89 


403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  The  student  may  continue  to  study 
topics  of  interest  tlirough  readings  and  research.  Prerequisite:  Physics  401  -402  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor. 

41 1-412.  Special  Topics  or  Laboratories  in  Physics  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas 
not  covered  in  other  courses  or  laboratories.  Aimed  primarily  at  juniors  and  seniors  at  the 
intermediate  or  advanced  physics  level.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected  re- 
search, educational,  governmental  and  business  institutions.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

491-492.  Seminar  (1  to  2  —  1  to  2).  Designed  to  review  and  integrate  basic  physics  knowl- 
edge in  conjunction  with  an  oral  and  written  presentation  of  scientific  work.  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  the  instructor. 

ASTRONOMY 

101-102.  General  Astronomy  (4-4).  A  study  of  the  earth,  moon,  time,  the  constellations, 
the  solar  system,  the  planets,  comets,  meteors,  the  sun,  the  development  of  the  solar  sys- 
tem, and  the  sidereal  universe.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  observatory  period. 

301-302.  Practical  Astronomy  (3-3).  Spherical  astronomy  and  the  theory  of  astronomical 
instruments  with  exercises  in  making  and  reducing  observations.  One  lecture  and  one 
double  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Astronomy  1 01  -1 02  and  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Offered  on  demand. 

Special  courses  and  opportunities  for  independent  study  or  research  in  astronomy  will 
be  offered  under  the  appropriate  physics  course  number. 


90 


Social  and 
Behavioral  Sciences 

EDUCATION 

Professor:  JAMES  A.  MONTGOMERY,  Ed.D. 

Associate  Professors:  JEANNE  MIDDLETON  FORSYTHE,  Ed.D.,  Chair 

MARY  ANN  EDGE,  Ed.D. 
MARLYS  T.  VAUGHN,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professor:  THOMAS  L.  RANAGER,  M.Ed. 

CONNIE  SCHIMMEL,  Ph.D. 
Requirements  for  the  Elementary  Education  major:  ED  205,  215,  300,  305,  310, 
315,  320,  335,  340,  345.  350,  400,  480,  and  HPE  315  or  335,  plus  6  elective  hours  ap- 
proved by  the  Department  Chair. 

Requirements  for  Secondary  Education  majors  in  Science  or  Math:  ED  21 0,  21 5, 
300,  325,  335.  340,  350.  400,  490,  plus  the  courses  required  in  each  discipline.  See  the 
Chair  of  the  Department  of  Education  for  exact  course  requirements. 

Students  who  do  not  wish  to  major  in  Education  but  do  wish  to  pursue  teacher  certifica- 
tion in  Art,  Bible,  English,  Foreign  Language,  Math,  Music,  Science,  or  Social  Studies  should 
see  the  Chair  of  the  Department  of  Education. 

205.  Child  Development  (3).  A  study  of  the  theories,  principles,  and  characteristics  of  hu- 
man development  from  conception  to  the  period  of  adolescence. 

210.  Adolescent  Development  (3).  A  study  of  the  theories,  principles,  and  characteristics 
of  human  development  from  pre-adolescence  to  adulthood. 

220.  Current  Issues  in  Education  (3).  A  survey  of  the  major  issues  currently  influencing 
the  practice  of  education  at  the  local,  state,  national,  and  international  level. 

230-231 .  ASL/Deaf  Culture  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  deaf  community  and  beginning  sign  lan- 
guage skills  in  American  Sign  Language.  The  different  sign  methods,  the  linguistic  struc- 
ture of  ASL,  the  experience  of  deaf  people  throughout  history,  and  the  impact  and 
importance  of  ASL  and  deaf  culture  are  addressed. 

300.  Foundations  of  Education  (3).  An  overview  of  the  foundations  of  (American)  educa- 
tion, covering  issues  and  policies  related  to  the  history  and  philosophy  of  education,  the 
political,  economic,  and  social  dimensions  of  education,  school  law  and  finance,  curricu- 
lum and  instruction,  and  the  teaching  profession.  The  Mississippi  Teacher  Assessment 
Instrument  (MTAI)  is  also  introduced .  Prerequisite;  Junior  status  or  consent  of  the  Depart- 
ment Chair. 

305.  Elementary  Classroom  Methods  and  Management  (3).  A  field  based  study  of  the 
instructional  methods  and  materials  appropriate  for  use  at  the  elementary  school  level, 
with  emphasis  on  developing  self-discipline  in  the  classroom,  effective  classroom  man- 
agement, and  mastery  of  the  MTAI .  A  part  of  the  Elementary  Instructional  Semester.  Pre- 
requisite: Junior  status. 

310.  Math  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  A  study  of  the  structure  of  the  number  system, 
including  the  vocabulary  and  concepts  of  sets,  algebra,  and  geometry  appropriate  for  the 
elementary  school  level.  A  part  of  the  Elementary  Instructional  Semester.  Prerequisite: 
Junior  status. 

315  Language  Arts  and  Literature  (3).  Speaking,  writing,  and  listening  with  special  em- 
phasis on  linguistics.  A  part  of  the  Elementary  Instructional  Semester.  Prerequisite:  Jun- 
ior status. 


91 


320.  Reading  in  the  Elementary  Scliool  (6).  A  comprehensive  study  of  the  components 
of  the  reading  process  with  emphasis  on  the  teaching  skills  and  instructional  methods 
appropriate  to  the  cognitive  and  psychological  levels  of  elementary  school  students.  Pre- 
requisite: Elementary  Instructional  Semester. 

325.  Secondary  Classroom  Methods  and  Management  (6).  A  field-based  study  of  the 
instructional  methods  and  materials  appropriate  for  use  at  the  secondary  school  level, 
with  emphasis  on  developing  self-discipline  in  the  classroom,  effective  classroom  man- 
agement, and  mastery  of  the  MTAI.  A  part  of  the  Secondary  Instructional  Semester.  Pre- 
requisite: Junior  status. 

335.  Measurement  and  Evaluation  (3).  A  study  of  the  methods  used  in  the  evaluation  of 
student  learning,  including  the  construction  and  use  of  the  classroom  test,  standardized 
tests,  test  terminology,  and  the  administering,  scoring,  tabulation,  and  interpretation  of 
test  data.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

340.  Educational  Psychology  (3).  The  application  of  psychology  to  the  process  of  teach- 
ing and  learning.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

345.  Early  Childhood  Education  (2).  A  study  of  the  cognitive,  affective,  and  psychomotor 
characteristics  of  the  preschool  child,  and  the  design  of  the  school  curriculum  to  meet  the 
developmental  needs  of  the  preschool  child.  A  part  of  the  Elementary  Instructional  Se- 
mester. Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

350.  Survey  of  the  Exceptional  Child  (3).  A  study  of  the  exceptional  child  with  emphasis 
on  identification,  diagnosis,  and  etiology.  Includes  objectives,  organization,  and  adminis- 
tration of  special  education  courses.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

365.  Philosophy  of  Education  (3).  A  critical  study  of  the  essential  nature  of  education  with 
emphasis  on  the  aims,  method,  and  the  place  of  human  values  in  education.  Same  as 
Philosophy  365. 

400.  Seminar  on  Education  (3).  The  study  of  the  history,  philosophy,  and  sociology  of  edu- 
cation with  emphasis  on  current  research  and  educational  policy.  Extensive  reading  and 
writing  required.  Prerequisite:  Instructional  Semester,  or  consent  of  department  chair. 

401 .  Special  Topics  (1-3).  A  course  designed  by  the  student  and  professor  to  give  the  stu- 
dent the  opportunity  to  research  topics  of  special  interest.  Prerequisite:  Instructional  Se- 
mester and  consent  of  the  professor. 

41 0.  Reading  Diagnosis  and  Remediation  (3).  A  study  of  the  diagnostic  techniques  avail- 
able to  identify  weakness  in  specific  reading  skills,  and  emphasis  on  remediation  proce- 
dures. There  is  also  emphasis  on  diagnostic  tests  and  testing  techniques.  Prerequisite: 
Instructional  Semester  and  ED  320  or  330. 

415.  Content  Area  Practicum  (1  -3).  A  course  designed  to  give  the  student  the  opportunity 
to  experiment  with  methods  and  theories  of  teaching  and  learning  as  they  apply  to  a  par- 
ticular content  area.  The  practicum  combines  school-based  experience  with  consulta- 
tion and  supervision  by  education  faculty  and  subject  area  faculty.  The  student  may 
select  the  content  area  from  the  following:  reading,  math,  science,  social  studies,  art, 
music,  or  foreign  language.  The  course  may  be  repeated.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

420.  Education  of  the  Gifted  (3).  A  study  of  the  social,  emotional,  physical,  and  intellec- 
tual characterisitcs  of  the  gifted,  including  methods  of  identifying  the  gifted  child.  Prereq- 
uisite: Instructional  Semester. 

425.  Methods  and  Materials  for  Gifted  Education  (3).  A  study  of  instructional  methods 
and  materials  most  useful  for  teaching  the  gifted.  Prerequisite:  Instructional  Semester. 

430.  Methods  and  Materials  for  Early  Childhood  Education  (3).  A  study  of  instructional 
methods  and  materials  most  useful  for  teaching  the  preschool  child.  Prerequisite:  Instruc- 
tional Semester. 

450.  Mississippi  Education  Update  (3).  A  course  designed  for  those  educators  who  have 
been  out  of  service  for  more  than  five  years  and  who  wish  to  have  their  teacher  certifica- 
tion reinstated,  The  course  follows  the  curriculum  specified  by  the  Commission  on  Certi- 
fication, Mississippi  State  Department  of  Education. 

480.  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School  (12).  Observation,  participation,  and 
student  teaching  at  the  elementary  school  (K-8)  all  day  for  twelve  weeks.  Prerequisite:  El- 
ementary Instructional  Semester,  ED  300,  335,  and  340. 


92 


490.  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (12).  Observation,  participation,  and  student 
teaching  at  the  high  school  (7-12)  all  day  for  twelve  weeks.  Prerequisite:  Secondary  In- 
structional Semester,  ED  300,  335,  and  340. 

511-512.  Selected  Topics  (3-3).  Teaching  Advanced  Placement  Biology,  Calculus,  En- 
glish, or  History. 

HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 
Activity  Courses 

A105-A106  Archery  (1-1) 

A1 07-A1 08  Weight  Training  for  Men  (1  -1 ) 

A1 09-A1 1 0  Weight  Training  for  Women  (1  -1 ) 

A1 11 -All 2  Karate  (1-1) 

A115-A116  Fencing  (1-1) 

A117-A118  Aerobics  (1-1) 

A119-A120  Dance  (1-1) 

A121-A122  Basketball  (1-1) 

A1 23-A1 24  Basic  Gymnastics 

A201-A202  Golf  (1-1) 

A211-A212  Bowling  (1-1) 

A221-A222  Tennis  (1-1) 

Varsity  Athletics 

A1 30  (First  Year),  A230  (Second  Year),  A330  (Third  Year),  A430  (Fourth  Year).  Varsity 
Golf.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in  varsity  golf. 

A140-A141  (First  Year),  A240-A241  (Second  Year),  A340-A341  (Third  Year),  A440- 
A441  (Fourth  Year).  Varsity  Football.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in  varsity  foot- 
ball. 

A150-A151  (First  Year),  A250-A251  (Second  Year),  A350-A351  (Third  Year).  A450- 
A451  (Fourth  Year).  Varsity  Baseball.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in  varsity 
baseball. 

A160-A161  (First  Year),  A260-A261  (Second  Year),  A360-A361  (Third  Year),  A460- 
A461  (Fourth  Year).  Varsity  Tennis.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in  varsity  ten- 
nis. 

A170-A171  (First  Year),  A270-A271  (Second  Year),  A370-A371  (Third  Year),  A470- 
A471  (Fourth  Year).  Varsity  Basketball.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in  varsity 
basketball. 

A181  (First  Year),  A281  (Second  Year),  A381 ,  (Third  Year),  A481  (Fourth  Year).  Var 
sity  Cross  Country.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in  varsity  cross  country. 

A190-A191  (First  Year),  A290-A291  (Second  Year),  A390-A391  (Third  Year),  A490- 
A491  (Fourth  Year).  Varsity  Soccer.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in  varsity  soc- 
cer. 

Academic  Courses 

21 5.  Foundations  of  Physical  Education  (3).  A  review  of  the  foundations  of  modern  phys- 
ical education  derived  from  its  principles,  philosophy,  and  history. 

315.  First  Aid  (3).  A  study  of  first  aid  to  include  safety  skills  and  the  appropriate  techniques 
of  immediate  and  temporary  care  which  should  be  administered  in  the  event  of  injury  or 
sudden  illness. 

320.  Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Health  (3).  A  study  of  the  characteristics  of 
the  secondary  student,  with  emphasis  on  activities  suited  to  the  mental  and  physical 
needs  of  this  age  and  the  equipment  and  facilities  required  for  a  well-rounded  program.  A 
part  of  the  HPE  Instructional  Semester. 


93 


325.  Consumer  Health  (3).  A  study  of  personal  health  and  the  care  of  the  body,  including 
food,  sanitation,  diseases  and  contagion,  vitamins,  and  hormones.  Prerequisite:  Junior 
status. 

330.  Motor  Development  and  Movement  Education  (3).  A  study  of  how  the  body  moves 
and  what  the  body  can  do  as  applicable  to  children  in  grades  K-6.  Ways  to  recognize  the 
stages  of  motor  development  in  children  and  the  preparation  of  activities  for  skills  acquisi- 
tion will  be  emphasized.  Offered  in  alternate  years.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

335.  Physical  Education  for  the  Elementary  Grades  (3).  A  study  of  the  characteristics  of 
the  elementary  school  child,  with  emphasis  on  activities  suited  to  the  mental  and  physi- 
cal needs  of  this  age  and  the  equipment  and  facilities  required  for  a  well-rounded  pro- 
gram. Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

340-341 .  Teaching  Individual  and  Team  Sports  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  rules  and  regula- 
tions of  different  sports,  including  the  opportunity  to  supervise  instruction  of  each  sport.  A 
student  not  majoring  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  may  enroll  in  the  activity-hour  of 
this  course  alone. 

345.  CoacHing  and  Officiating  of  Football  (3). 

350.  Coaching  and  Officiating  of  Basketball  (3). 

355.  Rhythms  (3).  A  study  of  the  scope,  content,  and  methodology  of  the  rhythms  and 
dance  program.  Emphasis  is  on  the  creative  and  aesthetic  values  therein,  and  the  inte- 
gration and  coordination  with  the  other  arts  in  the  school  curriculum  (K-1 2).  Prerequisite: 
Junior  status.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

360.  Physical  Education  for  the  Exceptional  Child  (3).  A  study  of  the  concept  and  devel- 
opment of  physical  education  programs  for  the  exceptional  child.  Offered  in  alternate 
years.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

365.  Principles  of  Athletic  Administration  (3).  Analysis  of  the  administration  of  physical 
education  programs  at  the  elementary  and  secondary  levels.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

370.  Institutional  and  Community  Recreation  (3).  Techniques  and  theories  of  directing 
church  and  other  institutional  and  community  recreation  programs,  with  special  empha- 
sis on  designing  programs  for  all  age  groups. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


Associate  Professor:  JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS,  J.D.,  Chair 

Assistant  Professor:  IREN  OMO-BARE,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Political  Science  101 ,  102,  201 ,  202,  271 ,  341 ,  342,  351 , 
352  and  491 .  Computer  Studies  105  is  strongly  recommended.  Majors  must  have  a  2.50 
average  in  political  science  course  work. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  political  science  with  a  mini- 
mum of  1 8  semester  hour  from  the  following  courses:  Political  Science  1 01  and  1 02,  either 
201  or  202,  either  261  or  341,  and  two  courses  from  112,311,351-352. 

Special  Programs:  In  conjunction  with  American  University,  students  may  enroll  in  the 
Wasfiington  Semester.  For  further  information  see  the  section  on  Special  Programs. 

1 01 .  American  Government  I  (3).  A  systems  analysis  of  our  national  political  environment, 
inputs,  and  decision-making  agencies,  involving  study  of  federalism,  political  parties, 
Congress,  the  Presidency  and  the  judiciary. 

1 02.  American  Government  II  (3).  Output  analysis  of  civil  liberties  and  national  fiscal,  reg- 
ulatory, grant-in-aid,  social,  defense,  and  foreign  policies. 

112.  State  and  Local  Government  (3).  Urban  democratic  theory,  community  power  anal- 
ysis, and  institutions  and  policies.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

115.  Mississippi  Civil  Rights  and  Politics  Since  1950.  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

201 .  Political  Theory  I  (3).  Classical  theory  from  the  Greeks  through  the  Protestant  Refor- 
mation. 


94 


202.  Political  Theory  II  (3).  Hobbes,  Locke,  and  Rousseau  through  the  early  Twentieth 
Century  political  philosophers. 

261.  International  Relations  (3).  Issues,  strategies,  and  theories  of  international  politics 
including  the  concepts  of  national  interest  and  national  defense,  imperialism,  balance  of 
power,  economics,  and  international  cooperation.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

262.  U.S.  Foreign  Policy  (3).  Including  diplomatic,  military  and  economic  aspects  devel- 
oped within  the  context  of  current  issues.  Offered  In  alternate  years. 

265.  U.S.  Diplomatic  History  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

271 .  Scope  and  Methods  (4).  The  nature  of  the  discipline,  library  research  techniques  and 

utilization  of  statistics  in  political  science. 
311.  American  Political  Parties  (3).  Functions,  organization,  nominations,  campaigns, 

and  voting  rights  and  behavior,  with  attention  to  Mississippi  politics.  Offered  In  alternate 

years. 
338.  Public  Administration  (3).  Theory  and  application  of  planning,  organizing,  staffing, 

directing,  coordinating,  reporting  and  budgeting  in  public  agencies.  Offered  in  alternate 

years. 

341 .  Comparative  Government  I  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the  politi- 
cal cultures  and  institutions  of  Great  Britain,  France,  and  West  Germany  Prerequisite:  Po- 
litical Science  101. 

342.  Comparative  Government  II  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the  politi- 
cal cultures  and  institutions  of  the  Soviet  Union  and  other  nations.  Prerequisite:  Political 
Science  341. 

351.  Courts  and  the  Constitution  I  (3).  Constitutional  politics,  the  judicial  process,  court 
operation,  and  constitutional  relationships  among  the  three  branches  of  government. 
Prerequisite:  Political  Science  101  and  271 . 

352.  Courts  and  the  Constitution  II  (3).  Equal  protection,  criminal  due  process,  and  first 
amendment  freedoms.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  351 . 

364.  International  Law  and  Organization  (3).  World  order  in  a  legal  setting.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3). 

41 1-412,  Special  Topics  Course  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3). 

453-454.  Constitutional  Liberties  Internship  (3).  Placement  with  a  law  firm  or  govern- 
ment agency  to  work  as  an  aide.  Prerequisites:  Political  Science  351  and  352. 

456.  Public  Administration  Internship  (3).  Placement  with  a  federal,  state,  or  local  gov- 
ernment office  to  work  at  the  middle  management  level.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science 
338. 

491.  The  Senior  Seminar:  Modern  Theory  (2).  Reading,  reports,  and  discussion  on  the 
state  of  the  discipline  of  political  science.  Includes  contributions  by  other  disciplines  to 
politics. 

492.  Advanced  American  Government  (3).  Seminar  for  senior  majors. 


PSYCHOLOGY 


I 


Professor:  EDMOND  R.  VENATOR,  Ph.D.,  Chair 

Assistant  Professor:  STEPHEN  T.  BLACK,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  26  semester  hours  in  the  department.  Required 
courses  are  202,  either  203  or  204,  21 3  or  231 ,  and  305,  306,  314,315,  and  491  -492. 
Under  unusual  circumstances  students  may  substitute  an  elective  course  for  a  required 
course  if  they  pass  an  examination  on  the  subject  matter  covered  by  the  required  course. 


95 


This  special  examination  will  be  administered  by  the  department  chairman  and  must  be 
passed  before  the  student  is  eligible  to  take  the  comprehensive  examination.  The  student 
successfully  taking  this  special  examination  will  receive  no  additional  course  credit  toward 
the  degree. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  psychology  with  any  12  se- 
mester hours  beyond  Psychology  202  and  approval  of  the  department  chairman. 

Requirements  for  combined  major  in  Psychology-Sociology:  A  minimum  of  41  se- 
mester hours  in  the  two  departments.  A  combined  major  in  Psychology  and  Sociology,  with 
a  concentration  in  Psychology,  requires  completion  of  the  following  courses:  Psychology 
202,  203,  204,  206,  213,  305,  306,  314,31 5,  491 ;  Sociology  1 01 ,  221 ,  371 ,  493.  An  in- 
ternship in  the  area  of  the  student's  interest  is  strongly  recommended. 

202.  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3).  Methods  of  studying  behavior  in  the  areas  of  learn- 
ing, intelligence,  maturation,  personality,  emotions,  and  perception.  Not  generally  rec- 
ommended for  freshmen. 

203.  Abnormal  Psychology  (3).  Considers  man's  deviations  from  the  normal,  environ- 
mental Correlates  of  such  deviations,  and  corrective  procedures.  Prerequisite:  Psychol- 
ogy 202. 

204.  Theories  of  Personality  (3).  Consideration  of  the  whole  spectrum  of  personality  the- 
ories, including  Freudian,  humanistic,  existential,  and  behavioristic  models.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology  202. 

206.  Social  Psychology  (3).  Principles  of  communication,  group  interaction,  and  human 
relations.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

208.  Psychology  of  Behavioral  Change  (1).  Ideas,  principles,  and  techniques  of  behav- 
ioral change,  especially  self-change,  will  be  explored.  Students  will  make  a  close  obser- 
vation of  their  lives  and  life  priorities,  and  will  conduct  systematic  self-change 
(self-control)  projects.  Consent  of  instructor. 

212.  History  and  Systems  (3).  Emphasis  on  the  outstanding  systems  of  psychological 
thought  as  exemplified  by  both  past  and  contemporary  men  in  the  field.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology  202. 

213.  Psychology  of  Motivation  (3).  Emphasizes  the  initiation  of  a  sequence  of  behavior, 
including  its  energization,  selection,  and  direction.  Examines  both  theory  and  research 
findings  involving  biological  and  social  controls  of  behavior.  Prerequisite:  Psychology 
202.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

214.  Developmental  Psychology  (3).  Emphasizes  development  across  the  life-span.  Spe- 
cial attention  is  paid  to  interactionist  perspectives  that  integrate  physical,  cognitive,  and 
psycho-social  age-related  changes  throughout  the  life-cycle. 

220.  Cognitive  Processes  (3).  An  examination  of  the  processes  of  thinking,  reasoning, 
problem  solving,  concept  formation,  memory,  hypnosis,  and  parapsychology.  Prerequi- 
site: Psychology  202. 

231.  Perception  (3).  Perceptual  phenomena  and  the  theories  which  have  been  con- 
structed to  explain  them.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

305.  Experimental  Psychology  I  (4).  Statistics  for  the  behavioral  sciences,  with  emphasis 
on  inferential  techniques  and  interpretation  of  data.  Laboratory  emphasizes  computer 
analysis  of  data  and  introduction  to  techniques  of  psychological  research,  including  litera- 
ture search  and  review,  design,  and  writing.  Required  lab.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

306.  Experimental  Psychology  II  (4).  Introduction  to  philosophy  of  science;  principles 
and  problems  in  the  design  of  experiments;  interpretation  of  experimental  research;  and 
technical  writing.  Content  areas  include  psychophysics,  scaling  and  sensory  systems. 
Required  lab.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  305. 

307.  Physiological  Psychology  (4).  The  neuroanatomical  correlates  and  physiological 
processes  underlying  psychological  activity,  including  physiological  factors  in  learning, 
emotion,  motivation,  and  perception.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

312.  Operant  Conditioning  Laboratory  (1).  Experience  with  the  techniques  of  operant 
conditioning.  Student  will  work  one  on  one  with  a  rat  and  explore  several  schedules  of 
reinforcement.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202  and  consent  of  instructor. 


96 


314.  Learning  (3).  Human  verbal  learning,  memory  and  transfer.  Principles  and  theories  of 
respondent  and  operant  conditioning  and  tfieir  interactions.  Prerequisite:  Psychology 
202. 

315.  Psychological  Tests  and  Measurements  (3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202  and  Psy 
chology  305. 

316.  Basic  Circuitry  and  Instrumentation  in  Behavioral  Research  (1).  Research  appli- 
cations of  equipment  in  common  use  in  psychology  laboratories.  The  student  will  devise 
and  construct  simple  circuitry.  Consent  of  instructor. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instruc 
tor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics.  (1  to  3  -  1  to3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

453-454.  Teaching  Practicum  (3).  As  a  member  of  a  teaching  team,  the  student  will  attend 
all  classes  of  the  introductory  Psychology  course  and  will  lead  a  tutorial  group  composed 
of  a  portion  of  the  students  enrolled  in  the  same  introductory  course.  Prerequisite:  selec- 
tion by  instructor. 

491-492.  Seminar  (1  —2).  Reading  of  selected  books  and  articles  as  a  basis  for  critical 
classroom  discussion.  [Prerequisite:  Psychology  305-306. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

Associate  Professors:  ALLEN  SCARBORO,  Ph.D.,  Chair 

FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER,  M.S. 
Assistant  Professors:  GEORGE  BEY,  Ph.D. 

HAMMED  SHAHIDIAN,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  27  semester  hours  in  the  department.  Required 
courses  are  1 01 ,  1 51 ,  281 ,  282,  371 ,  492,  493  and  any  other  two  courses  offered  by  the 
department.  Majors  are  encouraged  to  take  281  and  282  in  their  sophomore  or  junior  years; 
492  and  493  in  their  junior  or  senior  years. 

Requirement  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  sociology  with  1 5  hours  in  the 
department,  including  101 ,  or  a  minor  in  sociology-anthropology  with  15  hours  in  the  de- 
partment, including  101,  151,  and  two  other  courses  in  anthropology. 

Requirements  for  combined  major  in  Sociology-Psychology:  A  minimum  of  41  se 
mester  hours  in  the  two  departments.  A  combined  major  in  Sociology  and  Psychology,  with 
a  concentration  in  Sociology,  requires  completion  of  the  following  courses:  Sociology  101 , 
1 51 ,  206,  221 ,  281 ,  282,  371 ,  492,  493,  451 ,  or  452,  and  Psychology  202,  203,  213,  and 
315. 

SOCIOLOGY 

101 .  Introduction  to  Sociology  (3). 

1 02.  Social  Problems  (3).  Survey  of  social  problems  such  as  overpopulation,  war,  poverty, 
and  deviance. 

203.  Non-Western  Societies:  Selected  Cases  (3).  A  survey  of  the  people,  society,  and 

culture  of  selected  national  societies. 
206.  Social  Psychology  (3).  Same  as  Psychology  206. 
221 .  Introduction  to  Social  Work  (3).  Explores  purpose,  techniques,  and  organization  of 

the  profession.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  consent  of  instructor. 
240.  Minority  Group  Relations  in  American  Society  (3).  Sociological  theory  and  re 

search  on  racial  and  ethnic  groups  in  the  U.S.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 


97 


241-242.  Afro-American  Experience  (3-3).  Deals  with  the  historic  and  contemporary  ex- 
perience of  black  people  in  America.  The  first  semester  covers  the  period  up  to  1915. 
The  second  semester  covers  the  period  from  1 91 5  to  the  present.  Same  as  History  241  - 
242.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

281 .  IVIethods  and  Statistics  I  (3).  Introduction  to  philosophy  of  science,  ethical  issues  in 
social  research,  basic  methods  of  data-gathering,  qualitative  analysis,  descriptive  statis- 
tics. Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  equivalent. 

282.  Methods  and  Statistics  II  (3).  Advanced  data  analysis,  methods  of  data  presentation 
and  introduction  to  computer  data  management  and  analysis.  Prerequisite:  Sociology 
281, 

301 .  Marriage  and  the  Family  (3).  Emphasis  on  changing  roles  of  men  and  women  and 
patterns  of  child  rearing  in  contemporary  society. 

305.  Sociology  of  Religion  (3).  Theories  and  studies  on  the  origin,  nature,  and  institutional 
structure  of  religion.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  1 01 . 

321 .  Urbar\ Sociology  (3).  Theory  and  research  on  the  city  and  the  problems  of  urban  life. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  1 01 .  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

332.  Social  Movements  (3).  The  study  of  both  reform  movements  and  revolutions,  their 
causes  and  effects.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  1 01  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

341 .  Social  Factors  in  Health  (3).  Doctor/patient  relationships,  organization  of  health  in 
the  United  States  and  other  societies,  the  effect  of  social  variables  on  health  and  illness. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

361.  Human  Ecology  (3).  Research  and  theory  interpreting  cultural  evolution  in  terms  of 
interaction  between  populations  and  environments.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  1 01 ,  or  1 51 , 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

371 .  Class,  Sex  and  Race:  Social  Stratification  (3).  Theories  and  empirical  findings  per 
taining  to  social  stratification.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101 . 

381 .  Death  and  Grief  (3).  Stages  of  dying,  relationships  of  patients  to  family  and  medical 
staff,  ethical  issues  surrounding  death,  stages  of  grief  and  functions  of  rituals.  Prerequi- 
site: junior  or  senior  standing. 

391.  Sociology  of  Deviance  (3).  Crime,  delinquency,  abortion,  homosexuality,  drug  use, 
alcoholism,  prostitution,  and  other  forms  of  deviance,  viewed  from  a  non-moralistic,  soci- 
ological perspective.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed  and 
conducted  independently  by  a  junior  or  senior  major,  with  report  due  at  end  of  semester. 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Inquiry  by  a  junior  or  senior  major  capable 
of  independent  work  with  minimum  of  supervision.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

41 1-412.  Special  Topics  in  Sociology  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  normally 
covered  in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest  to  students. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  for  majors  work- 
ing with  selected  organizations  engaged  in  social  research,  social  work,  and  community 
organization.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

492.  Seminar  in  Sociological  Theory  I  (4).  Historical  approach  to  theoretical  development 
in  sociology,  focusing  on  European  school,  social  reformers,  and  symbolic  interaction- 
ists.  For  juniors  or  seniors. 

493.  Seminar  in  Sociological  Theory  II  (3).  Modern  sociological  theory,  ranging  from 
functionalism  to  conflict  theory  and  phenomenology.  Opportunities  to  integrate  and  ex- 
pand upon  current  sociological  knowledge.  For  juniors  or  seniors. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

1 51 .  Introduction  to  Anthropology  (3).  Basic  concepts  and  approaches  to  anthropology, 

archaeology,  and  particularly  cultural  and  social  patterns  of  preliterate  peoples. 
401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 


98 


403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed  by  a 
junior  or  senior,  and  conducted  independently  by  outstanding  student.  Research  report 
due  at  the  end  of  the  semester.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Readings  in  an  area  of  special  interest  to 
the  junior  or  senior  major  capable  of  highly  independent  work  with  supervision.  Report 
due  at  end  of  semester.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Anthropology  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  covered 
in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest  to  students. 


99 


Charles  W,  and 

Eloise  T,  Else 

School  of  Management 

The  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  Jr.  Chair  of  Business  Administration 

The  J.  Army  Brown  Chair  of  Business  Administration 

The  Dan  White  Chair  of  Economics 

The  Selby  and  Richard  D.  McRae  Chair  of  Business  Administration 

The  Kelly  Gene  Cook,  Sr.  Endowed  Chair  of  Business  Administration 

Professors:*  JERRY  D.  WHITT,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ,  Ph.D. 

CARL  A.  BROOKING,  Ph.D. 

WILLIAM  A.  HAILEY,  D.B.A.,  C.Q.E. 

GEORGE  M.  HARMON,  D.B.A. 

WALTER  R  NEELY,  Ph.D,  C.F.A. 

EDWARD  J.  RYAN,  JR.,  D.B.A. 

SUE  Y.  WHITT,  Ph.D.,  C.RA.,  C.M.A. 
Associate  Professors:  M.  RAY  GRUBBS,  Ph.D. 

SHIRLEY  F.  OLSON,  D.B.A. 

HUGH  J.  PARKER,  Ph.D.,  C.RA. 

PETERC.  WARD,  J.D. 

STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS,  M.A.,  C.RA. 
Assistant  Professors:  AJAY  K.  AGGARWAL,  M.B.A. 

BILLM.  BRISTER,  Ph.D. 

DAVID  H.  CULPEPPER,  M.B.A.,  C.RA. 

RAYMOND  A.  PHELPS,  II,  D.B.A. 

PATRICK  A.  TAYLOR,  Ph.D. 
Instructors:  PHILLIP  HARDWICK,  M.B.A. 

KAY  H.  MORTIMER,  M.B.A.,  C.C.R 

SUSAN  M.  SHARPE,  M.B.A. 

CAROLYN  MYERS  THOMPSON,  M.B.A.,  C.RA. 
Objective  of  the  Else  School  of  Management.  The  objective  of  the  Else  School  of 
Management  is  to  provide  managerial  and  professional  leadership  to  the  larger  society  by 
educating  future  leaders  in  business  and  public  administration  and  in  the  accounting  profes- 
sion, by  providing  consulting  and  other  services  to  the  community  and  by  expanding  the 
body  of  knowledge  in  the  field  of  management.  With  respect  to  the  educational  mission,  our 
goals  are  to  develop  a  general  management  outlook  toward  organizations  and  the  changing 
environment  they  face;  to  foster  the  ability  to  organize  information  for  analysis  as  the  basis  for 
making  decisions;  to  instill  standards  of  professional  behavior  which  are  consistent  with  the 
legitimate  expectations  of  society;  and  to  provide  technical  expertise  required  for  entry-level 
positions  and  leadership  attributes  necessary  to  attain  positions  in  general  management. 

The  Else  School  of  Management  has  been  awarded  national  professional  accreditation 
by  the  American  Assembly  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business. 

Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  (BBA).  Accounting  and  business  administra 
tion  majors  must  complete  additional  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Business  Administra- 
tion degree  (B.B.A.).  Economics  majors  must  complete  additional  requirements  for  either  a 
B.A.,  B.S.  or  B.L.S.  degree.  The  requirements  for  a  major  in  accounting  or  in  business  ad- 
ministration are  in  addition  to  courses  which  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  minimum  college 
requirements  for  all  degrees  and  cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  both  areas.  Majors  must  make  a 
grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  courses  required  by  the  Else  School  of  Management. 


100 


At  least  51  hours  must  be  earned  in  courses  offered  by  the  Else  School  of  Management 
and  at  least  51  hours  must  be  earned  outside  the  Else  School  of  Management. 

Coursework  at  the  300-level  or  above  may  be  taken  only  by  students  who  have  com- 
pleted at  least  52  semester  hours. 

Students  pursuing  the  B.B.A.  degree  are  encouraged  to  add  depth  in  a  non-business 
area  that  a  minor  can  provide.  Minors  which  would  be  of  particular  value  to  students  in  the 
Else  School  of  Management  are  available  in  computer  studies,  modern  languages,  English, 
chemistry,  political  science,  psychology,  and  biology 

Transfer  Credit:  Transfer  students  should  normally  expect  to  satisfy  the  statistics  re- 
quirement (Business  Administration  275)  at  Millsaps.  The  typical  first  six  hours  of  accounting 
principles  will  normally  satisfy  the  department's  281  -282  requirement.  The  typical  six  hours 
of  sophomore  economics  will  normally  satisfy  the  Economics  201  -202  requirement.  Transfer 
students  will  be  required  to  satisfactorily  complete  at  least  1 8  hours  of  courses  offered  by  the 
Else  School  of  Management  to  meet  the  requirement  for  the  BBA  degree  and  the  major  re- 
gardless of  the  specific  requirements  satisfied  by  transfer  hours.  In  some  instances  this  may 
mean  repeating  certain  transferred,  upper-division  courses.  Students  should  not  expect  to 
transfer  credit  in  courses  numbered  at  the  300-level  or  above  from  a  community  college  to 
Millsaps. 

Requirements  for  major  in  Accounting:  Students  interested  in  sitting  for  professional 
examinations  in  accounting  should  consult  their  accounting  advisor.  Effective  February  1 , 
1 995,  candidates  for  the  CPA  exam  in  Mississippi  must  have  a  total  of  1 50  college  semester 
hours.  Accounting  majors  must  complete  the  requirements  for  a  B.B.A.  degree  in  addition  to 
requirements  for  the  major.  Accounting  281-282  and  Economics  201-202  should  not  be 
taken  before  the  sophomore  year.  Business  Administration  274  and  275  should  be  taken  be- 
fore the  junior  year.  Accounting  381 ,  382,  391 ,  and  394  and  Business  Administration  321 , 
333,  334,  and  362  should  be  taken  in  the  junior  year.  Accounting  392,  395,  398,  and  491 
and  Business  Administration  221-222  and  399  should  be  taken  in  the  senior  year. 

Requirements  for  major  in  Business  Administration:  The  requirements  for  the  busi 
ness  administration  major,  in  addition  to  the  general  requirements  for  the  B.B.A.  degree,  are 
very  flexible  and  afford  students  the  opportunity  to  take  advanced  electives  which  will  pro- 
vide a  foundation  to  enter  several  professional  fields. 

Administration  majors  should  take  Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201-202,  and 
Business  Administration  220,  274  (or  Computer  Studies  105)  and  275  before  their  junior 
year.  Business  Administration  321 ,  333,  334,  336,  and  362  should  be  taken  during  the  jun- 
ior year.  Electives,  and  Business  Administration  399  should  be  taken  in  the  senior  year. 

Students  majoring  in  business  administration  are  expected  to  demonstrate  an  aware- 
ness of  the  global  dimension  of  the  business  world  by  successfully  completing  one  of  the 
following  courses:  Business  Administration  339  or  369,  Economics  348,  or  three  hours  in  a 
modern  language  beyond  the  elementary  level. 

Requirements  for  a  B.A.,  B.S.  or  B.L.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  Economics:  This 
economics  major  is  required  to  take  Mathematics  1 40  and  1 55,  Business  Administration  274 
and  275,  Economics  201 ,  202, 303, 304,  348,  491  and  six  hours  of  economics  electives.  The 
degree  earned  can  be  either  a  B.A.,  B.S.  or  B.L.S.  To  prepare  for  graduate  studies  in  eco- 
nomics the  student  should  take  the  following  Mathematics  sequence:  140, 145, 161 ,  and  262. 

Requirements  for  a  minor  in  the  School  of  Management:  Students  pursuing  the 
B.B.A.  degree  may  not  minor  in  accounting  or  administration.  Students  pursuing  any  other 
undergraduate  degree  may  elect  a  minor  in  either  of  these  disciplines  with  1 2  hours  beyond 
the  degree  requirements,  including  the  following:  for  the  accounting  minor  Accounting  281- 
282,  Economics  201  -202,  and  six  additional  hours  of  accounting;  for  the  administration  mi- 
nor nine  hours  from  Accounting  281 -282  and  Economics  201 -202,  Business  Administration 
333,  and  six  additional  hours  of  business  administration.  Students  pursuing  any  undergradu- 
ate degree  may  minor  in  economics  with  Economics  201-202  and  12  additional  hours  of 
economics.  Administration  275,  Statistics,  may  be  used  to  satisfy  three  of  the  12  elective 
hours  for  the  economics  minor  if  not  utilized  to  meet  major  requirements. 

Master  of  Business  Administration  (M.B.A.)  degree  is  offered  and  the  foundation 
coursework  may  be  taken  at  the  undergraduate  level.  Candidates  may  enter  the  program 
from  any  undergraduate  background  and  liberal  arts  majors  in  particular  are  encouraged  to 


101 


apply.  Foundation  courses  include:  Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201-202,  Administra- 
tion 220,  274,  275,  321 ,  333,  334,  336,  and  362.  See  the  graduate  catalog  for  details. 

Suggestions  for  non-majors:  Economics  201 ,  202,  Accounting  281 ,  282  and  Busi- 
ness Administration  220  are  good  entry-level  offerings.  Other  courses  in  the  School  are  ap- 
propriate for  electives,  especially  Economics  341,  Accounting  395  and  Business 
Administration  321  and  333.  Please  note,  however,  that  junior  status  is  required  before  tak- 
ing courses  at  the  300  level  or  above. 

ACCOUNTING 

281-282.  Introduction  to  Accounting  (3-3).  A  course  at  the  elementary  level  intended  for 
students  majoring  in  any  field.  Emphasizes  the  functions  of  accounting  in  a  business-ori- 
ented society  and  the  concepts  on  which  accounting  rests.  Acquaints  students  with  the 
differences  in  the  types  of  accounting  information  required  by  internal  users  and  by  users 
outside  the  accounting  entity.  Includes  basic  standards  and  principles  underlying  ac- 
counting information  and  presentation  of  that  information  for  use  in  decision-making.  Pre- 
requisite: One  year  of  college  mathematics  recommended  and  sophomore  standing. 

381-382.  Intermediate  Accounting  (3-3).  A  professional-level  accounting  course  in- 
tended for  students  preparing  for  a  career  in  accounting  or  finance.  Develops  an  under- 
standing of  the  underlying  body  of  concepts  that  constitute  accounting  theory  and  skills 
in  applying  those  concepts  to  accounting  problems  and  situations.  Introduces  pro- 
nouncements of  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  and  its  predecessors.  Pre- 
requisites: One  year  of  accounting  and  junior  standing. 

391 .  Cost  Accounting  (3).  A  professional  level  accounting  course  intended  for  accounting 
majors  which  may  also  be  useful  for  computer  studies  majors.  An  exposure  to  the  broad 
range  of  managerial  accounting  concepts  and  their  terminologies.  Includes  measure- 
ment and  accumulation  of  cost,  budgeting,  responsibility  accounting,  and  cost-based 
decision  making.  Prerequisites:  One  year  of  accounting  and  junior  standing. 

392.  Auditing  (3).  A  professional  level  accounting  course  intended  for  accounting  seniors. 
Includes  such  topics  as  audit  reports,  evidence,  basic  audit  techniques  including  sam- 
pling and  the  use  of  the  computer,  and  review  of  internal  control.  Also  included  are  the 
independent  auditor's  role,  legal  responsibilities,  codes  of  ethical  conduct,  and  standards 
of  reporting,  field  work,  and  competence.  Exposes  the  student  to  Statements  of  Auditing 
Standards.  Prerequisites:  Accounting  381  and  394  or  permission  of  instructor. 

394.  Accounting  Information  Systems  (3).  A  professional-level  accounting  course  in- 
tended for  students  preparing  for  a  career  in  accounting.  Exposes  students  to  analysis, 
design,  and  evaluation  of  accounting  systems  with  emphasis  on  transaction  processing 
and  the  related  internal  controls  for  the  major  accounting  cycles.  Also  included  is  devel- 
opment of  systems  flowcharting  skills  and  exposure  to  advanced  computerized  account- 
ing systems. 

395-396.  Tax  Accounting  (3-3).  Problems  and  procedures  in  connection  with  federal  and 
state  tax  laws  including  the  preparation  of  various  reports.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  281- 
282. 

398.  Advanced  Accounting  Problems  (3).  Financial  accounting  and  reporting  for  se- 
lected noncorporate  entities,  such  as  partnerships  and  governmental  units,  and  for  multi- 
corporate  or  "consolidated"  business  enterprises.  Selected  accounting  topics 
concerning  multinational  enterprises  will  be  introduced.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  381- 
382.  Accounting  382  may  be  taken  concurrently. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3). 

41 1-412.  Special  topics  in  Accounting  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6  —  1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
business  and  government  institutions.  Graded  on  a  credit/no  credit  basis  only. 

491.  Senior  Seminar  in  Accounting  (1).  A  seminar  course  addressing  current  issues 
in  accounting.  Topics  vary  from  year  to  year;  examples  include  SEC  reporting,  interna- 
tional accounting,  and  recent  pronouncements  and  actions  of  professional  associa- 


102 


tions  and  the  implications  of  these  pronouncements  and  actions  for  decision  making .  Re- 
quirements include  preparation  and  presentation  of  reports  by  students.  Prerequisite: 
Senior  standing. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

101 .  Business  and  Society  (3).  This  course  will  provide  a  survey  of  the  societal  environ- 
ment in  which  business  people  must  operate.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  the  change 
inherent  in  this  environment  because  of  our  capitalist  economy.  This  class  is  open  to 
freshmen  only. 

220.  Legal  Environment  of  Business  (3).  Introduction  to  the  U.S.  legal  system  and  the 
application  of  the  Constitution  to  business.  Concentration  on  the  impact  of  administrative 
regulatory  programs  on  business  operations,  including  antitrust,  SEC,  and  labor  law.  In- 
troduction to  international  legal  environment.  Credit  will  not  be  given  for  both  220  and 
221 ,  either  of  which  may  be  taken  before  222.  This  course  should  not  be  taken  by  fresh- 
men. 

221-222.  Business  l_aw  and  Legal  Environment  (3-3).  Introduction  to  legal  systems  and 
the  Constitution;  survey  of  administrative  law  and  programs  affecting  business;  in  depth 
analysis  of  contractual  relationships.  The  second  semester  focuses  on  business  organi- 
zation (agency,  partnerships  and  corporations)  and  labor  law  and  concludes  with  exami- 
nation of  commercial  paper,  secured  transactions  and  bankruptcy.  Credit  will  not  be 
given  for  both  220  and  221 ,  either  of  which  may  be  taken  before  222. 

274.  Computer  Software  Packages  (3).  Integrated  microcomputer  software  packages 
will  be  studied  with  emphasis  on  spreadsheets  analysis.  Statistical  computer  packages 
and  desctiptive  statistics  will  also  be  introduced.  Prerequisites:  Math  140  (or  permission 
of  instructor).  Students  will  not  be  given  credit  for  Computer  Studies  1 05  and  Administra- 
tion 274. 

275.  Business  Statistics  (3).  Probability,  probability  distributions;  estimation  and  hypoth- 
esis testing;  regression  and  correlation;  time  series  analysis.  Prerequisite:  Six  hours  of 
college  mathematics,  B.A.  274  or  Computer  Studies  1 05. 

321.  IVIarketing  IVIanagement  (3).  A  survey  of  the  functions,  processes  and  institutions 
which  direct  the  flow  of  goods  and  services  from  producer  to  consumer  or  user. 

325.  Sales  Management  (3).  Develops  the  system  necessary  for  planning,  organizing,  di- 
recting and  controlling  the  efforts  of  a  sales  force.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  321 . 

326.  Marketing  Research  (3).  Examines  modern  research  methods  and  techniques  for 
gathering,  recording,  and  analyzing  information  for  marketing  decisions.  Prerequisite: 
B.A.  275  and  321. 

327.  Promotional  Strategy  (3).  This  course  will  develop  the  mix  of  promotional  techniques 
an  organization  may  employ  such  as  advertising,  publicity,  personal  selling  and  sales 
promotions. 

333.  Introduction  to  Management  (3).  Theories  of  organized  structure,  behavior,  commu- 
nication, and  managerial  decision  making. 

334.  Operations  Management  (3).  System  analysis,  decision  making,  examination  of 
management  science  techniques  in  problem  solving.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  275  or  equiva- 
lent. 

335.  Human  Resource  Management  (3).  The  management  of  human  resources  and  em- 
ployment procedures  and  personnel  administration. 

336.  Management  Information  Systems  (3).  A  survey  of  computer  concepts  and  the  de- 
sign of  commercial  computer  systems  from  a  management  perspective.  Prerequisite: 
B.A.  274  or  equivalent. 

338.  Introduction  to  Management  Science  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  use  of  the  com- 
puter in  mathematical  modeling.  The  models  covered  will  include  linear  programming, 
simulation,  and  sequential  decision  making.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  334. 

339.  International  Business  (3).  A  study  of  the  management  of  multinational  businesses. 
Prerequisite:  B.A.  321 . 


103 


362.  Business  Finance  (3).  An  introductory  course  in  financial  management  directed  at 
the  analysis  of  financial  problems.  Integrated  approach  to  basic  concepts  of  valuation, 
investment  and  financing.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  282. 

365.  Investments  (3).  Introductory  course  in  investment  management  and  analysis  is  di- 
rected at  an  understanding  of  how  people  make  investment  decisions.  Consideration  of 
the  description  and  theory  of  capital  markets  and  individual  investment  instruments.  Pre- 
requisite: B.A.  362. 

366.  Commercial  Bank  Management  (3).  Management  of  the  loans  and  investment  port- 
folios and  liability  management  within  the  framework  of  regulatory  constraints  and  mone- 
tary policy.  Prerequisite:  Admin  362. 

369.  Advanced  Business  Finance  (3).  An  advanced  course  that  examines  the  financial 
decisions  of  the  firm.  Selected  topics  include  current  asset  management,  capital  budget- 
ing under  uncertainty,  long-term  financing,  dividend  policy,  international  finance  and 
mergers.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  362. 

370.  Principles  of  Real  Estate.  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  basic  concepts  and  practices  in 
the  real  estate  industry. 

373.  Real  Estate  Investment  (3).  This  course  examines  the  fundamentals  involved  in  mak- 
ing investment  decisions  related  to  real  property.  Principles  of  risk  analysis,  risk  versus 
return,  the  use  of  leverage,  cash  flow,  taxation,  depreciation,  and  time  value  of  money  are 
reviewed  as  each  are  related  to  real  estate  investment  analysis.  Special  emphasis  is 
placed  on  analysis  of  individual  properties  and  use  of  property  operating  data  forms.  Pre- 
requisite: Admin  362. 

393.  Business  and  Professional  Ethics  (3).  Analysis  of  selected  contemporary  moral  is- 
sues and  conflicts  arising  within  American  business  management  and  professional  prac- 
tice, identifying  possible  implications  for  the  individuals,  groups,  and  organizations 
involved  and  for  the  general  public.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  recommended. 

399.  Business  Strategy  (3).  The  case  study  and  simulation  approaches  are  used  for  solu- 
tion of  problems  in  managerial  economics,  accounting,  marketing,  finance,  personnel, 
and  production.  Prerequisites:  B.A.  321 ,  333,  334  and  362  (334  may  be  a  corequisite). 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3). 

411 -41 2.  Special  Topics  in  Business  Administration  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6  —  1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
business  and  government  institutions.  Graded  on  a  credit/no  credit  basis  only. 

ECONOMICS 

201 .  Principles  of  Microeconomics  (3).  An  examination  of  basic  micro  concepts  of  eco- 
nomic behavior,  the  role  of  the  price  system  and  income  distribution.  Prerequisite:  Math 
155  recommended. 

202.  Principles  of  Macroeconomics  (3).  An  examination  of  basic  macro  concepts  of  eco- 
nomic behavior,  national  income  analysis,  stability  and  growth. 

303.  Intermediate  Microeconomic  Theory  (3).  Value  and  distribution  theory,  market  equi- 
librium, resource  allocation,  policy  analysis,  and  managerial  applications.  Prerequisite: 
Economics  201  and  202. 

304.  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Theory  (3).  National  Income  measurement;  com- 
modity and  money  market  equilibrium;  aggregate  demand  and  supply  analysis;  mone- 
tary and  fiscal  policy  issues.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201  and  202. 

341 .  Money  and  Financial  Systems  (3).  A  survey  of  the  microeconomic  aspects  of  finan- 
cial systems,  including  market  structure,  behavior,  and  regulation  of  commercial  banks 
and  other  financial  intermediaries;  the  creation  of  money;  central  bank  organization  and 
monetary  control;  and  current  issues.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201  and  202. 

342.  Public  Finance  (3).  Government  decisions  on  expenditures,  taxation,  debt  manage- 
ment and  policy  analysis.  Prerequisite:  Economics  201  and  202.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 


104 


343.  Econometrics  and  Applied  Statistics  (3).  Study  of  the  general  linear  regression 
model,  simultaneous  estimation  procedures,  Monte  Carlo  simulation,  and  advanced  sta- 
tistics. Prerequisite:  Administration  275  or  consent  of  instructor. 

344.  History  of  Economic  Thought  (3),  Development  of  economic  thought  from  the  clas- 
sical school  to  the  present  time.  Prerequisite  201-202.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

348.  International  Economics  (3).  An  extension  and  application  of  economic  theory  to  in- 
ternational issues  with  an  examination  of  world  money  markets,  exchange  rates,  adjust- 
ment mechanisms,  and  issues.  Prerequisites:  A  300-level  economics  course  or  consent 
of  the  instructor. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3). 

41 1-412.  Special  Topics  in  Economics  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6  —  1  to  6).  Graded  on  a  credit/no  credit  basis. 

491.  Senior  Seminar  (3).  Student  research  and  discussion  of  selected  topics  in  eco- 
nomics. Prerequisite:  Senior  standing. 


105 


Register 


1991-92 


The  Board  of  Trustees 

OFFICERS 

JAMES  B.  CAMPBELL Chairman 

ROBERT  C.  MORGAN Vice-Chairman 

EARL  R.  WILSON Secretary 

J.  HERMAN  MINES Treasurer 

Term  Expires  in  1991 

MICHAEL  B.  BEMIS Jackson 

J.  ROBERT  DOODY Birminghann 

JACK  LOFLIN Meridian 

H.  R  Mccarty,  JR Magee 

RICHARD  D.  McRAE Jackson 

R  W.  PRICE Grenada 

JOE  FRANK  SANDERSON,  SR Laurel 

ROWAN  H.  TAYLOR Jackson 

RUTH  WA,TSON Poplarville 

Term  Expires  in  1992 

ROGER  M.  FLYNT,  JR *^ Birmingham 

GERALD  H.  JACKS Cleveland 

BOOKER  T  JONES Jackson 

JEAN  C.  LINDSEY Laurel 

ROBERT  R,  MORRISON,  JR Vicksburg 

EDWARD  L.  MOYERS Chicago 

JOHN  C.  VAUGHEY Jackson 

GLYN  O.  WIYGUL Columbus 

Term  Expires  in  1993 

HENRY  C.  CLAY,  JR ^ •.  .  Jackson 

MAURICE  HALL,  JR Meridian 

WILLIAM  R.  JAMES Jackson 

ROBERT  E.  KENNINGTON Grenada 

JAMES  S.  LOVE  III Biloxi 

TOM  B.  SCOTT,  JR Jackson 

JOHN  ED  THOMAS  III Jackson 

EARL  R.  WILSON Jackson 

LEILA  WYNN Greenville 

Term  Expires  in  1994 

JAMES  B.  CAMPBELL ^ Jackson 

C,  BERT  FELDER Jackson 

J.  RUSSELL  FLOWERS Greenville 

WARREN  A.  HOOD,  JR Hattiesburg 

JACK  B.  KING Tupelo 

EARLE  F  JONES Jackson 

THOMAS  F  McLARTY  III Little  Rock 

E.  B.  ROBINSON,  JR Jackson 

MIKE  P  STURDIVANT Glendora 

LIFE  TRUSTEES 

J.  ARMY  BROWN Jackson 

G.  CAULEY  CORTWRIGHT Rolling  Fork 

CHARLES  W.  ELSE Jackson 

EUGENE  ISAAC Itta  Bena 

MORRIS  LEWIS,  JR Indianola 

ROBERT  O.  MAY Greenville 

WILLIAM  H.  MOUNGER Jackson 

LeROY  PERCY Greenville 

GEORGE  B.  PICKETT Jackson 

NAT  S.  ROGERS Houston 

EUDORA  WELTY Jackson 

LOUIS  H.  WILSON,  JR Jackson 


108 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES  COMMITTEES 
1990-91 
(10/5/90) 

Executive  Committee:  James  B.  Campbell,  Chair;  Robert  C.  Morgan,  Vice  Chairman; 
Henry  C.  Clay,  Jr.,  Maurice  Hall,  Jr.,  J.  Herman  Hines,  William  R.  James,  Earle  F.  Jones, 
Jean  C.  Lindsey,  H.  F.  McCarty,  Jr.,  Robert  R.  Morrison,  Jr.,  Edward  L.  Meyers,  E.  B.  Ro- 
binson, Jr.,  Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr.,  Rowan  H.  Taylor,  John  Ed  Thomas  III,  John  C.  Vaughey, 
Earl  R.  Wilson,  Leila  Wynn. 

Academic  Affairs  Committee:  Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr.,  Chair;  John  C.  Vaughey,  Vice  Chairman; 
Michael  B.  Bemis,  Henry  C.  Clay,  Jr.,  Roger  M.  Flynt,  Robert  R.  Morrison,  Jr.,  Thomas  F 
McLarty  III,  Richard  D.  McRae,  F  W.  Price,  Nat  S.  Rogers. 

Business  Affairs  Committee:  E.  B.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Chair;  Earl  R.  Wilson,  Vice  Chairman; 
Warren  A.  Hood,  Jr.,  Earle  F  Jones,  James  S.  Love,  III,  Joe  Frank  Sanderson,  Sr.,  Mike  R 
Sturdivant,  Glyn  0.  Wiygul. 

Student  Affairs  Committee:  William  R.  James,  Chair;  Maurice  Hall,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman;  C. 
Bert  Felder,  Gerald  H.  Jacks,  Booker  T  Jones,  Robert  E.  Kennington  II,  John  Ed  Thomas 
r     III,  Ruth  Watson. 

Development  Committee:  Jean  C.  Lindsey,  Chair;  Rowan  H.  Taylor,  Vice  Chairman;  J.  Ro- 
bert Doody,  J.  Russell  Flowers,  Eugene  Isaac,  Jack  Loflin,  Jack  B.  King,  Hyman  F  Mc- 
Carty, Jr.,  Edward  L.  Meyers,  Leila  C.  Wynn. 

Audit  Committee:  Tom  B.  Scott,  Chair;  Earl  R.  Wilson,  John  Ed  Thomas  III. 

Investor  Responsibility  Committee:  Hyman  F  McCarty,  Jr.,  Chair;  Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr.,  E.  B. 
Robinson,  Jr. 

STANDING  COMMITTEES  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

Executive  Committee:  James  B.  Campbell,  Chair;  Robert  C.  Morgan,  Vice  Chairman; 
Henry  C.  Clay,  Jr.,  Maurice  Hall,  Jr.,  J.  Herman  Hines,  William  R.  James,  Earle  F  Jones, 
Jean  C.  Lindsey,  H.  F  McCarty,  Jr.,  Robert  R.  Morrison,  Jr.,  Edward  L.  Moyers,  E.  B.  Ro- 
binson, Jr.,  Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr.,  Rowan  H.  Taylor,  John  Ed  Thomas  III,  John  C.  Vaughey, 
Earl  R.  Wilson,  Leila  Wynn. 

Academic  Affairs  Committee:  Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr.,  Chair;  John  C.  Vaughey,  Vice  Chairman; 
Michael  B.  Bemis,  Henry  C.  Clay,  Jr.,  Roger  M.  Flynt,  Robert  R.  Morrison,  Jr.,  Thomas  F 
McLarty  III,  Richard  D.  McRae,  F  W.  Price,  Nat  S.  Rogers. 

Business  Affairs  Committee:  E.  B.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Chair;  Earl  R.  Wilson,  Vice  Chairman; 
Warren  A.  Hood,  Jr.,  Earle  F  Jones,  James  S.  Love  III,  Joe  Frank  Sanderson,  Sr.,  Mike  P 
Sturdivant,  Glyn  O.  Wiygul. 

Student  Affairs  Committee:  William  R.  James,  Chair;  Maurice  Hall,  Jr.,  Vice  Chairman;  C. 
Bert  Felder,  Gerald  H.  Jacks,  Booker  T  Jones,  Robert  E.  Kennington  II,  John  Ed  Thomas 
III,  Ruth  Watson. 

Development  Committee:  Jean  C.  Lindsey,  Chair;  Rowan  H.  Taylor,  Vice  Chairman;  J.  Ro- 
bert Doody,  J.  Russell  Flowers,  Eugene  Isaac,  Jack  Loflin,  Jack  B.  King,  Hyman  F  Mc- 
Carty, Jr.,  Edward  L.  Moyers,  Leila  Wynn. 

EX  OFFICIO 

All  Committees:  James  B.  Campbell,  Robert  C.  Morgan,  George  M.  Harmon 

Academic  Affairs  Committee:  Dean  of  the  College,  Student  Representative 

Business  Affairs  Committee:  Vice  President,  Business  Affairs;  Faculty  Representative, 

Student  Representative,  Treasurer 
Student  Affairs  Committee:  Vice  President,  Enrollment  &  Student  Services;  Student  Rep- 
resentative 
Development  Committee:  Vice  President,  Development;  Alumni  Representative 
Audit  Committee:  Treasurer 


109 


Officers  of  the  Administration 

GEORGE  M.  HARMON,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A President 

ROBERT  H.  KING,  B.A.,  B.D.,  Ph.D Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  College 

DON  E.  STRICKLAND,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  C.PA Vice  President  for  Business  Affairs 

JAMES  C.  LEWIS,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  M.S Vice  President  for  Development 

JOHN  H.  CHRISTMAS,  B.S,,  A.M Vice  President  for  Enrollment 

and  Student  Services 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D Associate  Dean  of  the  College 

and  Director  of  Information  Systems 

GARY  L.  FRETWELL,  B.A.,  M.A Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

JACK  L.  WOODWARD,  A.B.,  B.D Dean  of  Student  Aid  Financial  Planning 


The  College  Faculty 


EMERITI  FACULTY 

HOWARD  GREGORY  BAVENDER  (1966) Emeritus  Professor  of  Political  Science 

A.B.,  College  of  Idaho,  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

ROBERT  E.  BERGMARK  (1953) Emeritus  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Emory  University;  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

LOIS  TAYLOR  BLACKWELL(1963) Emerita  Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

FRANCES  BLISSARD  BOECKMAN  (1966) Instructor,  Catalog  Librarian 

A.B.,  Belhaven  College;  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

GEORGE  WILSON  BOYD  (1959) Emeritus  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Murray  State  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

C.  LELAND  BYLER  (1959) Emeritus  Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Goshen  College;  M.M.,  Northwestern  University 

MAGNOLIA  COULLET  (1927) Emerita  Professor  of  Ancient  Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  B.M.  Belhaven  College; 
A.M.  (German),  University  of  Mississippi 

ELIZABETH  CRAIG  (1926) Emerita  Professor  of  French 

A.B.,  Barnard  College,  Columbia  University;  A.M.,  Columbia  University 

J.  HARPER  DAVIS  (1964) Emeritus  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University 

JOHN  LEMUEL  GUEST  (1957) Emeritus  Professor  of  German 

A.B.,  University  of  Texas;  A.M.,  Columbia  University 

PAUL  D.  HARDIN  (1946) Emeritus  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

NELLIE  KHAYAT  HEDERI  (1952) Emerita  Professor  of  Spanish 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

WENDALL  B.  JOHNSON  (1954) Emeritus  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College 

SAMUEL  ROSCOE  KNOX  (1949) Emeritus  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 

FRANK  M.  LANEY,  JR.  (1953) Emeritus  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  University  of  Mississippi;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

RUSSELL  WILFORD  LEVANWAY(1956) Emeritus  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Miami;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

MYRTIS  FLOWERS  MEADERS  (1960) Emerita  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 

CAROLINE  H.  MOORE  (1968) Instructor,  Order  Librarian 

A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College;  A.M.,  Radcliffe  College 


110 


MILDRED  LILLIAN  MOREHEAD(1947) Emerita  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

ARNOLD  A.  RITCHIE  (1952) Emeritus  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Northeastern  State  College  of  Oklahoma;  M.S.,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College 

FACULTY 

JOHN  OUINCY  ADAMS  (1965) Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science 

B.A.,  Rice  University;  MA.,  University  of  Texas.  El  Paso;  J.D.,  University  of  Texas,  Austin 

AJAY  K.  AGGARWAL  (1989) Assistant  Professor  of  Quantitative  Management 

M.S.,  MB. A.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 

JACK  D.  AGRICOLA  (1983) Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  the  South;  M.A.,  University  of  Alabama;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

THEODORE  GERALD  AMMON  (1985) Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Washington  University 

SARAH  L.  ARMSTRONG  (1985) Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

B.A.,  University  of  Texas;  M.A.,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

McCARRELL  L.  AVERS  (1965) Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York);  M.M.,  Indiana  University 

RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ  (1966) Dan  White  Professor  of  Economics 

A. A.,  Belleville  Jr.  College;  B.B.A.,  M.S.,  Baylor  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.  (1962) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

GEORGE  JAMES  BEY  III  (1990) Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

and  Anthropology 

B.A.,  University  of  New  Mexico;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.  (1967) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  Louisiana  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Houston 

STEPHEN  T.  BLACK  (1989) Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  California  at  Santa  Barbara;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Santa  Cruz 

DAVID  SAN  FORD  BLIX  (1990) Assistant  Professor  of  Religion 

A.  B,  Wabash  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  The  University  of  Chicago 

BILL  M.  BRISTER  (1989) Assistant  Professor  of  Finance 

B.S.,  MB.  A.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

CARL  G.  BROOKING  (1981) Professor  of  Economics  and  Quantitative  Management 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

HUGH  BUCHANAN  (1990) Assistant  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN  (1960) Associate  Professor  of  Romance  Languages 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Texas  Technological  College 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN  (1960) J.B.  Price  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

CLAUDINE  CHADEYRAS  (1988) Assistant  Professor  of  French 

Licence,  Universite  de  Picardie,  France;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa 

CHERYLW.  COKER(1987) Instructor  of  Music 

B.M.Ed.,  M.M.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER  (1967) Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.T.,  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology 

TIMOTHY  C.  COKER  (1984) Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

DAVID  H.  CULPEPPER  (1984) Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.S.,  Belhaven  College;  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Millsaps  College 

DAVID  C.  DAVIS  (1988) Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  William  Carey  College;  M.A.,  Baylor  University;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 


111 


PATRICK  E.  DELANA  (1987) Assistant  Professor  of  History 

Coordinator  of  Study  Abroad 

B.A.,  Evergreen  State  College;  Ph.D.,  Claremont  Graduate  School 

KATHLEEN  A.  DRUDE  (1986) Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Southeastern  Louisiana  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

MARY  ANN  EDGE  (1958) Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

CLOYD  L,  EZELL,  JR.  (1986) Associate  Professor  of  Computer  Studies 

B.S.,  Tulane  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  Vanderbilt  University 

GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL  (1967) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

PRISCILLA  M.  FERMON  (1983) Associate  Professor  of  French 

B.A.,  Lehman  College;  M.A.,  Harvard  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

LORNE  M.  FIENBERG  (1984) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  Toronto;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

NONA  PAdLA  FIENBERG  (1984) Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  Toronto;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

JEANNE  MIDDLETON  FORSYTHE  (1978) Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Harvard  University 

CATHERINE  R.  FREIS(1979) Associate  Professor  of  Classics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

RICHARD  FREIS  (1 975) Professor  of  Classics 

B. A.,  St.  John's  College  in  Annapolis;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

DELBERT  E.  GANN  (1982) Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  Kansas  City;  M.S.,  Northeast  Louisiana  University; 
Ph.D.,  Missouri  School  of  Mines  and  Metallurgy 

LANCE  GOSS  (1950) Professor  of  Speech 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Northwestern  University 

MARTHA  A.  GOSS  (1984) Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  M.A.,  University  of  Alabama 

ALAN  S.  GRAVES  (1988) Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Texas;  M.S.,  University  of  Chicago;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

MICHAEL  RAY  GRUBBS  (1987) Associate  Professor  of  Management 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.B.A.,  Mississippi  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

ELEANOR  GUENTHER  (1986) Assistant  Professor,  Acquisitions  Librarian 

A.B.,  West  Virginia  University;  M.R.E.,  Duke  University;  M.S.L.S.,  Syracuse  University; 
M.A.E.,  Inter  American  University  of  Puerto  Rico 

WILLIAM  A.  HAILEY  (1987) H.  F  McCarty,  Jr.  Professor 

of  Business  Administration 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Mississippi;  M.B.A.,  Loyola  University;  D.B.A.,  University  of  Kentucky 

FLOREADA  MONTGOMERY  HARMON  (1972) Assistant  Professor 

Assistant  Librarian  for  Public  Services 

A.B.,  Tougaloo  College;  M.S.L.S.,  Louisiana  State  University 

GEORGE  M.  HARMON  (1978) Professor  of  Management 

B.A.,  Southwestern  at  Memphis;  M.B.A.,  Emory  University;  D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

DICKR.  HIGHFILL(1981) Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  California  at  San  Jose;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Idaho 

ROBERT  J.  KAHN  (1 976) Associate  Professor  of  Romance  Languages 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo;  M.A.,  Middlebury  College;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

ASIF  KHANDKER  (1985) Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Dacca  (Bangladesh);  M.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

DONALD  D.  KILMER  (1960) Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Indiana  University 


112 


ROBERT  H,  KING  (1980) Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion 

B  A.,  Harvard  University;  BQ,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

BRENT  W.  LEFAVOR(1983) Assistant  Professor  of  Technical  Theatre 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Brigham  Young  University 

JULIA  A.  LEWIS  (1986) Assistant  Professor,  Special  Services  Librarian 

B.A.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  M.L.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

THOMASWILEY  LEWIS  III  (1959) Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Drew  University 

MARK  J.  LYNCH  (1989) Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

RICHARD  P  MALLETTE  (1980) Professor  of  English 

Director  of  Heritage 

A.B.,  Boston  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

KARL  FREDERICK  MARKGRAF  (1990) Assistant  Professor  of  German 

B.A.,  University  of  Oregon;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin-Madison 

SUZANNE  MARRS  (1988) Professor  of  English 

_  Director  of  Honors  Program 

■  B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

ROBERT  T  McADORY  (1985) Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S..  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  The  University  of  Texas 

ROBERT  W.  McCARLEY(1984) Assistant  Professor  of  Computer  Studies 

B.A.,  Millsaps;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University 

ROBERTS.  McELVAINE  (1973) Elizabeth  Chisholm  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Rutgers  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton 

HERMAN  LAMAR  McKENZIE  (1963) Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

JAMES  PRESTON  McKEOWN  (1962) Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  University  of  the  South;  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  Mississippi  State  University 

LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS  (1969) Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Newcomb  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi 

MICHAEL  H.  MITIAS(1967) Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Union  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Waterloo 

JAMES  A.  MONTGOMERY  (1959) Professor  of  Physical  Education 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College;  A.M.,  Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

S.  KAY  MORTIMER  (1984) Instructor  of  Business  Administration 

B.A.,  Stephens  College;  M.B.A.,  Southern  Methodist  University 

GERALD  E.  MOZUR  (1989) Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Centre  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Kentucky 

WALTER  P  NEELY  (1980) Army  Brown  Professor  of  Finance 

B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

ROBERT  B.  NEVINS  (1967) Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  Washington  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri 

SHIRLEY  F  OLSON  (1982) Associate  Professor  of  Management 

B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University;  M.A.,  Mississippi  College;  D.B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University 

IREN  OMO-BARE  (1990) Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Science 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Delaware;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

ROBERT  HERBERT  PADGETT  (1960) Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Texas  Christian  University;  A.M.,  Vanderbilt  University 

JUDITH  W.  PAGE  (1981) Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Tulane  University;  M.A.,  University  of  New  Mexico;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

HUGH  J.  PARKER  (1 987) Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University 


113 


JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.  (1969) Associate  Professor,  College  Librarian 

A.B.,  Mississippi  College;  M.L.S.,  Peabody  College 

RAYMOND  A.  PHELPS  II  (1980) Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing 

A. A.,  University  of  Florida;  B.B.A.,  M.B.A,,  Georgia  State  University;  D.B.A.,  Louisiana  Tech  University 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI  (1965) Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York);  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

THOMAS  E.  PRITCHARD(1982) Associate  Professor  of  Computer  Studies 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago;  M.A.,  North  Carolina  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

JIMMIEM.  PURSER  (1981) Professor  of  Chemistry 

and  Computer  Studies 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

THOMAS  L.  RANAGER  (1964) Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  University;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 

LEE  H.  REIFF  (1 960) Tatum  Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

EDWARD  J.  RYAN,  JR.  (1987) Professor  of  Marketing 

B.G.E.,  University  of  Omaha;  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Michigan  State  University; 
D.B.A.,  George  Washington  University 

HARRYLYN  G.  SALLIS  (1981) Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Southwestern  at  Memphis;  M.M.,  University  of  Kentucky 

W.  CHARLES  SALLIS  (1968) Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

C.  ALLEN  SCARBORO  (1982) Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Kenyon  College;  M.A.,  Hartford  Seminary  Foundation;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

RUTH  CONARD  SCHIMMEL  (1990) Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Vanderbilt  University;  M.A.,  San  Francisco  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

EDWARD  L.  SCHRADER  (1988) Assistant  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Knoxville;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

HAMMED  SHAHIDIAN  (1990) Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Hamline  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Brandeis  University 

SUSAN  M.  SHARPE  (1988) Instructor  of  Business  Administration 

B.S.R.N.,  University  of  Mississippi;  M.B.A.,  Millsaps  College 

BRITON  E.  SHELL  (1989) Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

B.A.,  Albion  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

ROBERTA.  SHIVE,  JR.  (1969) Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Southern  Methodist  University:  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University 

ELISE  L.  SMITH  (1988) Assistant  Professor  of  Art  History 

B.A.,  Florida  State  University;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

STEVEN  GARRY  SMITH  (1985) Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion 

B.A.,  Florida  State  University;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

JAMES  JONATHAN  SNOW  (1990) Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ohio  University 

KATHLEEN  L.  SPENCER  (1988) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Wright  State  University;  M.A.,  Miami  University  Ohio;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

JONATHAN  MITCHELL  SWEAT  (1958) Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  M.S.,  The  Juilliard  School  of  Music;  A.Mus.D.,  The  University  of  Michigan 

K.  RENEE  TAYLOR  (1 987) Assistant  Professor 

Catalog  Librarian 

B. A.,  University  of  South  Alabama;  M.L.S.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

PATRICK  A.  TAYLOR  (1984) Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

and  Operations  Management 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Mississippi;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Alabama;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Alabama 


114 


\ 


CAROLYN  MYERS  THOMPSON  (1986) Instructor  of  Accounting 

B.A.,  Tougaloo  College;  M.B.A.,  Columbia  University 

MARLYS  T.  VAUGHN  (1979) Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B,S..  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

EDMOND  R,  VENATOR  (1967) Professor  of  Psychiology 

A.B.,  University  of  Buffalo;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

PETER  C.  WARD  (1988) Associate  Professor  of  Business  Law 

B  A.,  Amherst  College;  J.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

TIMOTHY  JOSEPH  WARD  (1990) Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Florida;  Ph.D.,  Texas  Tech  University 

STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS  (1968) Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 

A. A.,  Copiah-Lincoln  Junior  College;  A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi 

JOHNNIE-MARIE  WHITFIELD  (1988) Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B  S.,  Millsaps  College;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

JERRY  D,  WHITT  (1980) Professor  of  Management  Information  Systems 

B  B.A.,  MB. A.,  North  Texas  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

SUE  YEAGER  WHITT  (1980) Professor  of  Accounting 

B.B  A.,  North  Texas  State  University;  M.B.A.,  C.M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

LEON  AUSTIN  WILSON  (1976) Associate  Professor  of  English 

Acting  Director  of  the  Writing  Program 
and  Coordinator  of  Assessment 

A.B.,  Valdosta  State  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Georgia;  Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Staff 

Office  of  the  President 

George  M,  Harmon,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A.  (1979) President 

Floy  Nelms  (1983) Administrative  Assistant  to  the  President 

Office  of  the  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  College 

Robert  H.King,  B.A,,  B,D,,  Ph.D  (1980) Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  College 

RobertA.  Shive,  Jr.,  B,A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.  (1969) Associate  Dean  of  the  College/ 

Director  of  Information  Services 

Grace  W.  Harrington,  B.S.C.  (1983) Administrative  Assistant  to  the  Vice  President 

Nancy  M.  McKay,  B.S.  (1 989) Secretary  to  the  Vice  President 

Divisions  Office 

Lynda  McClendon,  B.A.  (1987) Faculty  Secretary 

Virginia  Salter,  B.A.  (1 988) Faculty  Secretary 

Office  of  the  Vice  President  for  Business  Affairs 

Don  E,  Strickland,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  C.RA.  (1977)  .  .  .  .Vice  President  for  Business  Affairs 

Nancy  W,  White  (1 974) Administrative  Assistant  to  the  Vice  President 

Susan  A,  TuisI  (1 987) Clerk/Typist 

Katherine  E.  Lefoldt  (1970) Academic  Complex  Hostess 

Virginia  F  McCoy  (1966) PBX  Operator 

Business  Office 

Louise  Burney,  B.B.A.,  C.PA,  (1987) Controller 

Lisa  Van  Namen,  B.B.A,,  C.PA.  (1989) Assistant  Controller-Financial 

Kelly  B.  Powell,  B.B.A,  (1989) Assistant  Controller-Administrative 

Rose  Johnson  (1980) Loan  Collections  Officer 

Connie  L.  Parker  (1 989) Accounts  Payable  Clerk 

Elaine  Plylar  (1 987) Cashier 

Katherine  Jones  (1987) Clerk/Receptionist 


115 


Physical  Plant 

Richard  W.  Gell,  B.S.,  M.S.,  RE.  (1988) Director  of  Physical  Plant 

Marge  Fenton  (1 980) Secretary 

David  Wilkinson  (1980) Maintenance  Supervisor 

Johnnie  Luckett,  Jr.  (1982) Housekeeping  Supervisor 

David  Thigpen,  A.S.  (1986) Grounds  Supervisor 

Campus  Safety  and  Security 

Wayne  H.  Miller,  B.S.  (1980) Director  of  Campus  Safety 

Donald  Sullivan  (1981) Lieutenant 

Bookstore 

Edward  L.  Jameson  (1980) Bookstore/ Post  Office  Manager 

Elizabeth  Jameson  (1980) Bookstore  Co-Manager  and  Supply  Buyer 

Cynthia  Elder  (1 986) Cashier 

Post  Office 

Diane  D.  Samples  (1 990) Post  Office  Supervisor 

Mittie  E.  Welty  (1 959) Assistant  Supervisor 

Kathi  L.  Acy  (1981) Postal  Clerk 

Food  Service 

Olivia  White  (1983) Director  of  Food  Services 

Steve  King  (1988) Manager 

Alice  Acy  (1 961 ) Grill  Manager 

David  Woodward  (1 990) Chef 

Hope  Edwards  (1 986) Secretary 

Office  of  the  Vice  President  for  Development 

James  C.  Lewis,  B.A.,  M.S.,  M.B.A.  (1987) Vice  President  for  Development 

Doris  P  Blackwood  (1986) Assistant  to  the  Vice  President  for  Development 

Michael  G.  Stevens,  B.A.,  M.U.R.R  (1989) Director  of  Alumni  Relations 

Elisha  R  Duddleston,  B.B.A.  (1990) Assistant  Director  of  Alumni  Relations 

Patrica  C.  Cox,  B.S.  (1990) Secretary  for  Alumni  Relations/ 

Development  Services 

Susan  P  Womack,  B.M.E.  (1988) Director  of  Annual  Giving 

Robin  L.  Tolar,  B.B.A.  (1990) Associate  Director  of  Annual  Giving 

Michelle  D.  Hensley,  B.A.  (1990) Assistant  Director  of  Annual  Giving 

M.  Renee' Tillman,  B.S.  (1990) Secretary  for  Annual  Giving 

LaRueOwen,  B.S.,  M.Div.  (1987) Director  of  Church  Relations 

Barbara  Lea  Campbell,  B.A.  (1989) Director  of  Development  Services 

Karen  Brown  (1 990) Gift  Recorder 

Alex  P  Woods,  B.S.  (1986) Production  Coordinator 

W.  Scott  Rawles,  B.A.  (1990) Director  of  Planned  Giving 

Laurissa  Henderson  (1989) Secretary  for  Planned  Giving/Receptionist 

Kay  B.  Barksdale,  B.A.  (1986) Director  of  Public  Relations 

Lena  Barlow,  B.A.  (1989) Assistant  Director  of  Public  Relations 

Nola  Kay  Gibson,  B.S.,  M.A.  (1988) Director  of  News  Service 

Judith  G.  Oglesby  (1990) Secretary  for  Public  Relations 

Trey  Porter,  B.S.  (1989) Sports  Information  Director 

Office  of  the  Vice  President  for  EnroUment  and  Student  Affairs 

John  H.  Christmas,  B.S.,  A.M.  (1961) Vice  President  for  Enrollment 

Cathryn  B.  Martella(1975) Administrative  Assistant 

to  the  Vice  President/Enrollment 

Florence  W.  Hines,  B.A.  (1984) Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 

Crisler  M.  Boone,  B.B.A.  (1989) Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 

Lee  Ann  Miller,  B.B.A.  (1 989) Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 

Maret  Sanders,  B.A.  (1990) Admissions  Counselor 

Kristin  Magee,  B.B.A.  (1990) Admissions  Counselor 


116 


Connie  C.  Trigg  (1 988) Secretary 

Mary  F.  Nichols.  B.A.  (1 985) Word  Processor 

Office  of  Student  Affairs 

Gary  L.  Fretwell,  B.A,,  MA.  (1989) Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

T.  K.  Reavis-Freeman,  B.S.,  M.Ed.  (1988) Associate  Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

Steve  Watson,  B.A.,  M.C.C.,  M.P.C.  (1990) Director  of  Student  Activities 

Don  Fortenberry,  B.A.,  M.Div.  (1973) Chaplain 

Martha  Lee  (1 985) Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

George  Gober,  B.A.  (1981) Director  of  Intramurals 

Florence  Cooper,  B.S.N.,  R.N.  (1988) Coordinator  of  Health  Services/College  Nurse 

Kathy  Varnado  (1 991 ) Secretary 

Russell  B.  Anderson,  B.S.,  M.S.  (1984) Director,  Career  Planning  and  Placement 

JanisC.  Booth,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ed.D  (1986) College  Counselor 

Carole  A.  Martin  (1987) Secretary 

Betty  Hollingsworth,  B.S.,  M.Ed.  (1985) Residence  Director,  Goodman  House 

Dina  Stitt,  B.A.E.  (1988) Residence  Director,  Sanderson  Hall 

Anita  Sumrall,  B.B.A.  (1989) Residence  Director,  Franklin  Hall 

Steve  Hughes-Watson,  B.A.,  M.C.C.,  M.PC.  (1990) Residence  Director,  Ezelle  Hall 

Tracie  Woidtke,  B.S.  (1990) Residence  Director,  Bacot  Hall 

Mark  Simpson,  B.S. B.A  (1990) Residence  Director,  Galloway  Hall 

Office  of  Student  Aid  Financial  Planning 

Jack  L.  Woodward,  A.B.,  B.D.  (1961) Dean  of  Student  Aid  Financial  Planning 

Ann  Hyneman,  B.A.,  M.S.  (1988) Assistant  Dean  of  Student  Aid  Financial  Planning 

Cheri  Gober  (1 981) Financial  Aid  Secretary 

Computer  Services 

MarkW.  Grundler,  A. A.  (1988) Director  of  Computer  Services 

Peggy  H.  Moore,  B.A.  (1989) Secretary 

Larry  0.  Horn  (1981) Manager,  Systems  Operations 

Brad  L.  Cooper,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.  (1987) Manager,  Special  Services 

R.  Gail  Keller,  B.M.E.,  M.M.E.,  B.S.  (1987) Applications  Programmer 

Linda  E.  Welch,  B.S.  (1988) Applications  Programmer 

Jeff  Venator,  B.A.  (1 987) Systems  Support  Assistant 

James  E.  Vannoy  (1 989) Computer  Technician 

Gary  K.  Nalley,  B.B.A.  (1990) Special  Services  Consultant 

Debra  W.  Jackson  (1990) Special  Services  Consultant 

Office  of  Adult  Learning 

Harrylyn  Sallis,  B.M.,  M.M.  (1981) Associate  Dean,  Adult  Learning/ 

Director,  Adult  Degree  Program 

Sandra  Bunch,  B.S.  (1987) Assistant  Director,  Adult  Degree  Program 

Hazel  Woods,  B.A.  (1985) Director,  Enrichment  and  Special  Projects 

Mary  Markley  (1 987) Receptionist  and  Secretary 

Janet  Langley  (1 991 ) Secretary 

Department  of  Athletics 

Bob  King,  B.A.,  M.PE.  (1989) Director  of  Athletics 

Paul  Dancsisin,  B.A.,  M.S.S.  (1989) Assistant  Coach,  Football 

Mary  Ann  Edge,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.  (1958) Coach,  Golf  and  Crosscountry 

David  Forsythe,  B.S.  (1988) Coach,  Men's  Soccer 

George  Gober,  B.A.  (1982) Coach,  Women's  Soccer/Director  of  Intramurals 

Cindy  Hannon,  B.S.,  M.S.  (1990) Coach,  Women's  Basketball 

Nancy  McKay,  B.S.  (1 989) Secretary  to  Director  of  Athletics 

Jim  Montgomery,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ed.D.  (1959) Coach,  Tennis 

Jim  Page.  B.S.  (1986) Coach,  Baseball/Athletic  Trainer 

Tommy  Ranager,  B.S.,  M.Ed.  (1964) Coach,  Football 

John  Stroud,  B.S.,  M.Ed.  (1990) Coach,  Men's  Basketball 


b 


117 


Else  School  of  Management 

Jerry  D.  Whitt,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.  (1980) Dean 

Kay  H.  Mortimer,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  C.C.R  (1984) .  .  .Assistant  Dean/Director  of  MBA  Program 

Susan  M.  Sharpe,  B.S.R.N.,  M.B.A.  (1988) Assistant  Dean 

Paula  A.  Burke,  B.S.  (1988) Secretary  to  the  Dean 

Dixie  H.  Thornton,  A.A.  (1 990) Faculty  Secretary 

Millsaps- Wilson  Library 

James  F.  Parks,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.L.S.  (1969) College  Librarian 

Eleanor  Guenther,  A. B.,  M.R.E.,  M.S.L.S.,  M.A.E(1986) Acquisitions  Librarian 

Floreada  M.  Harmon,  A.B.,  M.S.L.S.  (1972) Assistant  Librarian  for  Public  Services 

Julia  A.  Lewis,  B.A.,  M.L.S.  (1986) Special  Services  Librarian 

K.  Renee  Taylor,  B.A.,  M.L.S.  (1987) Catalog  Librarian 

Ann  Baxter  (1989) Circulation  Assistant  (Night  Supervisor) 

Pamela  Berberette,  B.S.  (1987) Circulation  Assistant 

Loretta  DeFoa  (1 990) Assistant  to  the  Librarian 

Geraldine  Reiff,  B.A.  (1984) College  Archivist 

Joycelyn  Trotter,  B.A.  (1963) Library  Assistant  (Periodicals) 

Barbara  West  (1 981 ) Catalog  Assistant 

Office  of  Records 

Sara  L.  Brooks  (1 955) Director  of  Records 

Pearl  Dyer  (1 975) Assistant  Director  of  Records 

Irene  Story,  B.A.  (1 980) Assistant 

Lu  Ann  Hoffman,  B.S.Ed.  (1986) Assistant 

Tywana  Minton  (1 988) Assistant 

Beverly  Robinson  (1 990) Assistant 

1990  Awards 

Presented  at  Awards  Day 

and  at  the  Millsaps  Players  Banquet 

Departmental  Awards 

Humanities 

Swearingen  Prize  for  Latin Clytice  R.  Gardner 

Lorna  Price  Williams 

Swearingen  Prize  for  Second  Year  Latin Jerelind  Patricia  Davis 

Laura  Oleta  Conaway 

Magnolia  Coullet  Senior  Classics  Award Erika  Marie  Rudgers 

Millsaps  College  Socrates  Award Susan  Leah  Roberts 

Ross  H.  Moore  History  Award Emily  Elizabethi  Walker 

American  Bible  Society  Award Richard  Jefferson  Weihing 

Language  and  Literature 

Clark  Essay  Medal Ashley  Kay  Stockstill 

Paul  D.  Hardin  Award  for  English  Majors John  Prentiss  Warren 

Beginning  German  Award Sharon  Louise  Stephenson 

Science  and  Mathematics 

Biology  Award Mariya  Aurona  M.  de  la  Cruz 

Biology  Research  Award Kevin  Ashburne  Crothers 

Senior  Chemistry  Award Nancy  Barry  Taylor 

Johns  Hopkins  Summer  Internship Lorna  Price  Williams 

Computer  Studies  Award Douglas  Stanton  Patterson 

Nickolas  Steno  Award Daniel  Richard  Ayres 


118 


Geologist  of  the  Year Elizabeth  Marie  Sprehe 

Samuel  R.  Knox  Mathematics  Award Mark  Talmage  Graham 

Most  Improved  Senior  Mathematics  Award David  Alan  Reece 

Physics  Service  Award Mark  Talmage  Graham 

Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 

Award  for  Outstanding  Elementary  Student  Teaching Laurie  Lynn  Aycock 

Clyde  Anderson  Doty 

Award  for  Outstanding  Secondary  Student  Teaching Alicia  Lynette  Beam 

Education  Department  Scholarship  Award Sidney  Adelle  Ware 

The  Reid  and  Cynthia  Bingham  Political  Science  Award Jennifer  Leigh  Suravitch 

The  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award   Jeffrey  Scott  Brum 

Kymberly  Ann  Troup 

The  C.  Wright  Mills  Award  in  Sociology  and  Anthropology Kenneth  Tait  Andrews 

Andrea  Mane  Prince 
Chi  Omega  Social  Science  Award Emily  Elizabeth  Walker 

Else  School  of  Management 

Wall  Street  Journal  Award Suresh  Bobby  Chawla 

Mississippi  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  Award Byron  Braxton  Winsett 

Phi  Beta  Kappa 

Laura  Oleta  Conaway  Douglas  Stanton  Patterson  Nancy  Barry  Taylor 

Kimberly  Chloe  Covington  Andrea  Marie  Prince  Kymberly  Ann  Troup 

Angela  Suzanne  Dudley  Kelly  Maurine  Smith  Emily  Elizabeth  Walker 

Steven  Alan  Fesmire  Andrianna  Spain  John  Prentiss  Warren 

Corrine  Elaine  Grady  Sharon  Louise  Stephenson  Martin  Earle  Willoughby 

Lisa  Anne  Lough  man  Charles  Todd  Stokeley 

Beta  Gamma  Sigma 

Leo  M.  Bashinsky  David  Allen  Ellner  Patricia  Lynne  Nation 

Suresh  Bobby  Chawla  Michael  Ellington  King  Beverly  Kay  Vignery 

James  Garvin  Chastain  William  Fernie  Maxwell  Steven  Brian  Reed 

Nancy  Lynn  Faries  Jeffrey  Wade  Overby  Randy  Lester  Stranghoener 

Elaine  Younger  Graves 

Ford  Fellows 

Kevin  Ashburne  Crothers  James  Stephen  Holyer  Kathryn  Edward  Ruff 

Steven  Alan  Fesmire  Andrea  Marie  Prince  Christine  Marguerite  Schott 

Mark  Talmage  Graham  Richard  Kevin  Read 

Individual  Awards 

West  Tatum  Award Lisa  Loughman 

Pendergrass  Medal Larry  Patrick  Glynn 

Who's  Who  in  American  Colleges  and  Universities 

Christine  Deann  Bakeis  Laura  Janet  Finnegan  Richard  Kevin  Read 

Jeffrey  Scott  Bruni  Robin  Leigh  French  Traci  Marie  Savage 

John  Avent  Cheek  Corinne  Elaine  Grady  Christine  Marguerite  Schott 

Eric  Dewayne  Chisolm  Gretchen  Sue  Guedry  Ravinder  Jit  Singh 

Erin  Theresa  Clark  Carlo  Chun  Kit  Lee  Sharon  Louise  Stephenson 

Candice  Elizabeth  Colton  Lee  Kelly  Lofton  David  Hill  Strong 

Kimberly  Chloe  Covington  Lisa  Anne  Loughman  Carolyn  Eden  Stuart 

Melissa  Kaye  Crane  Kristin  Louise  Magee  Jennifer  Leigh  Suravitch 

Helen  Mane  Currie  James  Rodney  Nixon  Nancy  Barry  Taylor 

Mariya  Aurona  M.  de  la  Cruz  Douglas  Stanton  Patterson  Kymberly  Ann  Troup 

Angela  Suzanne  Dudley  Louise  Starke  Patterson  Beverly  Kay  Vignery 

Merri  Edwyna  Ellington  Courtney  Lynn  Paulish  Emily  Elizabeth  Walker 

Susan  Williams  Farmer  Andrea  Marie  Prince  Jeffrey  Morgan  Weston 

Steven  Alan  Fesmire  Saudhi  Ramirez  Lorna  Price  Williams 


119 


Else  Scholars  for  1990-91 

Thomas  Todd  Cassetty  Todd  Jason  Isaacks  Barri  Alexander  Shirley 

Suresh  Bobby  Chawla  Kim  Ann  Kalkitis  Rebecca  Lee  Taber 

Jennifer  Marie  Dorsey  Anne  Latane  Lewis  Joel  William  Travelstead 

Naomi  Gardner  Freeman  Tracie  Louise  McAlpin  Gerald  Stroud  Triplet! 

Michael  Ford  Griffith  Anthony  Alan  Melvin  Mary  Helen  Voehringer 

Suzanne  Evans  Gueydan  Jessica  Lea  Pugh  Alicia  Anne  Williams 

Kathryn  Ann  Gunter  Jennifer  Louise  Scherer  Brent  Wilson 
Gregory  Olivier  Hoyt 

The  Millsaps  Players  Awards 

Alpha  Psi  Omega  Award Paul  Burgess 

Best  Actor  Award John  Jabaley 

Best  Actress  Award Elizabeth  Reed 

Best  Supporting  Actor Paul  Burgess 

Best  Suppor^ng  Actress Shelley  Cornell 

Cameo  Award Shelley  Cornell 

Mitchell  Award Elizabeth  Reed 

Freshman  Award Shannon  O'Shields 

Haines  Award Jay  Hannon 

Backstage  Award Emy  Bullard 


120 


DEGREES  CONFERRED  1990 
BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 


*  Andrea  Ann  Adkins Brandon 

Syeda  Zeba  Lisa  Afzal Cypress,  CA 

'Susan  Bailey  Akers Meridian 

Elbert  Roy  Amison,  Jr Semmes,  AL 

*  Laurie  Lynn  Aycock McComb 

Kathryn  R.  Ayers Brandon 

Rebecca  Kaye  Baker Picayune 

Sharon  Lynn  Barkley Jackson 

Alicia  Lynette  Beam Water  Valley 

Edward  O'Neal  Benson Brookhaven 

Jeffrey  Ralph  Blackwood Jackson 

*Julia  Dawn  Bliton Jacksonville,  FL 

Clifton  Bridges Biloxi 

'Jeffrey  Scott  Bruni Gulf  port 

#Paul  Dewhitt  Burgess Jackson 

Miranda  Carole  Burt Brandon 

James  Ogden  Carpenter,  Jr Port  Gibson 

*Jeannie  Hsuman  Cheng New  Iberia,  LA 

'Erin  Theresa  Clark Yardley  PA 

Julee  Martin  Clinton Laurel 

Candace  Jeannine  Collins .  .  .Baton  Rouge,  LA 

#Candice  Elizabeth  Colton Nashville,  TN 

Kimberly  KitCompton Biloxi 

*  Laura  Oleta  Conaway Brandon 

'Melissa  Kaye  Crane Baton  Rouge,  LA 

'Helen  M.  Currie Utica 

#Christopher  Alden  Currie Mobile,  AL 

Sharon  Mane  Darter Tucker,  GA 

'  Jerelind  Patricia  Davis Flowood 

'John  Timothy  Dennis New  Orleans,  LA 

Jennifer  Theresa  Dewees  .  .  .  .Birmingham,  AL 

'William  Miles  Eddins Tuscaloosa,  AL 

'Merri  Edwyna  Ellington Corinth 

'Susan  Elizabeth  Elson Nashville,  TN 

Carole  Joan  Estes Steens 

'Janie  Paige  Eubanks Shreveport,  LA 

'Susan  Williams  Farmer Benoit 

'Steven  Alan  Fesmire Paducah,  KY 

'Laura  Janet  Finnegan Laurel 

'Mark  Richard  Freeman Lexington 

'Robin  Leigh  French Summit 

*  Norton  Brown  McGaughy  Geddie Tupelo 

'Innocenzia  Marie  Giglio Shreveport,  LA 

Mark  Talmage  Graham Jackson 

'Gretchen  Sue  Guedry Baton  Rouge,  LA 

'Patricia  Laura  Guizerix Picayune 

'Charmion  Elizabeth  Gustke Jackson 

Katherine  Murrie  Hannah Sikeston,  MO 

John  Frederick  Hawkins Jackson 

'J.  Stephen  Holyer Carriere 

'Jonathan  Milnor  Jones Athens,  TN 

David  Alan  Keary Jackson 

'Amy  Melik  Keramian Corpus  Christi,  TX 

Michelle  Anne  Leger Lake  Charles,  LA 

Laura  Louise  Leggett Hattiesburg 

James  Burdin  Leonard Lafayette,  LA 

#Gerald  Phillip  Leonard,  Jr Slidell,  LA 


'Elizabeth  Camille  Lyon Memphis,  TN 

Laura  Leigh  Malone New  Orleans,  LA 

Jennifer  Elaine  Mauterer Biloxi 

'John  William  Maynor Meridian 

William  Scott  McCraw Meridian 

#' John  Turner  McLaurin Hollandale 

'Trace  Dene  McRaney Bay  St.  Louis 

'Stace  Gene  McRaney Bay  St.  Louis 

Monica  Lynn  Meeks Live  Oak,  FL 

Peter  Michael  Mitias Jackson 

Tiffany  Anne  Mixon Lake  Charles,  LA 

Dana  Cole  Morton Memphis,  TN 

James  Edward  Musgrove Florence 

Donna  Elizabeth  Newchurch.  .  .Thibodaux,  LA 

Melissa  Parcher Oxford 

William  Bruce  Parker Inverness 

Cheryl  Ann  Parker Baton  Rouge,  LA 

Larry  Glynn  Patrick D'Lo 

Louise  Starke  Patterson Mobile,  AL 

'Saudhi  Ramirez Kenner,  LA 

"Richard  Kevin  Read Laurel 

'Stephanie  Jane  Richards  .  .Hendersonville,  TN 

'Dana  Michele  Richmond Madison 

'Amy  Jane  Ridlehoover Pensacola,  FL 

'Erika  Marie  Rudgers Orlando,  FL 

'Kathryn  Edward  Ruff Jackson 

Arthur  Wade  Saunders Dallas,  TX 

#Earl  Edward  Schneider,  III Laurel 

'  'Christine  Marguerite  Schott Lafayette,  LA 

Julius  Rahn  Sherman,  III Monroe,  LA 

Robert  Louis  Sindelar,  II Baton  Rouge,  LA 

Michael  Wendell  Smith,  Jr.  Signal  Mountain,  TN 

#Maureen  Nicole  Soho Slidell,  LA 

'  "  Adrianna  Spam Pensacola,  FL 

'Elizabeth  ManeSprehe Covington,  LA 

"Ashley  Kay  Stockstill Lafayette,  LA 

#' Jeffrey  Otto  Strasburg Lake  Charles,  LA 

'David  Hill  Strong,  Jr McComb 

'Charlotte  Clay  Sullivan Hattiesburg 

'David  Paul  Sullivan Hattiesburg 

'  'Jennifer  Leigh  Suravitch Cincinnati,  OH 

Kimberly  Lynn  Tadlock  .  .North  Little  Rock,  AR 

'John  Stewart  Tharp Baton  Rouge,  LA 

Dwayne  Eddie  Thompson  .  .  .  .San  Angelo,  TX 

Rebekah  D.  Tompkins Winona 

*" Kymberly  Ann  Troup Shreveport,  LA 

"Emily  Elizabeth  Walker Jackson 

'Eileen  Marie  Wallace Greenville 

'Sidney  Adelle  Ware Jackson 

* '  'John  Prentiss  Warren Jackson 

'Richard  Jefferson  Weihing,  Jr. .  .Mandeville,  LA 

'Bradley  Dean  Wellons Lexington,  KY 

Kelly  Lynn  Werner Memphis,  TN 

^/laryWarrlner  Williams Dallas,  TX 

"Martin  Earle  Willoughby,  Jr Jackson 

Elybia  Ginn  Wilson Madison 

C.  Noelle  Wynne Florence 


121 


BACHELOR  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


Fuat  Varol  Alican Istanbul,  Turkey 

#Debora  Walters  Andrew Jackson 

#Ann  Alexandra  Armstrong La  Grange,  TX 

*Leo  Max  Bashinsky Tuscaloosa,  AL 

Maria  Ann  Bond Coffeeville 

*  Steven  Todd  Bricker Plant  City  FL 

Paige  Elizabeth  Carpenter .  .  .  .San  Angelo,  TX 

'David  Jackson  Carr Brandon 

'*  Surest!  Chawla Greenwood 

*  Jay  Scott  Ciaccio Jackson 

John  Richard  Countiss,  IV Jackson 

*  Thomas  William  D'Armond  .  .Baton  Rouge,  LA 
#Lewis  Ashton  DeMent Amenia,  NY 

*  Lee  Arnold  Denton Starkville 

*  David  Allen  Ellner Jackson 

Jeffery  Allen  Franklin Minden,  LA 

*CamilleSenter  Gafford Oxford 

#Ray  Fulton  Harrigill Brookhaven 

Thomas  Lacy  Hearn,  III Pearl 

James  Richard  Huckaby,  Jr Prattville,  AL 

Jodi  Paige  Kemp Corinth 

*  Michael  Ellington  King Birmingham,  AL 

Helen  Brewton  Lee Ridgeland 

#Jon  Richard  Lewis Jackson 

Mark  Lewis  Lord Raymond 

Kristin  Louise  Magee Shreveport,  LA 

Anthony  Andrew  Manning Columbus 

William  Mark  Mays Clinton 

James  LeMont  McCaleb,  Jr Long  Beach 

#Tyrone  McDonald Tougaloo 

Anthony  Alan  Melvin Brandon 

Ramona  Jeanette  Mitchell Jackson 

#Steven  Cloy  Moak Brandon 

Gary  Kimble  Nalley Jackson 


'Patricia  Lynne  Nation Gainesville,  FL 

'Robert  Edward  Nations,  Jr Brandon 

Nola  Marie  Nicholas Jackson 

John  Erik  Odeen Memphis,  TN 

Lawrence  Jennings  Oggs,  III.  .  .Mandeville,  LA 

'ElbaGisela  Pareja Baton  Rouge,  LA 

Kathryn  Leigh  Parks Clinton 

'Courtney  Lynn  Paulish Biloxi 

Jerry  Benjamin  Peavy Richland 

Leslie  Renee  Petrus Monroe,  LA 

James  Michael  Rand Houston,  TX 

Richard  Earl  Regan Kenner,  LA 

'James  Ayers  Robertson,  Jr Florence 

Cydna  Hall  Robinson Greenville 

'Traci  Marie  Savage Norfolk,  VA 

Laurie  Ann  Snow Richland 

'Carolyn  Eden  Stuart Roswell,  GA 

#Deborah  Ann  Swain Jackson 

Susan  Marion  Taylor Lumberton 

Melissa  Ann  Thomas Brandon 

Todd  Nathan  Thriffiley Bay  St.  Louis 

#Vanessa  Lynette  Tillman Jackson 

#Terrance  Trevino  Turner McComb 

*  'Beverly  Kay  Vignery Jackson 

Jason  William  Walenta Dallas,  TX 

#James  Brian  Walley Cleveland 

Charles  Christopher  Welch Brandon 

'Jeffrey  Morgan  Weston Mobile,  AL 

#Kelly  Lame  Wicker Jackson 

David  Dodd  Williams Cordova,  TN 

'Byron  Braxton  Winsett,  III Memphis,  TN 

Nancy  Jane  Wooldridge Clinton 

Derek  Lamar  Youngblood  .  .  .Baton  Rouge,  LA 
David  John  Zarfoss Germantown,  TN 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


*  Kenneth  Tait  Andrews Pensacola,  FL 

Ralph  Bernard  Armstrong Monroe,  LA 

Christine  Deann  Bakeis Zionsville,  IN 

'Barry  Walker  Beck Tupelo 

"Jennifer  Lynn  Bedell Monroe,  LA 

'William  Robinson  Buras Jackson 

Gregory  Thomas  Carman  .  .  .New  Orleans,  LA 

#Jimmy  Scott  Carter Amory 

'John  Avent  Cheek Jackson 

Jeffrey  John  Ciaccio Jackson 

"KimberlyChloe  Covington Brandon 

'Kevin  Ashburne  Crothers Brandon 

'Russell  Juan  Davis Gadsden,  AL 

'Mariya  Aurona  Mendoza  de  la  Cruz .  .Starkville 

'"Angela  Suzanne  Dudley Braxton 

#*Carole  Anne  Dye Oxford 

"Paul  Andrew  Elmore Springfield,  MO 

Samuel  Blount  Field Baton  Rouge,  LA 

#'Sandra  Kay  Fulton Gulfport 

Louis  Tolbert  Garrett,  IV Jackson 

Timothy  Gordon  Gates Monroe,  LA 


'Judith  Lynn  Gieger Jackson 

*  'Corinne  Elaine  Grady Corinth 

Mark  Talmage  Graham Jackson 

'Lisa  Marie  Holland Jackson 

Peter  Scott  Gordon  Hutchins Jackson 

"Janet  Elaine  Janssen Shreveport,  LA 

Susan  Faye  Jue Indianola 

'Michael  Ellington  King Birmingham,  AL 

'Ricky  Alan  Ladd Brandon 

'  'Carlo  Chun  Kit  Lee Pearl 

"Lisa  Anne  Loughman Hattiesburg 

James  Walker  Whitaker  Love Greenville 

Chadwick  Lee  Marks Vidalia,  LA 

William  Anthony  Martin Memphis,  TN 

Carlton  Kitridge  McQueen Jackson 

Todd  Anthony  Munch Jackson 

"Christopher  Todd  Nichols  .  .  .Lake  Charles,  LA 

James  Rodney  Nixon Corinth 

'David  Lee  Ozborn Carthage 

"  Douglas  Stanton  Patterson Amory 

Charles  Richard  Porter,  III Raymond 


122 


*Andrea  Mane  Prince Vicksburg 

#David  Alan  Reece Jackson 

Ravinder  Jit  Singh Pascagoula 

*  Kelly  Maurine  Smith Tuscaloosa,  AL 

*Scott  Ellis  Sprabery Meridian 

Mark  Andrew  Steadham Sugarland.TX 


*  "Sharon  Louise  Stephenson Bolton 

**  Charles  Todd  Stokley Buckatunna 

*  *  *  Nancy  Barry  Taylor Jackson 

Sharon  Rose  Yarrell Toomsuba 

David  Christian  Zanca Bay  St.  Louis 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION 

Susan  McLaren  Brooks Balden  Clyde  Anderson  Doty,  Jr McCool 

BACHELOR  OF  LIBERAL  STUDIES 

#Lydia  Marble  Dell Jackson  Regina  Celeste  Sessums Jackson 

#Clytice  Robertson  Gardner Brandon 

MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


Cynthia  Lee  Warren  Ball Jackson 

Joseph  William  Brown Madison 

James  Garvin  Chastain,  IV Jackson 

Dinesh  Tony  Chawla Greenwood 

#Debra  Westerfield  Christie  .  .  .  .Crystal  Springs 
Kevin  Mark  Cotherman Jackson 

#John  Malloy  Dunham,  Jr Ridgeland 

Nancy  Lynn  Fanes Madison 

#Leonard  Charles  Pick Jackson 

Deborah  Anne  Gaddis Canton 

Elaine  Younger  Graves Madison 

Anne  Noel  Hamilton Jackson 

George  Charles  Hoff,  Jr Clinton 

Elizabeth  Elise  Hudson Jackson 

Laurie  Ann  Hughes Ridgeland 

John  Owen  Kroeze,  Jr Jackson 

Albert  Anne  Labasse Jackson 


Claude  McWilliams  Mapp Ridgeland 

Kirk  Anthony  Martin Richland 

William  Fernie  Maxwell Brandon 

Mark  Joseph  McCreery Jackson 

Leslie  Lee  McRae Ridgeland 

#EleanoreW.  Miller Jackson 

Mary  Carraway  Mills Jackson 

William  Vandy  Morris,  III Jackson 

Jeffrey  Wade  Overby Richland 

#William  Bertram  Pemberton,  II Jackson 

Steven  Brian  Reed Florence 

Charles  Gregory  Reeves Madison 

#Karen  McCaughan  Roberts Pearl 

Jane  Ann  Sage Jackson 

John  Thomas  Schultz,  III Jackson 

#Tanuja  Srivastava India 

Randy  Lester  Stranghoener Jackson 


HONORARY  DEGREES 

Charlotte  Capers Doctor  of  Letters 

Thalia  Mara Doctor  of  Arts 

Robert  Adam  Mosbacher Doctor  of  Laws 

George  B.  Pickett Doctor  of  Public  Service 

Richard  H.  Truly Doctor  of  Science 

*Cum  Laude 
*  Magna  Cum  Laude 
*Summa  Cum  Laude 
#Summer  Graduate 


123 


Pi 


iiir:! 


1991-92 


INDEX 


A 

Page 

Academic  Divisions 58 

Academic  Probation 53 

Academic  Suspension 53 

Accounting 102 

Activity  Groups 30 

Administration 110 

Admission  Requirements 7 

Applying  for  Admission 10 

Freshmen 7 

Early  Admission 8 

Part-time 8 

Adult  Degree 8 

Transfer 8 

Special  Student 9 

International  Student 9 

Adult  Degree  Program 46 

Adult  Learning 46 

Admission 7 

Advanced  Placement 9 

Advanced  Placement  Institute 46 

Advisors,  Faculty 11 

Alcotiolic  Beverages 55 

Anthropology 97,  98 

Application  for  a  Degree 39 

Applied  Music 63 

Applied  Science 42 

Art 59 

Art  History 60 

Astronomy 88 

Athletics 26 

Intercollegiate 27 

Intramural 27 

Attendance,  Class 53 

Awards  Presented  at  1 990  Awards  Day 118 

B 

Bachelor  of  Business  Administration 100 

Bachelor  of  Liberal  Studies 37 

Behavior 54 

Behavioral  Sciences 83 

Biology 79 

Board  of  Trustees 1 08 

Bobashela ' 27 

British  Studies  at  Oxford 45 

Buildings  and  Grounds 7 

Business  Administration 42,  92,  103 

C 

Calendar 2 

Campus  Ministry 26 

Career  Planning  and  Placement 11 

Chemistry 81 

Choir 64 

Choral  Music  Education 63 

Christian  Education  Concentration 73 

Church  Music 62,  63 

Class  Attendance 53 

Class  Standing 50 

Classical  Studies 66 

Community  Enrichment  Series 46 

Comprehensive  Examinations 39 

Computer  Studies 83 

Computing  Center 7 

Cooperative  Programs 42 

Core  Requirements  for  Degrees 36 

Correspondence Inside  Front  Cover 

Counseling  Services 11 

Credit  by  Examination 9 

Credit/No  Credit  Option 50 


Dean's  List 52 

Degree  Applications 39 

Degree  Requirements 36 

Degrees  Awarded  1990 121 

Degree  Programs 

B.A 37 

B.B.A 37 

B.L.S 37 

B.S 37 

B.M 37 

MBA 47 

Predental 40 

Pre-law 41 

Pre-medical 40 

Pre-ministerial 40 

Pre-social  work 41 

Disciplinary  Expulsion 56 

Disciplinary  Regulations 55 

Disciplinary  Suspension 56 

Drama 27 

E 

Early  Admission 8 

Economics 104 

Education 91 

Else  School  of  Management 100 

Emeriti  Faculty 110 

Employment,  Part-Time 24 

English 74 

Engineering 42 

Enrichment  Series 46 

Exemptions 54 

F 

Faculty 110 

Faculty  Advisors 11 

Fees 

Tuition 16 

Laboratory  and  Fine  Arts 17 

Materials 17 

Special 17 

Financial  Aid 19 

Financial  Aid  Opportunities 24 

Financial  Regulations 18 

Fine  Arts 59 

Fine  Arts  Fees 17 

Ford  Fellows  Program 44 

Fraternities 31 

French 77 

Freshman  Admission 7 

G 

General  Information 6 

Geology 85 

German 77 

Grades 50 

Graduate  Program 47 

Graduation 

With  Distinction 51 

With  Honors 51 

Greek 67 

H 

Health  and  Physical  Education 93 

Heritage  Program 37 

History 67 

History  of  Millsaps 6 

Honor  Societies 28 

Honors 50 


127 


Page 

Honors  Program 44,  51 

Hours  Permitted 52 

Housing 11 

Humanities 66 

I 

Information,  General 6 

Instrumental  Ensembles 64 

Intercollegiate  Athletics 27 

Intramurals 27 

Interdisciplinary  Studies 72 

International  Student  Admission 9 

Internstiip  -  Public  Administration 46 

L 

Laboratory  Fees 17 

Language  and  Literature 74 

Latin 67 

Leadership  Semirjpr  in  the  Humanities 46 

Leaves  of  Absence 9 

Legislative  Intern  Program 46 

Liberal  Studies  Degree  Requirements 37 

Library 6 

Library  Staff 118 

Loan  Funds 23 

M 

Majors 38 

Master  of  Business  Administration 42,  47, 1 01 

Mathematics 86 

Medals  and  Prizes 31 

Medical  Services 12 

Medical  Technology 43 

Military  Science 43 

Millsaps-Wilson  Library 6 

Millsaps  Players 27 

Millsaps  Singers 27 

Ministry  Campus 26 

Minors 38 

Modern  Languages 77 

Music 61 

Music  and  Drama 27 

Music  Literature 62 

Music,  Applied 63 

Music  Theory 62 

O 

Orientation  and  Advisement. 11 

Organ  Requirements 62 

P 

Part-Time  Admission 8 

Part-Time  Employment 24 

Payment  Schedule 16, 18 

Pell  Grant 24 

Phi  Beta  Kappa 51 

Philosophy 69 

Physical  Education 93 

Physics 88 

Piano  Requirements 61 

Players 27 

Players  Awards 1 20 

Political  Science 94 

Pre-Dental 40 

Pre-Law 41 

Pre-Medical ' 40 

Pre-Ministerial 40 

Pre-Social  Work 41 

Probation,  Academic 53 

Probation,  Disciplinary 56 

Probation,  Social 55 

Psychology 95 


Page 

Public  Administration  Internship 46 

Public  Events  Committee 26 

Publications 27 

Purpose  of  Millsaps 4 

Purple  and  White 27 

Q 

Quality  Index 39 

Quality  Points 50 

R 

Readmission 9 

Records 12 

Refunds 18 

Religion 70 

Repeat  Courses 51 

Required  Sequence  of  Courses 39 

Requirements  for  Degrees 36 

Requirements  for  Second  Degree 39 

Reservation  Deposits 17 

Residence  Requirements 38 

S 

Schedule  Changes 52 

School  of  Management 1 00 

Intern  Programs 45 

Scholarships 19 

Science  and  Mathematics 79 

Sequence  of  Courses 39 

Second  Degree  Requirements 39 

Singers 27 

Social  &  Behavioral  Sciences 91 

Social  Probation 55 

Sociology 97 

Sororities 31 

Spanish 78 

Special  Student  Admission 9 

Special  Programs 44 

Speech 64 

Staff 115 

Student  Body  Association 28 

Student  Behavior 54 

Student  Housing 11 

Student  Organizations 28 

Student  Records 12 

Student  Incentive  Grants 24 

Student  Status 50 

Study  Abroad  Programs 45 

Stylus 27 

Summer  Program  in  London 45 

Supplemental  Education  Opportunity  Grants 24 

Suspension 53,  56 

T 

Teacher  Certification  Programs 41 

Theatre 64 

Transfer  Admission 8 

Troubadours 27 

Trustees 108 

Trustee  Committees 109 

Tuition  and  Fees 16 

V 

Varsity  Athletics 93 

Voice  Requirements 62 

W 

Washington  Semester 45 

Wind  Ensemble 27 

Withdrawal 52 

Women's  Studies  Concentration 73 

Work-Study  Program 24 

Writing  Proficiency  Requirements 36,  38 


128